Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Wake Up Kiwi
    The New Zealand Government: A United States SEC Registered Corporation  |  Who Owns New Zealand's Banks - And Australia's Banks - Anyone's Banks?
 
Wake Up Kiwi
 
Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

· Home / Introduction

CURRENT AFFAIRS

· Current Events & Breaking News

· Cabal / Illuminati / NWO Watch

· Mainstream Media Manipulation

· Banking Crimes & Criminals

· Political Crimes & Criminals

· Feature Articles

· Positive Developments

ILLUMINATI / NWO

· NWO Globalist Agenda

· Secret Societies & The Illuminati

· Conspiracy To Rule The World

· What / Who Is "The Crown"?

· Agenda 21 In New Zealand

· Surveillance Society/Police State

· 'Terrorism' & Engineered Wars

· Eugenics / Depopulation Agenda

· Religion As A Tool For Control

· Common Law Vs Statute Law

SCIENCE / TECHNOLOGY

· The Climate Change Scam

· Chemtrails & Geoengineering

· Suppressed Science

· Positive New Technologies

· Cures, Health & Wellbeing

· Dangerous & Dirty Technology

· Spiritual Aspects & Metaphysics

· The Extra-Terrestrial Presence

HISTORY

· Suppressed / Hidden History

· Real New Zealand History

· The Opal File: NZ / AUS History

· 150+ NWO Globalist Quotes

MISCELLANEOUS

· Political Commentary

· Positive Resources

· Resistance, Resources & Links

· Contact


Newsletter archive - click here

Site Search:









 

Wake Up Kiwi
Wake Up Kiwi  

Current Events And Breaking News

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
The Reasons Why We Can't Put Down Our Smartphones
August 24 2017 | From: Forbes

The long-running news program 60 Minutes is taking on the smartphone industry by uncovering the ways mobile app makers keep people hooked. 




Former Google exec Tristan Harris, interviewed for the episode, argues that we’ve been fooled into believing the “technology is neutral” argument..

Related: What Parents Should Know About EMFs and WiFi & 5G Is An International Health Crisis In The Making

Instead, he says that software makers have mastered a sort of “addiction code” that keeps people compulsively engaged, such that we can't stand leaving our phones for even a little while.

In other words, the technology has been manipulated to leverage our brains' habit-forming tendencies. Tech insiders call it "brain hacking," and Harris argues that it's destroying our focus and relationships.

This is a big topic that’s close to all of our lives because most of us are married to our gadgets. I covered it from several angles in my book, What Makes Your Brain Happy and Why You Should Do the Opposite, and I’m refreshing the arguments for a new edition of the book coming out next year. With the 60 Minutes story as backdrop, I want to discuss a few of the angles here. 

If app makers have mastered a habit-forming “code” that’s working overtime on our phones to keep us hooked, what brain dynamics are they tapping?



The Reward System

The most overarching of the dynamics, and the one that gives the others context, is what’s known as the brain’s reward system - the electro-chemically charged power grid that neurotransmitters surge through when our brains are doing what they’re structured to do: predict and anticipate rewards.

The term “rewards” is broad in this definition, because anything from learning to speak French to going on a date to laying money down on a blackjack table can amount to a reward.

We’re driven to seek rewards of all sorts; it’s how learning happens, and it’s also how habits are formed. The pro-con nature of the reward system - with the neurotransmitter dopamine driving much of the action - is so central to our lives it’s hard to overestimate its importance.



It’s at the core of how our brains interact with the world, whether tangible or virtual (it’s all the same to your brain). And since it’s the system that enables habit formation, both good and bad, it’s also the system that those interested in getting you hooked on anything spend most of their time studying.

(Sidebar: Often in discussions of the reward system, the role of dopamine is mischaracterized, with unfortunate claims like "dopamine is addictive." That's wrong for several reasons, not the least of which is that without dopamine we wouldn't have a reward system, nor would we learn, thrive, reproduce or live.

In combination with other chemicals, dopamine is the high-octane fuel that addictions use, just as it's the fuel that beneficial habits use; goes both ways.)



Anticipation

The reward system operates via anticipation of rewards, which makes the period between thinking of a reward and receiving it very critical. Manipulating that period is a key to engaging app design.

The ongoing series of intermittent, variable rewards that smartphones serve up are tantalizing to the brain because they so effectively leverage this dynamic. We’re forever anticipating the next little reward, and then the next and the next. Our attention is captivated by the anticipation of rewards.

What really charges this up is the meta-anticipation of hidden gems of rewards coming into the mix. For every 50 or so texts, Facebook posts, Instagram pictures or whatever, just a few are going to really deliver the goods. We're neurochemically trained to drill down and down for these rewards, through however much mediocrity and nonsense is in the way.



To elicit more rewards, we contribute to the reward stream by making our own posts and waiting for a response. Every time we post something, we're starting an anticipation stopwatch that works on the same principle. The jolt might even be more profound because it's coming from a reward process we initiated, and that's a brain boost with few equals.

And what's fueling all of this compulsive reward anticipation?


Anxiety

There’s a debate about which model best describes why we get hooked on technologies. Some think the addiction model fits best, but the problem with that argument is that addictions operate with a distinct pleasure principle. Someone starts using a drug to get the euphoria or other sensations at the other end, whether for pain relief or otherwise.

Over time the drug can’t deliver the same way, so more and more is taken to get the effect. Same for behavioral addictions like gambling - the gambler wants the high that comes from taking the risk, but the risk has to get bigger over time to deliver the same feeling.


What seems to better fit compulsive technology use is the anxiety model.  It’s not purely a desire for pleasure, but a response to heightened stress and anxiety that keeps us clicking. We're not talking about overt, panic-level anxiety; anxiety is insidious precisely because it's usually not overt, but more like a charged hum in the background that seeps into our thoughts and influences our actions.

Often we react to it without consciously thinking through why. Smartphones, it turns out, are short-term anxiety elixirs.

As author Sharon Begley notes in her book on compulsive behavior, Can’t Just Stop,


“By making us feel we are always connected to the world, [smartphones] alleviate the anxiety that otherwise floods into us from feeling alone and untethered.” 

Research on the topic backs up that argument, showing that compulsive smartphone use is tied closely to anxiety, even more so for those with forms of anxiety disorder, which happens to be an enormous and growing segment of the population. The same conclusions have been reached by research on problematic internet use in general: anxiety is a potent precursor.

One component of that anxiety is that we don’t like being alone with our thoughts. Begley discusses a study that I’ve also covered here, showing how for many people receiving a mild electric shock is preferable to doing nothing in a room for 15 minutes.

That makes sense when you consider how our smartphones now fill all of the empty time slots in our days, times we’d otherwise be alone to think.



The technology fills the empty space available, and then creeps into spaces already filled with things like conversations with people in front of us. (The 60 Minutes episode also pointed out that our phones seem to directly contribute to our anxiety over time by triggering spikes in the stress hormone cortisol.)

Compounding that anxiety, and fueling it along the way, is the constant fear that we’ll miss the important rewards. While the term "FOMO" (Fear of Missing Out) may have started as Urban Dictionary slang, it’s an on-the-mark description of a key brain dynamic.

Some psychologists have defined it as “a desire to stay continually connected with what others are doing”–because it’s exactly “what others are doing,” whoever they may be, that drives the reward machine. If we’re not connected, the rewards pass us by and we feel a sense of loss, and we also miss the opportunity to contribute to the reward stream and anticipate the rewards we'll receive in response.



Withdrawal

When you combine that sense of loss with anxiety, you have the sensation that comes from feeling disconnected, and it really is a form of withdrawal. 

Here again we have to be careful with definitions, because withdrawal is mostly associated with the addiction model. In the anxiety model, we’re struck by more and stronger anxiety from feeling disconnected via the digital conduit that keeps us tethered to the world.

It’s not the same as addiction withdrawal (especially from chemical addictions), but there are similar elements. When the brain has engaged and established a habit that alleviates anxiety, and that habit is disrupted, then the predictable result is even more anxiety.

Does anyone want to feel that?  No, so the urge to keep our smartphones nearby at all times is a hedge against feeling anything like it.


This is a complex story, of course, as all brain stories are, but the dynamics we just walked through constitute much of the drama. Knowing all of this, you can see why those with a vested interest in keeping us hooked pay close attention to how these dynamics can be manipulated.  

For an app to break through and grab us - to become part of our personal habit matrix–it must leverage all of these dynamics tied to the brain's reward system. The most successful of those apps are designed so well, the effects are seamless.

Is this all the same as saying we’re “addicted” to our smartphones? I'd argue no, for the reasons discussed, but there’s no question that we’ve developed an ever-more compulsive habit of using them to counterbalance stress and anxiety, which are only getting more intense in our pressure-keg culture.

It's the perfect storm of technology and need fulfillment, and we're all carrying around the proof in our pockets.


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
After Dying, Some People Really Do Go To Hell... And Some Have Returned To Tell The Tale
August 24 2017 | From: NaturalNews

Supposedly, 13 million Americans (or around five percent of their population) had undergone a near-death experience (NDE) by 1992, with around 200,000 people reporting such a phenomenon annually.




“Coming back from the dead,” as it were, is a popular topic in media and has intrigued scientists for quite some time.

Even extending beyond science, the thought of “something other” than what we perceive in this dimension is fascinating. It calls into question the concept of an “afterlife,” or at least makes us take a look at the fundamental laws of physics a little bit closer.

No matter how you spin it, these NDEs are imbibed with spiritual or religious undertones. Many survivors of these experiences talk about what they saw and how these visions (for lack of a better word) changed their perceptions of life. (Related: Life after death is real, concludes scientific study of 2,000 patients.)

Quite interestingly, a paper entitled, “The Mystical Impact of Near-Death Experiences,” which recorded the encounters of residents in both the United States and India, found no direct relationship between religiousness and deathbed visions;


“Although they did find that an individual’s belief system influenced the interpretation of the experience,” the paper concluded.

Reading through a thread on Reddit may provide a unique insight on what happens when we “die” (or are pronounced clinically dead). These reports range from peaceful to the more horrific. User juninkun writes that he actually visited Hell and the experience left him believing in the afterlife.

He recalls:


“About twenty years ago, I purposefully OD’d on a lot of meds [sic]. I’m not sure if I died during my sleep or what, but I remember being in hell. The devil was a giant fire ant walking on lava… which is strange because I was never really afraid of ants except for a time when I was like 5 years ago and fell in a fire ant bed and was in the ER for shock.

I’ve only shared that memory with three or four people in my life. I think it would scare most people to think I know I am going to hell because I know there is an afterlife. [sic]”

Scary though this vision was, several other Reddit users downplayed his conclusion of an afterlife. User mom0nga attempted to soothe frantic people by telling juninkun, “I don’t know what, if any, religious beliefs you subscribe to, but maybe that dream/experience was merely a warning to avoid hell, or maybe it was just a dream. Either way, I wouldn’t assume that you’re going to hell just because of that vision.”



Other reports are less hair-raising. For the most part, survivors talk about seeing nothing but feeling incredibly peaceful. Some are given a choice to stay or go back, as with user JimmiDog.


“I realized I was being given a choice between staying in that place forever or going back to my parents. I wanted to stay in this beautiful peaceful place but I chose to go back,” he wrote.

A similarity among all these stories, however, remains that all of them report believing in an afterlife after their NDE. This complete change in thinking (for some) prompted drastic changes in lifestyle and personal habits. This is not so surprising, says author of the previously mentioned paper.


“NDErs describe themselves as more religious than they were before…[and while] NDErs did not report any change in their religiosity as a result of their close encounter with death…there is a heightened inward religious feeling…which does not seem to require a conventional religious format for it to be manifested.’”



According to Raymond Moody, the psychiatrist who coined the term in the 1970s, there are 15 elements that are usually present in a typical NDE: hearing oneself pronounced dead, ineffability, hearing unusual noises, a feeling of peace, seeing a dark tunnel, meeting spiritual beings, encountering a bright light, being out of the body, a panoramic life review, cities of lights, a realm of knowing everything, seeing bewildered spirits, witnessing a “border” between dimensions, a supernatural rescue, and coming back into the body.


The Two Stages of Dead

Almost all NDEs occur when a person is pronounced “clinically dead.” This is the first step in the process known as death. Clinical death lasts for around four to six minutes and starts when the person stops breathing and the heart stops pumping blood. Organs such as the kidneys are still alive during this stage.

Biological death is the second stage and begins when the body begins to degenerate. The brain begins to shut down as it runs out of oxygen.


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Steve Bannon Speaks After White House Departure: ‘I’m Going To War For Trump’
August 23 2017 | From: TheGatewayPundit / Various

Former Chief White House Strategist Steve Bannon isn’t going anywhere anytime soon. In fact, the 63-year-old Virginia native is gearing up to defend President Trump against forces he believes are the enemies of America.



In an interview with Bloomberg News, Bannon issued the following warning:

Related: Bannon Breaks Silence – Issues Epic Warning to POTUS Trump’s Enemies


“If there’s any confusion out there, let me clear it up: I’m leaving the White House and going to war for Trump against his opponents - on capitol hill, in the media, and in corporate America,” Bannon said Friday in an interview hours after his departure was announced by the administration.

While reports of now former Chief White House Strategist Steve Bannon leaving the Trump administration have been circulating for months, Friday was the day those rumors became reality.



While Breitbart News is reportedly plotting to go ‘thermonuclear’ against ‘globalists’ inside the Trump administration, Bannon may be personally gearing up to take on the Drudge Report’s Matt Drudge.




Related: Trump Thanks Putin for Kicking Out US Embassy Staff - ‘Now We Have a Smaller Payroll’

According to former Trump aide Sam Nunberg, Bannon believes Drudge ‘accelerated’ his White House exit driven by continuous negative coverage.

Buzzfeed reports:


“Sources who have spoken to Bannon say the nationalist firebrand is expected to return to his old news site Breitbart. And one person close to Bannon says he has his eye on who he believes helped accelerate his ouster: Matt Drudge.

“Matt Drudge worked to remove Steve Bannon, that is the reality,” said former Trump campaign adviser Sam Nunberg, who regularly talks with Bannon.

“And I hope Matt is happy because his work helped Bannon not be in the West Wing, but it helped Democrats and people that didn’t vote for Trump be in the West Wing.”

Nunberg is specifically frustrated with the continued presence and influence of chief economic adviser Gary Cohn, National Security Adviser HR McMaster, and the duo he derisively calls Javanka, Jared Kushner and Ivanka Trump. Bannon has openly feuded with Cohn, and Breitbart has for weeks been waging a battle against McMaster.

Kushner developed a relationship with Drudge dating back to the campaign, and Bannon allies also blame the son-in-law for his ouster. People close to Bannon say Bannon privately hoped Kushner would “go down” over the intensifying Russia investigation.

But a source close to Kushner said anyone who thinks you can tell Matt Drudge what to do and have influence over him does not understand Matt Drudge.

Media relationships are important in the White House, Nunberg said, and the fact that Drudge hasn’t given Breitbart a hyperlink in months and didn’t like Bannon hurt him."

“It’s not lost on Steve or Breitbart staff that Drudge was out for Steve,” Nunberg said.



Related Articles:

Missouri State Senator Calls For Assassination of POTUS Trump on Facebook

The Neocons are pushing the USA and the rest of the world towards a dangerous crisis

Why Was This 'Crowd Hire' Company Recruiting $25 An Hour 'Political Activists' In Charlotte Last Week?


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
False Flag Terrorism Isn’t A “Theory”: It’s Admitted And Widespread
August 23 2017 | From: Geopolitics / Various

Presidents, Prime Ministers, Congressmen, Generals, Spooks, Soldiers and Police Admit to False Flag Terror.




Although some have not, just quite yet:



Where are your wings, Mr "Airplane"?

In the following instances, officials in the government which carried out the attack (or seriously proposed an attack) admit to it, either orally, in writing, or through photographs or videos:

Related: Busted: Parents Catch FBI in Plot to Force Mentally Ill Son to Be a Right Wing Terrorist


1) Japanese troops set off a small explosion on a train track in 1931, and falsely blamed it on China in order to justify an invasion of Manchuria. This is known as the “Mukden Incident” or the “Manchurian Incident”. The Tokyo International Military Tribunal found:


“Several of the participators in the plan, including Hashimoto [a high-ranking Japanese army officer], have on various occasions admitted their part in the plot and have stated that the object of the ‘Incident’ was to afford an excuse for the occupation of Manchuria by the Kwantung Army ….”

Also see this.


2) A major with the Nazi SS admitted at the Nuremberg trials that – under orders from the chief of the Gestapo – he and some other Nazi operatives faked several attacks on their own people and resources which they blamed on the Poles, to justify the invasion of Poland.



Related: False Flag Terrorism: Murdering The Innocent In Order To Support The Lie + 15 Ways To Detect A False Flag Operation

The staged attacks included:


The German radio station Sender Gleiwitz [details below]

The strategic railway at POSunka Pass (Jabłonków Incident), located on the border between Poland and Czechoslovakia

The German customs station at Hochlinden (today part of Rybnik-Stodoły)

The forest service station in Pitschen (Byczyna)

The communications station at Neubersteich (“Nieborowitzer Hammer” before 12 February 1936, now Kuznia Nieborowska)

The railroad station in Alt-Eiche (Smolniki), Rosenberg in Westpreußen district

A woman and her companion in Katowice

The details of the Gleiwitz radio station incident include:


“On the night of 31 August 1939, a small group of German operatives dressed in Polish uniforms and led by Naujocks seized the Gleiwitz station and broadcast a short anti-German message in Polish (sources vary on the content of the message). The Germans’ goal was to make the attack and the broadcast look like the work of anti-German Polish saboteurs.

To make the attack seem more convincing, the Germans used human corpses to pass them off as Polish attackers. They murdered Franciszek Honiok, a 43-year-old unmarried German Silesian Catholic farmer known for sympathizing with the Poles.

He had been arrested the previous day by the Gestapo. He was dressed to look like a saboteur, then killed by lethal injection, given gunshot wounds, and left dead at the scene so that he appeared to have been killed while attacking the station. His corpse was subsequently presented to the police and press as proof of the attack."


3) The minutes of the high command of the Italian government – subsequently approved by Mussolini himself – admitted that violence on the Greek-Albanian border was carried out by Italians and falsely blamed on the Greeks, as an excuse for Italy’s 1940 invasion of Greece.



4) Nazi general Franz Halder also testified at the Nuremberg trials that Nazi leader Hermann Goering admitted to setting fire to the German parliament building in 1933, and then falsely blaming the communists for the arson.


5) Soviet leader Nikita Khrushchev admitted in writing that the Soviet Union’s Red Army shelled the Russian village of Mainila in 1939 – while blaming the attack on Finland – as a basis for launching the “Winter War” against Finland.



Russian president Boris Yeltsin agreed that Russia had been the aggressor in the Winter War.


6) The Russian Parliament, current Russian president Putin and former Soviet leader Gorbachev all admit that Soviet leader Joseph Stalin ordered his secret police to execute 22,000 Polish army officers and civilians in 1940, and then falsely blamed it on the Nazis.


7) The British government admits that – between 1946 and 1948 – it bombed 5 ships carrying Jews who were Holocaust survivors attempting to flee to safety in Palestine right after World War II, set up a fake group called “Defenders of Arab Palestine”, and then had the psuedo-group falsely claim responsibility for the bombings (and see thisthis and this).


8) Israel admits that in 1954, an Israeli terrorist cell operating in Egypt planted bombs in several buildings, including U.S. diplomatic facilities, then left behind “evidence” implicating the Arabs as the culprits (one of the bombs detonated prematurely, allowing the Egyptians to identify the bombers, and several of the Israelis later confessed) (and see this and this).



Related: Israel Above All & Gaza Near Collapse

The U.S. Army does not believe this is an isolated incident. For example, the U.S. Army’s School of Advanced Military Studies said of Mossad (Israel’s intelligence service):


“Ruthless and cunning. Has capability to target U.S. forces and make it look like a Palestinian/Arab act.”


9) The CIA admits that it hired Iranians in the 1950's to pose as Communists and stage bombings in Iran in order to turn the country against its democratically-elected prime minister.




Related: This Story Could Be The Smoking Gun For False-Flag Operations + Santa Monica Terror Suspect Becomes Poster Child For Gun Grabbers

10) The Turkish Prime Minister admitted that the Turkish government carried out the 1955 bombing on a Turkish consulate in Greece – also damaging the nearby birthplace of the founder of modern Turkey – and blamed it on Greece, for the purpose of inciting and justifying anti-Greek violence.

The Economist notes:


“Starting in the 1950s Turkey’s deep state sponsored killings, engineered riots, colluded with drug traffickers, staged “false flag” attacks and organised massacres of trade unionists. Thousands died in the chaos it fomented."


11) The British Prime Minister admitted to his defense secretary that he and American president Dwight Eisenhower approved a plan in 1957 to carry out attacks in Syria and blame it on the Syrian government as a way to effect regime change.



12) The former Italian Prime Minister, an Italian judge, and the former head of Italian counterintelligence admit that NATO, with the help of the Pentagon and CIA, carried out terror bombings in Italy and other European countries in the 1950s through the 1980s and blamed the communists, in order to rally people’s support for their governments in Europe in their fight against communism.

As one participant in this formerly-secret program stated:


You had to attack civilians, people, women, children, innocent people, unknown people far removed from any political game. The reason was quite simple. They were supposed to force these people, the Italian public, to turn to the state to ask for greater security” … so that “a state of emergency could be declared, so people would willingly trade part of their freedom for the security” (and see this) (Italy and other European countries subject to the terror campaign had joined NATO before the bombings occurred).

And watch this BBC special. They also allegedly carried out terror attacks in France, Belgium, Denmark, Germany, Greece, the Netherlands, Norway, Portugal, the UK, and other countries.

The CIA also stressed to the head of the Italian program that Italy needed to use the program to control internal uprisings.

False flag attacks carried out pursuant to this program include – by way of example only:


The murder of the Turkish Prime Minister (1960)

Bombings in Portugal (1966)

The Piazza Fontana massacre in Italy (1969)

Terror attacks in Turkey (1971)

The Peteano bombing in Italy (1972)

Shootings in Brescia, Italy and a bombing on an Italian train (1974)

Shootings in Istanbul, Turkey (1977)

Atocha massacre in Madrid, Spain (1977)

The abduction and murder of the Italian Prime Minister (1978) (and see this)

The bombing of the Bologna railway station in Italy (1980)

Shooting and killing 28 shoppers in Brabant county, Belgium (1985)


13) In 1960, American Senator George Smathers suggested that the U.S. launch “a false attack made on Guantanamo Bay which would give us the excuse of actually fomenting a fight which would then give us the excuse to go in and [overthrow Castro]”.

A U.S. Navy HSS-1 Seabat helicopter hovers over Soviet submarine B-59, forced to the surface by U.S. Naval forces in the Caribbean near Cuba (October 28–29, 1962)


14) Official State Department documents show that, in 1961, the head of the Joint Chiefs and other high-level officials discussed blowing up a consulate in the Dominican Republic in order to justify an invasion of that country.

The plans were not carried out, but they were all discussed as serious proposals.


15) As admitted by the U.S. government, recently declassified documents show that in 1962, the American Joint Chiefs of Staff signed off on a plan to blow up AMERICAN airplanes (using an elaborate plan involving the switching of airplanes), and also to commit terrorist acts on American soil, and then to blame it on the Cubans in order to justify an invasion of Cuba.

See the following ABC news reportthe official documents; and watch this interview with the former Washington Investigative Producer for ABC’s World News Tonight with Peter Jennings.


16) In 1963, the U.S. Department of Defense wrote a paper promoting attacks on nations within the Organization of American States – such as Trinidad-Tobago or Jamaica – and then falsely blaming them on Cuba.




17) The U.S. Department of Defense also suggested covertly paying a person in the Castro government to attack the United States:


“The only area remaining for consideration then would be to bribe one of Castro’s subordinate commanders to initiate an attack on Guantanamo.”


18) A U.S. Congressional committee admitted that – as part of its “Cointelpro” campaign – the FBI had used many provocateurs in the 1950s through 1970s to carry out violent acts and falsely blame them on political activists.




Related: The First Question To Ask After Any Terror Attack: Was It A False Flag?


19) A top Turkish general admitted that Turkish forces burned down a mosque on Cyprus in the 1970s and blamed it on their enemy. He explained:


“In Special War, certain acts of sabotage are staged and blamed on the enemy to increase public resistance. We did this on Cyprus; we even burnt down a mosque.”

In response to the surprised correspondent’s incredulous look the general said, “I am giving an example”.


20) A declassified 1973 CIA document reveals a program to train foreign police and troops on how to make booby traps, pretending that they were training them on how to investigate terrorist acts:


“The Agency maintains liaison in varying degrees with foreign police/security organizations through its field stations ….

[CIA provides training sessions as follows:]

a. Providing trainees with basic knowledge in the uses of commercial and military demolitions and incendiaries as they may be applied in terrorism and industrial sabotage operations.

b. Introducing the trainees to commercially available materials and home laboratory techniques, likely to he used in the manufacture of explosives and incendiaries by terrorists or saboteurs.

c. Familiarizing the trainees with the concept of target analysis and operational planning that a saboteur or terrorist must employ.

d. Introducing the trainees to booby trapping devices and techniques giving practical experience with both manufactured and improvised devices through actual fabrication.

***

The program provides the trainees with ample opportunity to develop basic familiarity and use proficiently through handling, preparing and applying the various explosive charges, incendiary agents, terrorist devices and sabotage techniques."


21) The German government admitted (and see this) that, in 1978, the German secret service detonated a bomb in the outer wall of a prison and planted “escape tools” on a prisoner – a member of the Red Army Faction – which the secret service wished to frame the bombing on.



22) A Mossad agent admits that, in 1984, Mossad planted a radio transmitter in Gaddaffi’s compound in Tripoli, Libya which broadcast fake terrorist transmissions recorded by Mossad, in order to frame Gaddaffi as a terrorist supporter.



Ronald Reagan
bombed Libya immediately thereafter.


23) The South African Truth and Reconciliation Council found that, in 1989, the Civil Cooperation Bureau (a covert branch of the South African Defense Force) approached an explosives expert and asked him “to participate in an operation aimed at discrediting the ANC [the African National Congress] by bombing the police vehicle of the investigating officer into the murder incident”, thus framing the ANC for the bombing.


24) An Algerian diplomat and several officers in the Algerian army admit that, in the 1990s, the Algerian army frequently massacred Algerian civilians and then blamed Islamic militants for the killings (and see this video; and Agence France-Presse, 9/27/2002, French Court Dismisses Algerian Defamation Suit Against Author).


25) In 1993, a bomb in Northern Ireland killed 9 civilians. Official documents from the Royal Ulster Constabulary (i.e. the British government) show that the mastermind of the bombing was a British agent, and that the bombing was designed to inflame sectarian tensions. And see this and this.


26) The United States Army’s 1994 publication Special Forces Foreign Internal Defense Tactics Techniques and Procedures for Special Forces – updated in 2004 – recommends employing terrorists and using false flag operations to destabilize leftist regimes in Latin America.



False flag terrorist attacks were carried out in Latin America and other regions as part of the CIA’s “Dirty Wars“. And see this.


27) Similarly, a CIA “psychological operations” manual prepared by a CIA contractor for the Nicaraguan Contra rebels noted the value of assassinating someone on your own side to create a “martyr” for the cause.

The manual was authenticated by the U.S. government. The manual received so much publicity from Associated Press, Washington Post and other news coverage that – during the 1984 presidential debate – President Reagan was confronted with the following question on national television:


“At this moment, we are confronted with the extraordinary story of a CIA guerrilla manual for the anti-Sandinista contras whom we are backing, which advocates not only assassinations of Sandinistas but the hiring of criminals to assassinate the guerrillas we are supporting in order to create martyrs."


28) A Rwandan government inquiry admitted that the 1994 shootdown and murder of the Rwandan president, who was from the Hutu tribe – a murder blamed by the Hutus on the rival Tutsi tribe, and which led to the massacre of more than 800,000 Tutsis by Hutus – was committed by Hutu soldiers and falsely blamed on the Tutsi. [GR Editor:


This government report is contested. The alleged role of foreign powers in the shoot down is not acknowledged]


29) An Indonesian government fact-finding team investigated violent riots which occurred in 1998, and determined that “elements of the military had been involved in the riots, some of which were deliberately provoked”.


30) Senior Russian Senior military and intelligence officers admit that the KGB blew up Russian apartment buildings in 1999 and falsely blamed it on Chechens, in order to justify an invasion of Chechnya (and see this report and this discussion).


31) As reported by the New York TimesBBC and Associated Press, Macedonian officials admit that in 2001, the government murdered 7 innocent immigrants in cold blood and pretended that they were Al Qaeda soldiers attempting to assassinate Macedonian police, in order to join the “war on terror”.



They lured foreign migrants into the country, executed them in a staged gun battle, and then claimed they were a unit backed by Al Qaeda intent on attacking Western embassies”. Specifically, Macedonian authorities had lured the immigrants into the country, and then – after killing them – posed the victims with planted evidence – “bags of uniforms and semiautomatic weapons at their side” – to show Western diplomats.


32) At the July 2001 G8 Summit in Genoa, Italy, black-clad thugs were videotaped getting out of police cars, and were seen by an Italian MP carrying “iron bars inside the police station”.

Subsequently, senior police officials in Genoa subsequently admitted that police planted two Molotov cocktails and faked the stabbing of a police officer at the G8 Summit, in order to justify a violent crackdown against protesters.


33) The U.S. falsely blamed Iraq for playing a role in the 9/11 attacks - as shown by a memo from the defense secretary – as one of the main justifications for launching the Iraq war.



These are clearly not demolition charges that would make a building collapse within it's own footprint. Look the other way...

Related: Reflecting On The Truth Of 9/11 - What Will Be The Straw That Breaks The Camel's Back?

Even after the 9/11 Commission admitted that there was no connection, Dick Cheney said that the evidence is “overwhelming” that al Qaeda had a relationship with Saddam Hussein’s regime, that Cheney “probably” had information unavailable to the Commission, and that the media was not ‘doing their homework’ in reporting such ties.

Top U.S. government officials now admit that the Iraq war was really launched for oil … not 9/11 or weapons of mass destruction.

Despite previous “lone wolf” claims, many U.S. government officials now say that 9/11 was state-sponsored terror; but Iraq was not the state which backed the hijackers. (Many U.S. officials have alleged that 9/11 was a false flag operation by rogue elements of the U.S. government; but such a claim is beyond the scope of this discussion. The key point is that the U.S. falsely blamed it on Iraq, when it knew Iraq had nothing to do with it.). 

(Additionally, the same judge who has shielded the Saudis for any liability for funding 9/11 has awarded a default judgment against Iran for $10.5 billion for carrying out 9/11 … even though no one seriously believes that Iran had any part in 9/11.)


34) Although the FBI now admits that the 2001 anthrax attacks were carried out by one or more U.S. government scientists, a senior FBI official says that the FBI was actually told to blame the Anthrax attacks on Al Qaeda by White House officials (remember what the anthrax letters looked like).

Government officials also confirm that the white House tried to link the anthrax to Iraq as a justification for regime change in that country. And see this.


35) According to the Washington Post, Indonesian police admit that the Indonesian military killed American teachers in Papua in 2002 and blamed the murders on a Papuan separatist group in order to get that group listed as a terrorist organization.


36) The well-respected former Indonesian president also admits that the government probably had a role in the Bali bombings.


37) Police outside of a 2003 European Union summit in Greece were filmed planting Molotov cocktails on a peaceful protester.


38) In 2003, the U.S. Secretary of Defense admitted that interrogators were authorized to use the following method:

“False Flag: Convincing the detainee that individuals from a country other than the United States are interrogating him.”



While not a traditional false flag attack, this deception could lead to former detainees – many of whom were tortured – attacking the country falsely blamed for the interrogation and torture.


39) Former Department of Justice lawyer John Yoo suggested in 2005 that the US should go on the offensive against al-Qaeda, having “our intelligence agencies create a false terrorist organization.

It could have its own websites, recruitment centers, training camps, and fundraising operations. It could launch fake terrorist operations and claim credit for real terrorist strikes, helping to sow confusion within al-Qaeda’s ranks, causing operatives to doubt others’ identities and to question the validity of communications.”


40) Similarly, in 2005, Professor John Arquilla of the Naval Postgraduate School – a renowned US defense analyst credited with developing the concept of ‘netwar’ – called for western intelligence services to create new “pseudo gang” terrorist groups, as a way of undermining “real” terror networks.

According to Pulitzer-Prize winning journalist Seymour Hersh, Arquilla’s ‘pseudo-gang’ strategy was, Hersh reported, already being implemented by the Pentagon:


“Under Rumsfeld’s new approach, I was told, US military operatives would be permitted to pose abroad as corrupt foreign businessmen seeking to buy contraband items that could be used in nuclear-weapons systems.

In some cases, according to the Pentagon advisers, local citizens could be recruited and asked to join up with guerrillas or terrorists

The new rules will enable the Special Forces community to set up what it calls ‘action teams’ in the target countries overseas which can be used to find and eliminate terrorist organizations. 

‘Do you remember the right-wing execution squads in El Salvador?’ the former high-level intelligence official asked me, referring to the military-led gangs that committed atrocities in the early nineteen-eighties. ‘We founded them and we financed them,’ he said.

‘The objective now is to recruit locals in any area we want. And we aren’t going to tell Congress about it.’ A former military officer, who has knowledge of the Pentagon’s commando capabilities, said, ‘We’re going to be riding with the bad boys.’”



41) United Press International reported in June 2005:


“U.S. intelligence officers are reporting that some of the insurgents in Iraq are using recent-model Beretta 92 pistols, but the pistols seem to have had their serial numbers erased. The numbers do not appear to have been physically removed; the pistols seem to have come off a production line without any serial numbers.

Analysts suggest the lack of serial numbers indicates that the weapons were intended for intelligence operations or terrorist cells with substantial government backing. Analysts speculate that these guns are probably from either Mossad or the CIA.

Analysts speculate that agent provocateurs may be using the untraceable weapons even as U.S. authorities use insurgent attacks against civilians as evidence of the illegitimacy of the resistance.
"



42) In 2005, British soldiers dressed as Arabs were caught by Iraqi police after a shootout against the police. The soldiers apparently possessed explosives, and were accused of attempting to set off bombs.

While none of the soldiers admitted that they were carrying out attacks, British soldiers and a column of British tanks stormed the jail they were held in, broke down a wall of the jail, and busted them out. The extreme measures used to free the soldiers – rather than have them face questions and potentially stand trial – could be considered an admission.


43) Undercover Israeli soldiers admitted in 2005 to throwing stones at other Israeli soldiers so they could blame it on Palestinians, as an excuse to crack down on peaceful protests by the Palestinians.


44) Quebec police admitted that, in 2007, thugs carrying rocks to a peaceful protest were actually undercover Quebec police officers (and see this).


45) A 2008 US Army special operations field manual recommends that the U.S. military use surrogate non-state groups such as “paramilitary forces, individuals, businesses, foreign political organizations, resistant or insurgent organizations, expatriates, transnational terrorism adversaries, disillusioned transnational terrorism members, black marketers, and other social or political ‘undesirables.’”

The manual specifically acknowledged that U.S. special operations can involve both counterterrorism and “Terrorism” (as well as “transnational criminal activities, including narco-trafficking, illicit arms-dealing, and illegal financial transactions.”)


46) The former Italian Prime Minister, President, and head of Secret Services (Francesco Cossiga) advised the 2008 minister in charge of the police, on how to deal with protests from teachers and students:


“He should do what I did when I was Minister of the Interior … infiltrate the movement with agents provocateurs inclined to do anything …. And after that, with the strength of the gained population consent, … beat them for blood and beat for blood also those teachers that incite them. Especially the teachers. Not the elderly, of course, but the girl teachers yes."


47) An undercover officer admitted that he infiltrated environmental, leftwing and anti-fascist groups in 22 countries.


Germany’s federal police chief admitted that – while the undercover officer worked for the German police – he acted illegally during a G8 protest in Germany in 2007 and committed arson by setting fire during a subsequent demonstration in Berlin. The undercover officer spent many years living with violent “Black Bloc” anarchists.


48) Denver police admitted that uniformed officers deployed in 2008 to an area where alleged “anarchists” had planned to wreak havoc outside the Democratic National Convention ended up getting into a melee with two undercover policemen.

The uniformed officers didn’t know the undercover officers were cops.


49) At the G20 protests in London in 2009, a British member of parliament saw plain clothes police officers attempting to incite the crowd to violence.


50) The oversight agency for the Royal Canadian Mounted Police admitted that – at the G20 protests in Toronto in 2010 – undercover police officers were arrested with a group of protesters.

Videos and photos (see this and this, for example) show that violent protesters wore very similar boots and other gear as the police, and carried police batons. The Globe and Mail reports that the undercover officers planned the targets for violent attack, and the police failed to stop the attacks.


51) Egyptian politicians admitted (and see this) that government employees looted priceless museum artifacts 2011 to try to discredit the protesters.


52) Austin police admit that 3 officers infiltrated the Occupy protests in that city.



Prosecutors admit that one of the undercover officers purchased and constructed illegal “lock boxes” which ended up getting many protesters arrested.


53) In 2011, a Colombian colonel admitted that he and his soldiers had lured 57 innocent civilians and killed them – after dressing many of them in uniforms – as part of a scheme to claim that Columbia was eradicating left-wing terrorists. And see this.


54) Rioters who discredited the peaceful protests against the swearing in of the Mexican president in 2012 admitted that they were paid 300 pesos each to destroy everything in their path.

According to Wikipedia, photos also show the vandals waiting in groups behind police lines prior to the violence.


55) On November 20, 2014, Mexican agent provocateurs were transported by army vehicles to participate in the 2014 Iguala mass kidnapping protests, as was shown by videos and pictures distributed via social networks.


56) The highly-respected writer for the Telegraph Ambrose Evans-Pritchard says that the head of Saudi intelligence – Prince Bandar – recently admitted that the Saudi government controls “Chechen” terrorists.


57) Two members of the Turkish parliamenthigh-level American sources and others admitted that the Turkish government – a NATO country – carried out the chemical weapons attacks in Syria and falsely blamed them on the Syrian government; and high-ranking Turkish government admitted on tape plans to carry out attacks and blame it on the Syrian government.


58) The former Director of the NSA and other American government officials admit said that the U.S. is a huge supporter of terrorism. Jimmy Carter’s National Security Adviser Zbigniew Brzezinski admitted on CNN that the U.S. organized and supported Bin Laden and the other originators of “Al Qaeda” in the 1970s to fight the Soviets.

The U.S. and its allies have been supporting Al Qaeda and other Islamic terrorist groups for many decades, and providing them arms, money and logistical support in LibyaSyriaMaliBosniaChechnyaIran, and many other countries. U.S. allies are also directly responsible for creating and supplying ISIS.



Related: People Are Finally Learning About False Flag Terror

It’s gotten so ridiculous that a U.S. Senator has introduced a “Stop Arming Terrorists Act”, and U.S. Congresswoman – who introduced a similar bill in the House – says:


“For years, the U.S. government has been supporting armed militant groups working directly with and often under the command of terrorist groups like ISIS and al-Qaeda in their fight to overthrow the Syrian government.”


59) The Ukrainian security chief admits that the sniper attacks which started the Ukrainian coup were carried out in order to frame others. Ukrainian officials admit that the Ukrainian snipers fired on both sides, to create maximum chaos.



60) Speaking of snipers, in a secret recording, Venezuelan generals admit that they will deploy snipers to shoot protesters, but keep the marksmen well-hidden from demonstrator and the reporters covering the events so others would be blamed for the deaths.


61) Burmese government officials admitted that Burma (renamed Myanmar) used false flag attacks against Muslim and Buddhist groups within the country to stir up hatred between the two groups, to prevent democracy from spreading.


62) Israeli police were again filmed in 2015 dressing up as Arabs and throwing stones, then turning over Palestinian protesters to Israeli soldiers.


63) Britain’s spy agency has admitted (and see this) that it carries out “digital false flag” attacks on targets, framing people by writing offensive or unlawful material … and blaming it on the target.




64) The CIA has admitted that it uses viruses and malware from Russia and other countries to carry out cyberattacks and blame other countries.


65) U.S. soldiers have admitted that if they kill innocent Iraqis and Afghanis, they then “drop” automatic weapons near their body so they can pretend they were militants.


66) German prosecutors admit that a German soldier disguised himself as a Syrian refugee and planned to shoot people so that the attack would be blamed on asylum seekers.


67) Police frame innocent people for crimes they didn’t commit. The practice is so well-known that the New York Times noted in 1981:


“In police jargon, a throwdown is a weapon planted on a victim."

Newsweek reported in 1999:


“Perez, himself a former [Los Angeles Police Department] cop, was caught stealing eight pounds of cocaine from police evidence lockers.

After pleading guilty in September, he bargained for a lighter sentence by telling an appalling story of attempted murder and a “throwdown” – police slang for a weapon planted by cops to make a shooting legally justifiable.

Perez said he and his partner, Officer Nino Durden, shot an unarmed 18th Street Gang member named Javier Ovando, then planted a semiautomatic rifle on the unconscious suspect and claimed that Ovando had tried to shoot themduring a stakeout.
"



Wikipedia notes:


“As part of his plea bargain, Pérez implicated scores of officers from the Rampart Division’s anti-gang unit, describing routinely beating gang members, planting evidence on suspects, falsifying reports and covering up unprovoked shootings."

(As a side note – and while not technically false flag attacks – police have been busted framing innocent people in many other ways, as well.)


68) A former U.S. intelligence officer recently alleged:


“Most terrorists are false flag terrorists or are created by our own security services.


69) The head and special agent in charge of the FBI’s Los Angeles office said that most terror attacks are committed by the CIA and FBI as false flags.


70) The Director of Analytics at the interagency Global Engagement Center housed at the U.S. Department of State, also an adjunct professor at George Mason University, where he teaches the graduate course National Security Challenges in the Department of Information Sciences and Technology, a former branch chief in the CIA’s Counterterrorism Center, and an intelligence advisor to the Secretary of Homeland Security (J.D. Maddox) notes:




“Provocation is one of the most basic, but confounding, aspects of warfare. Despite its sometimes obvious use, it has succeeded consistently against audiences around the world, for millennia, to compel war. A well-constructed provocation narrative mutes even the most vocal opposition.

***

The culmination of a strategic provocation operation invariably reflects a narrative of victimhood: we are the victims of the enemy’s unforgivable atrocities.

***

In the case of strategic provocation the deaths of an aggressor’s own personnel are a core tactic of the provocation.

***

The persistent use of strategic provocation over centuries – and its apparent importance to war planners – begs the question of its likely use by the US and other states in the near term."


71) Leaders throughout history have acknowledged the “benefits” of of false flags to justify their political agenda:


Terrorism is the best political weapon for nothing drives people harder than a fear of sudden death”.


Adolph Hitler


“Why of course the people don’t want war … But after all it is the leaders of the country who determine the policy, and it is always a simple matter to drag the people along, whether it is a democracy, or a fascist dictatorship, or a parliament, or a communist dictatorship …

Voice or no voice, the people can always be brought to the bidding of the leaders. That is easy. All you have to do is to tell them they are being attacked, and denounce the pacifists for lack of patriotism and exposing the country to danger. It works the same in any country.”


Hermann Goering, Nazi leader.


“The easiest way to gain control of a population is to carry out acts of terror. [The public] will clamor for such laws if their personal security is threatened”.

Josef Stalin


Postscript 1: 
It is not just “modern” nations which have launched false flag attacks. For example, a Native American from one tribe (Pomunkey) murdered a white Englishwoman living in Virginia in 1697 and then falsely blamed it on second tribe (Piscataway).

But he later admitted in court that he was not really Piscataway, and that he had been paid by a provocateur from a third tribe (Iroquois) to kill the woman as a way to start a war between the English and the Piscataway, thus protecting the profitable Iroquois monopoly in trade with the English.


Postscript 2:  On multiple occasions, atrocities or warmongering are falsely blamed on the enemy as a justification for war … when no such event ever occurred. This is more like a “fake flag” than a “false flag”, as no actual terrorism occurred.


For example:

The NSA admits that it lied about what really happened in the Gulf of Tonkin incident in 1964 … manipulating data to make it look like North Vietnamese boats fired on a U.S. ship so as to create a false justification for the Vietnam war



One of the central lies used to justify the 1991 Gulf War against Iraq after Iraq invaded Kuwait was the false statement by a young Kuwaiti girl that Iraqis murdered Kuwaiti babies in hospitals. Her statement was arranged by a Congressman who knew that she was actually the daughter of the Kuwaiti Ambassador to the U.S. – who was desperately trying to lobby the U.S. to enter the war – but the Congressman hid that fact from the public and from Congress

Another central lie used to justify the Gulf War was the statement that a quarter of a million Iraqi troops were massed on the border with Saudi Arabia (see also this article)

Pulitzer prize-winning journalist Ron Suskind reported that the White House ordered the CIA to forge and backdate a document falsely linking Iraq with Muslim terrorists and 9/11 … and that the CIA complied with those instructions and in fact created the forgery, which was then used to justify war against Iraq. And see this and this



Related: Exposed - Iraq War Was A Lie: The Invasion Of Iraq Took Place Under False Pretences

Time magazine 
points out that the claim by President Bush that Iraq was attempting to buy “yellow cake” Uranium from Niger had been checked out - and debunked - by U.S. intelligence a year before the President repeated it.

Everyone knew that Iraq didn’t have weapons of mass destruction. More

The entire torture program was geared towards obtaining false confessions linking Iraq and 9/11

CIA agents and documents admit that the agency gave Iran plans for building nuclear weapons … so it could frame Iran for trying to build the bomb

The “humanitarian” wars in Syria, Libya and Yugoslavia were all justified by highly exaggerated reports that the leaders of those countries were committing atrocities against their people. And see this

Afterword: The corporate media will likely never report on false flags … as it is ALWAYS pro-war.


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
The Individual Versus Globalism
August 22 2017 | From: JonRappoport

“Global solution” means the individual is cut out of the equation, he doesn’t count, he doesn’t mean anything in the larger scheme of things, he’s just another pawn and cipher to move around on the board.




This is purposeful. This is the script for the future: create problems whose only solution appears to be collective.

Related: Resurrection Of The Eurozone Pent-Up In France & What The Lying, Globalist Media Rats Won’t Show You: France Is A War Zone

Psychologically, mentally, emotionally, and spiritually divert the individual’s attention from his own vision, his own profound desires, his own imagination - and place it within The Group (“all of humanity”).

Propagandize the idea that, if the individual concerns himself with anything other than The Group, he is selfish, greedy, inhumane. He is a criminal.

More and more, this is how the young are being trained these days.

The grand “we” is being sold to them like a cheap street drug. They buy in. They believe this “we” is real, instead of a hollow con designed to drag them into a Globalist framework owned and operated by mega-corporations, banks, foundations, governments, and ubiquitous Rockefeller interests.

And what of the individual, his mind, his unique perception, his independent ideas, his originality, his life-force? Swept away in the rush toward “a better world.”



Related: Four Things Globalists Think You’re Too Stupid To Understand

I have breaking news. Earth is not a spaceship and we are not crew members. If Earth is a spaceship, it has serious design flaws, because it keeps making the same trip around the same sun every year. Each one of us does not have a specified function, as a crew member would.

Going back as far as you want to in history, shortage and scarcity in the world that engendered a crisis was either created by some elite or maintained by them, for the purpose of eradicating dissent and fomenting a collectivist solution. Meaning a solution that came from the top. Meaning a solution that reduced individual freedom.

In recent human history, a different idea emerged: establish severely hamstrung government, in order to protect the individual against it. This idea has had a very tough time. Collectivists have fought it every step of the way.

But regardless of circumstances, the individual can author his own freedom and what it implies. He can discover, within himself, extraordinary possibilities. He can contemplate what it means to create reality that expresses his most profound desires.



Related: What Is Globalism And Where Is It Going?

And then he can begin a voyage that no one and no group can stop. Civilizations come and go, rise and fall; the individual remains.

The word “imagination,” when properly understood, indicates that the individual can envision and then create futures that never were, and never would be, unless he invented them.

Imagination is the opposite of “provincial,” “restricted,” “well-known,” “familiar,” “accepted.."

That is its challenge to the status quo.

That is the true threat the individual poses to all predictive systems. Therefore, “it’s all just information” is a psyop code-phrase. Ideas, thoughts - nothing is original, nothing is new; we all “share” information floating in the collective consciousness; the individual invents nothing.

Which is the opposite of the truth. The individual invents everything.

He can’t be predicted when he is himself. He is not a pattern. He is not a system.

He is not anyone else.

He thrives on his own inspiration.

He is the ultimate riverboat gambler. He bets the house on his own as-yet uncreated future.

He is not a piece of universe.

He is not a humble servant of Order.

He invents the space and time of his own time to come.

As early as 1961, a brilliant healer, Richard Jenkins, whom I write about in my book, The Secret Behind Secret Societies (part of the Exit From The Matrix collection), explained what was to come. He wrote me a note, which I’m paraphrasing from memory:


“People are confusing their own empathy for others with some inflated idea about group-identity. They aren’t the same. People are becoming afraid of their own unique and distinct existence.

This is a social fear. A new social contract is being foisted on the population. Either you belong, or you have no rights. This is a totalitarian concept. It’s coming in through the back door.”

Well, now, it’s right there at the front door. The individual still has a choice. But he has to make it.

Explore his own power, or give it away for nothing more than an illusion of belonging. Stoke the fires within, or form a diluted image of self, and bow down to The Group.



Related: Historic: Trump Rejects Paris Climate Treaty & Globalists Plot Against Trump And Infowars At Bilderberg

The “I” is not isolated. He can reach out to others whenever and however he wants to. The question is, is he moving on the ground of his own independence, or is he searching for a group life raft, to which he will attach himself without thought or hesitation?

Beyond economics or politics, Globalism is a system that offers a life raft which is heading toward a machine-future.

Disembark and find the great We, a construct of integrated parts, each of which is an individual, in a state of spiritual amnesia. Happiness there is function and sedation, shadowless, wiped clean of distinctions.

This is the elitist end-game of social justice and equality. It’s a fake culture.


Related Articles:

Governments: The Enemy Of Freedom & Globalists Interviewed: They Admitted They Controlled The Government

The Globalists Are Planning For Something Big!

Russia Calls For Elimination Of Khazarian Mafia World Order + Globalist Corporations Are Blind In The Face Of Doom


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Kim DotCom Warns End Of Mueller - Wikileaks To Destroy Far Left Narrative
August 22 2017 | From: TheGatewayPundit

Kim DotCom dropped a bomb in May when he claimed to have evidence that former DNC worker Seth Rich was involved in the leaked emails released by WikiLeaks.




Kim Dotocom: "I know that Seth Rich was involved in the DNC leak."

Related: A Complete Synopsis On The Seth Rich Murder - The Facts As I Found Them - Heartfelt Compassion For #HisNameWasSeth

He admitted earlier that month that he was part of an operation along with Seth Rich to get stolen DNC emails to Wikileaks.



It wasn’t the Russians.

In late May Kim DotCom shared that he was willing to come to the US and give testimony if it is required.

Then Kim DotCom’s lawyers sent a letter to Robert Mueller, Special Counsel appointed to investigate interference with the 2016 United States presidential election and related matters:

Today Kim DotCom warned the end of Mueller is coming! The left was LYING about Russian collusion and Mueller knew it.



Rep. Rohrbacher is going to divulge everything he learned from his meeting with Julian Assange to Donald Trump.




Related Articles:

Why Seth Rich’s Case Is Key To #TrumpRussia Investigation + Seth Rich Was Partying With Imran Awan On The Night Of His Murder

Lawmaker Calls For Federal Investigation Of Seth Rich Murder + Liberal Media In Panic! Latest #FakeNews Accuses Kim Dotcom Of Hacking Into Seth Rich’s Gmail - Kim DotCom Responds

Hacker Kim Dotcom: “I Knew Seth Rich Was The Wikileaks Source – I Was Involved” + Newt Gingrich Calls Murder Of Seth Rich An Assassination


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Draining The Swamp: Top EPA Official Resigns Over Climate Change Hoax + Australia ‘Weather-Experts’ Falsify Climate Change
August 21 2017 | From: NaturalNews / Infowars / Various

The hoax of human-caused global warming/climate change unraveled further last week after the resignation of a top official at the Environmental Protection Agency.




As reported by Breitbart News, the official - Elizabeth “Betsy” Southerland - didn’t do it as a matter of conscience, per se; after all, she’d worked for EPA for three decades, was no doubt fully vested and has an excellent retirement coming. But she claimed in her resignation letter that President Donald J. Trump’s climate policies were to blame.

Related: 91 Volcanoes Found Under Arctic Ice, Big Blow to Climate Alarmists

Southerland, who was director of science and technology in the Office of Water, said in her letter that “the environmental field is suffering from the temporary triumph of myth over truth” (a claim most climate realists can make about the hoaxers on any given day, really).

But as Breitbart pointed out, if you read her entire letter, it’s really a blessing that she’s gone.


"It’s supposed to be her Parthian shot- a damning indictment of the decline of a once-great institution under the wicked Donald Trump and his sinister henchman, EPA Administrator Scott Pruitt,” writes Breitbart’s James Delingpole.

“But, actually, it tells you rather more about the weird, reality-denying mindset which prevails among the inhabitants of the swamp which Trump is busily trying to drain.”



Related:
The global warming hoax has been unraveling for years, as Mike Adams, the Health Ranger, has pointed out

Perhaps the most hilariously nonsensical claim in her letter is this one, Delingpole suggests:

Today the environmental field is suffering from the temporary triumph of myth over truth. The truth is there is NO war on coal, there is NO economic crisis caused by environmental protection, and climate change IS caused by man’s activities.

No ‘war on coal?’ Really? That’s rich, considering then-candidate Barack Obama said in 2008 he was planning to implement policies as president that would wipe out coal-fired electricity when he said:

If somebody wants to build a coal-fired plant, they can. It’s just that it will bankrupt them.

And in doing so - destroying an entire sector of electricity production - Obama further noted that “under my plan…electricity rates would necessarily skyrocket.”

If that’s not a declaration of war against coal, nothing is. But the facts are what they are, even if climate hoaxers at EPA don’t want to admit it. As noted by The Daily Caller, one chart very clearly outlines the damage Obama’s coal policies took on the industry.


"The systematic deconstruction of the coal industry has created very real economic hardship for the ‘coal country’ of Appalachia, which has been economically devastated and offers very few job options for the now-unemployed workers,” The DC noted.

Translation: Obama didn’t give a damn about these mostly rural, white, low-to-middle class workers because they belonged to an industry he sought to shut down.

So for those workers, surely they suffered an economic crisis, contrary to Southerland’s claims. But there’s more. In 2012, one estimate said the cost of EPA regulations on the U.S. economy amounted to around $352 billion per year:

Complying with EPA regulations costs the U.S. economy $353 billion per year - more than 30 times its budget - according to the best available estimate. By way of comparison, that is more than the entire 2011 national GDPs of Denmark ($332 billion) and Thailand ($345 billion).

And Delingpole pointed out that the cost of complying with insane “global warming” policies costs about $1.5 trillion every year. “You could buy a lot of hospitals - or reduce a lot of taxes or national debt - for $1.5 trillion,” he said.



Related: NASA spacecraft missions have proven that Mars, Saturn, Jupiter and Venus have all suffered “climate change” … without any human activity whatsoever

As for her claim that humankind is causing global warming/climate change - the old “settled science” argument - that is not a scientific fact backed up by demonstrable, replicable evidence.  And it’s certainly not a “fact” universally accepted by the scientific community. In fact, there’s more evidence that the “science” has been faked than anything else.

Finally, Southerland is certainly free to leave her job, but it wasn’t to serve as high commissioner of the earth; she was a public servant charged with serving the government of the day.

That she would resign over changes in philosophy at the agency she works for - Pruitt is not a global warming hoaxer - tells you more about the arrogance of Washington’s bureaucratic swamp and agency overreach Trump is attempting to vanquish.


Global Warming Petition Project: 31,487 Scientists Do Not Agree With Runaway Man-Made Global Warming





Related: Weather Channel founder denies climate change, so ‘put me to death’



Australia ‘Weather-Experts’ Falsify Climate Change

But don’t worry; the science is settled!





“Global warming is a non-problem…I say this to Obama: Excuse me, Mr. President, but you’re wrong. Dead wrong.” (Dr. Ivar Giaever, Nobel-Prize winner in physics)

Related: Carbon Dioxide “Pollutant” Myth Totally Debunked In Must-See Science Video


"The computer models just weren’t reliable. In fact, I’m not sure the whole thing isn’t crazy, this climate change.”

- Green Guru James Lovelock, who once predicted imminent destruction of the planet via global warming.

I’ve written a number of articles proving the global warming science is far from “settled.” I’ve also written about the political agenda behind climate change. It is stark:

All nations will be ordered (if treaties are signed) to reduce their overall energy production by a disasterous amount.

Therefore, the output of carbon dioxide would be cut, and, we are told, “the planet could be saved.”



Related: Carbon Dioxide Revealed As The “Miracle Molecule Of Life” For Re-Greening The Planet & Leonardo DiCaprio’s War On Carbon Is Actually A War Against All Plants, Rainforests And Ecosystems On The Entire Planet

But no replacement of carbon-based fuels with solar, wind, and other popular alternative sources could possibly, given present technology, make up the difference and stave off the catastrophe stemming from a major cut in planetary energy production.

National economies would falter, poverty would deepen, chaos would expand, and in the ensuing crisis, the (Globalist) forces of order would move in and “solve the problem.” Also known as: a takeover of all major institutions of government, worldwide.

Now have a new scandal erupting, on top of a whole pile of prior scientific frauds. As The Daily Caller reports:


“Australian scientists at the Bureau of Meteorology (BOM) ordered a review of temperature recording instruments after the government agency was caught tampering with temperature logs in several locations.”

“Agency officials admit that the problem with instruments recording low temperatures likely happened in several locations throughout Australia, but they refuse to admit to manipulating temperature readings. The BOM located missing logs in Goulburn and the Snow Mountains, both of which are in New South Wales.”

Let’s be clear. The missing and altered temperature readings actually indicated lower-than-normal temperatures which, if reported, would weaken the assertion that Australia is getting hotter.



Related: NASA Confirms: Sea Levels Have Been Falling Across The Planet For Two Years - Media Silent & Dr. Tim Ball Crushes Climate Change: The Biggest Deception in History

The Daily Caller continues:


“BOM [Australian Bureau of Meteorology] has been put under the microscope before for similar manipulations. The agency was accused in 2014 of tampering with the country’s temperature record to make it appear as if temperatures had warmed over the decades, according to reports in August 2014.”

“[Biologist and former director of the environmental unit at the Australian Institute of Public Affairs, Jennifer] Marohasey claimed at the time that BOM’s adjusted temperature records are ‘propaganda’ and not science. She analyzed raw temperature data from places across Australia, compared them to BOM data, and found the agency’s data created an artificial warming trend.”

“Marohasey said BOM adjustments changed Aussie temperature records from a slight cooling trend to one of ‘dramatic warming’ over the past century.”

But don’t worry. The science is settled.

There must be no reasoned debate about the subject. Just start lowering the energy outputs of all countries on the planet.



Related: Green Gestapo Says You're Mentally Ill If You Challenge Climate Change + Over 30,000 Scientists Say 'Catastrophic Man-Made Global Warming' Is A Complete Hoax And Science Lie

Certainly don’t listen to a man like Freeman Dyson, who has no mainstream credentials - except for the following: physicist and mathematician, professor emeritus at Princeton’s Institute for Advanced Study, Fellow of the Royal Society, winner of the Lorentz Medal, the Max Planck Medal, the Fermi Award. Dyson states:


"What has happened in the past 10 years is that the discrepancies [in climate change models] between what’s observed and what’s predicted have become much stronger. It’s clear now the [climate change] models are wrong, but it wasn’t so clear 10 years ago…

I’m 100 per cent Democrat myself, and I like Obama. But he took the wrong side on this [climate change] issue, and the Republicans took the right side…”

Pay no attention to that. Shut your eyes, close your mouth, and wait for the lights to dim.

The people in charge are the people in charge, and if they don’t want debate, they must be right.

Censoring debate is always a sign that truth and justice are winning. Right?

Several unhinged commentators have gone so far as to suggest jail time for scientists who deny the existence of manmade warming. Marc Morano, narrator and co-writer of the documentary, Climate Hustle, asked the popular American TV host, Bill Nye “The Science Guy,” whether he thought such jail threats against scientists would have “a chilling effect” on dissent.

Nye answered, “That there is a chilling effect on scientists who are in extreme doubt about climate change - I think is good.”

In other words, love censorship when it silences your opponents.



Related: Weather Channel founder Tells CNN “Climate Change Is A Hoax” - 31,000 Scientists Agree & Al Gore Confuses Tides With Global Warming Ocean Rise Apocalypse, Claims Fish Are “Swimming In The Streets” Of Miami Due To Climate Change

Bill Nye understands the proper method of science and research (experiment, replication, rejection, debate, questioning) the way a cockroach understands Aristotle’s treatises on logic. Make no mistake about it, we are looking at fake climate science. The purveyors don’t care about truth. They only care about owning the bully pulpit and keeping dissenters away from that pulpit.

This is how official science is done. In the case of climate change, claim the planet is warming and claim the debate about the subject must be cooled until it is frozen and stored in a locker out of view.

In my investigations of official science and medicine over the past 35 years, I’ve seen this strategy deployed time and time again:

“The science is settled…” “The evidence is overwhelming…” “Credible researchers all agree..."

This is how the press creates a fake impression of consensus.

News outlets issue identical stories, inventing an echo chamber. Don’t buy in. Crack the illusion.


Global Warming Climate Model Completely Debunked

Lord Monckton joins Alex Jones via Skype to discuss recent discoveries, made by him and his team, that completely debunk the myth of human accelerated change in global climate.






Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Cashless Society Alert: Visa Will Be Giving Up To $500,000 To Restaurants That Go ‘100% Cashless’
August 21 2017 | From: WakingTimes

The push toward a cashless society is becoming more of a shove.  Before today I had never heard of “The Visa Cashless Challenge”, but after reading about it I have to say that I am quite alarmed. 




Visa is trying to “encourage” businesses to go cashless, and one of the ways that they will be doing this is by “awarding up to $500,000 to 50 eligible US-based small business food service owners who commit to joining the 100% cashless quest”. 

Related: Money Laundering Scandal at Australia’s Largest Bank Triggers Another Call for Ban of Cash

The food industry is still one of the last bastions where cash is used very heavily, and so it makes sense that Visa would want to target that segment.  Of course the more people that use cards to pay for meals, the more money that Visa will make.

When I go to restaurants, I almost always use cash, and I know a lot of other people that very much prefer to use cash in those situations as well.  But if Visa has their way, soon all of us will be forced to use some form of digital payment instead.  The following is an excerpt from the press release that Visa issued about this new “challenge”…


"Today Visa (NYSE:V) announced it is launching a major effort to encourage businesses to go cashless. Aiming to create a culture where cash is no longer king, the program will give merchants increased ability to accept all forms of global digital payments.

Visa will be encouraging and helping merchants go cashless by using innovation to their advantage in order to stay competitively connected to their customers.

To encourage businesses to go cashless, Visa is announcing The Visa Cashless Challenge, with a call to action for small business restaurants, cafés or food truck owners to describe what cashless means for them, their employees and customers. Visa will be awarding up to $500,000 to 50 eligible US-based small business food service owners who commit to joining the 100% cashless quest.

“At Visa, we believe you can be everywhere you want to be, and that it should be easy to pay and be paid in more ways than ever – whether it’s a phone, card, wearable or other device,” said Jack Forestell, head of global merchant solutions, Visa Inc. “With 70% of the world, or more than 5 billion people, connected via mobile device by 20201, we have an incredible opportunity to educate merchants and consumers alike on the effectiveness of going cashless.”

Visa would love to eliminate the use of cash entirely because it would mean much bigger profits for them.

And of course cashless systems hold a lot of appeal for governments as well because such systems would allow them to monitor and track the behavior of their citizens much more closely.

As our society transitions in that direction, we will be told that it is all about fighting money laundering, tax evasion and terrorism, but there are other ways to combat those issues.



Related: The Cashless Society: The Hard Road Towards An Easier Way To Pay & Australian Government To Track $100 Notes With Nano-chips As Cashless Society Looms

In the end, many people like to use cash because of the privacy that it offers, and there are very powerful forces that would like to eliminate that privacy.

For now, however, advocates of a cashless society are pushing the economic benefits of such a system.  Here is more from Visa’s press release


"Visa has recognized the net benefits for merchants when they reduce dependency on cash transaction. Visa recently conducted a study that found that if businesses in 100 cities transitioned from cash to digital, their cities stand to experience net benefits of $312 billion per year.

According to this study, in New York City alone, businesses could generate an additional $6.8 billion in revenue and save more than 186 million hours in labor, by making greater use of digital payments. This amounts to more than $5 billion annual costs savings for businesses in New York.

The complete results with the benefits of going cashless for businesses will be included in the “Cashless Cities: Realizing the Benefits of Digital Payments” report that will be released by Visa later this year."

And of course the push toward a cashless system is not just happening in the United States.

Over in Sweden, many banks will no longer take or give out cash, and about 95 percent of all retail transactions in the entire country are now cashless.

Of course the EU as a whole is rapidly moving in the direction of phasing out cash.  Not too long ago, the European Commission released an “Action Plan” which instructed member states to explore the possibility of “potential upper limits to cash payments”.



Related: How Greece Became A Guinea Pig For A Cashless And Controlled Society

Some of the member states have already adopted such “upper limits” on cash transactions, and by slowly lowering those limits over time those countries could eventually phase out cash completely.

And down in Australia, a “Black Economy Taskforce” has been established to go after tax evaders


"The Black Economy Taskforce has been established to develop an innovative, forward-looking whole-of-government policy response to combat the black economy in Australia, recognising that these issues cannot be tackled by traditional tax enforcement measures alone.

The black economy refers to people who operate entirely outside the tax and regulatory system or who are known to the authorities but do not correctly report their tax obligations."

Of course this represents a major crackdown on cash, because most people that operate in the “underground economy” tend to use cash very heavily.  According to Martin Armstrong, there has even been a proposal in Australia to put “nano-chips” into large notes for tracking purposes…


"Michael Andrew, the head of this 1984 style Taskforce to spy on citizens, has proposed that the government should keep track of your $100 and $50 notes by implanting hi-tech nano-chips. He could simply scan your house to see where you are hiding money that the government can confiscate."

Many of us are alarmed by the rise of a cashless society because we know where it could eventually lead.



Related: Soros Insider: Banks Ending Cash To Establish World Government

If government authorities can watch, track and monitor everything that we do and everywhere we go, that opens the door for great tyranny.

And going cashless would also potentially allow government authorities to act as “gatekeepers” for the system.  In other words, the government could require all of us to meet certain conditions before we were allowed to participate in the cashless system, and if we refused to meet those conditions we would be unable to buy, sell, open a bank account, get a job or do much of anything else in society.

The potential dangers to our liberties and freedoms are great, and hopefully we can get more people to understand what going to a fully cashless society could ultimately mean for all of us.


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Glyphosate Herbicide And Toxic Heavy Metals Act Like "Binary Weapon" To Destroy Kidneys & Four Popular Companies Who Own The Medical Treatments For The Diseases Their Products Cause
August 20 2017 | From: NaturalNews / WakingTimes

New research out of Sri Lanka has demonstrated a toxicological aspect of glyphosate that many scientists and laymen alike have overlooked or never even investigated.




Besides its inherent toxicity, glyphosate, the primary herbicide chemical used in Monsanto's Roundup formula, actually makes other toxins and heavy metals more damaging to the body than they otherwise would be on their own.

Related: 100,000 Pages of Chemical Industry Secrets Gathered Dust in an Oregon Barn for Decades - Until Now

During the same year that Sri Lankan President Maithripala Sirisena announced a ban on the import and use of glyphosate due to its nephrotoxicity, researchers from Rajarata University and California State University Long Beach determined that glyphosate amplifies the way heavy metals pollute and disrupt normal bodily functions, including the normal function of the kidneys.

C. Jayasumana and his team, who conducted previous research on glyphosate, are trying to get to the bottom of an epidemic of SAN, or Sri Lankan Agricultural Nephropathy, that has been affecting Sri Lankan paddy farmers at an ever-increasing rate since 1994, which is right around the time glyphosate was introduced.

Earlier research pegged both arsenic and cadmium exposure as factors in this deadly endemic disease, which manifests as tubulo-interstitial type nephropathy.

For their study, the team collected urine samples from patients with SAN living in the Padavi-Sripura region of the country, one of the locations where SAN rates have reached epic proportions.



Related: ChemChina clinches $43 bln takeover of Syngenta

They then compared these samples to those collected from two sets of control groups, one with healthy participants from the same region, and another with participants living in another part of the country.

After analyzing all the samples for 19 different heavy metals as well as the presence of glyphosate, the team learned that heavy metal contamination was particularly problematic in the endemic region and specifically amplified in those who were also exposed to glyphosate. In other words, participants with glyphosate in their systems also had higher-than-normal levels of heavy metals.


"People in disease endemic areas [are] exposed to multiple heavy metals and glyphosate," the study reports. "Results are supportive of toxicological origin of SAN that is confined to specific geographical areas ... multiple heavy metals and glyphosates may play a role in the pathogenesis."

"Heavy metals excessively present in the urine samples of patients with SAN are capable of causing damage to kidneys. Synergistic effects of multiple heavy metals and agrochemicals may be nephrotoxic."


Glyphosate Directly Associated with Kidney Damage, as Evidenced by Higher Creatinine Levels

Levels of creatinine, the waste product left over from the production and use of creatine in muscle metabolism, were also found to be substantially higher in participants exposed to glyphosate.

Creatinine levels in the body generally level out at around two percent under healthy circumstances, but in the participants who were contaminated with glyphosate and heavy metals, creatinine levels were much higher.



Related: Mainstream Media Just Admitted Biotech Company Has Exclusive Patents on GMO Cannabis

Elevated levels of creatinine are indicative of impaired kidney function or kidney disease, which suggests that glyphosate, heavy metals, or more likely a combination of both are causative factors in impaired kidney function and kidney disease, as demonstrated in the study.


"Epidemiological studies have shown a strong association between exposure to heavy metals and the prevalence of chronic kidney disease (CKD)," the authors explain in their paper, which was published in the journal BMC Nephrology.

"We measured glyphosate in urine because two authors ... have formulated a hypothesis that incriminates glyphosate and heavy metal complexes as a causative factor for SAN."

Dr. Stephanie Seneff from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT) has conducted her own research on this subject and reached similar conclusions. Be sure to check out her findings and solutions at the following link.



Four Popular Companies Who Own The Medical Treatments For The Diseases Their Products Cause


Listed below are four lethal connections between Big Pharma and some of our most popular consumer products, of which all consumers deserve to be made aware.



Related: Processed Food Is Dying: Nestlé Takes Worst Hit In 20 Years As Public Opinion Shifts


Nestlé and Prometheus Therapeutics & Diagnostics

Nestlé is the world’s largest food & beverage corporation, owning more than 2,000 brands in 191 countries. The vast majority of Nestlé’s profits come from dairy-centric products. Some of their most popular brands include Gerber Baby, Nesquik Chocolate Milk, Toll House, Kit Kat, Crunch Bar, Hot Pockets, DiGiorno, Lean Cuisine, and Dreyer’s Ice Cream.

Nestlé also owns the pharmaceutical company Prometheus Therapeutics and Diagnostics, whose message to doctors is: “Prometheus is your partner in helping patients with chronic digestive disorders live active, healthy lives.”

Celiac disease is one of today’s most prevalent and lucrative digestive disorders, estimated to affect 1 in 100 people worldwide.

Prometheus has its very own celiac disease website, which heavily warns against gluten intake, but doesn’t mention that a patient’s symptomatology could be caused by lactose intolerance, even though the symptoms of the two diseases are very similar, and it’s well recognized that celiac patients have a proven high chance of lactose intolerance.



In fact, regarding the global rise in celiac disease prevalence, prominent celiac researcher Dr. Detlef Schuppan declared: “The amount of gluten ingested does not explain it.”

When a corporation so heavily profits from the commercial use of dairy, a well-known digestive irritant, while also profiting from prescribing treatments for the side effects of improper digestion, that is a major conflict of interest. If we continue to pay Nestlé $92.3B per year, watch celiac cases continue to skyrocket - even amidst all the new gluten-free options.


Johnson & Johnson and Janssen Pharmaceuticals

The main ingredient of Johnson & Johnson’s (JNJ) baby powder is talcum powder, or talc. Several studies have linked frequent usage of talc in the genital region to pelvic inflammation and an increased risk of ovarian cancer.

JNJ also owns Janssen Pharmaceuticals, who manufactures one of the top ovarian cancer chemotherapy drugs: Doxil. Doxil costs $2,758 per every 25ml.

Ovarian cancer patients are recommended to have 50ml injected once a month for at least 4 monthly cycles. So, 50ml of Doxil, the monthly dosage, costs $5,516, and if repeated for 4 monthly cycles, as recommended, the total cost of Doxil treatment is $22,064.



Related: Memory Foam mattress Warning: Chemical offgassing affecting customers

In 2017, about 22,000 women in the U.S. will receive a new diagnosis of ovarian cancer, and about 14,000 U.S. women will die from ovarian cancer. Ovarian cancer is ranked 5th among all cancer deaths in women, making it the most lethal form of cancer of the female reproductive system.

Today, an American woman’s risk of developing ovarian cancer during her lifetime is around 1 in 75, and her chances of dying from ovarian cancer is around 1 in 100.

When we multiply the 22,000 thousand new U.S. cases of ovarian cancer per year by the $22,000 cost of a round of Doxil chemo, this comes out to a $484 million per year opportunity for JNJ. It should now be evident why Johnson & Johnson shouldn’t be allowed to sell talcum-laced baby powder while also selling ovarian cancer chemo treatments.


Merisant Sweeteners and vTv Therapeutics

Merisant is a top global manufacturer of artificial sweetener brands whose products are currently being sold in over 90 countries. Equal Zero Calorie Sweetener is Merisant’s flagship product, which produced sales of $36.2 million in 2014.

Merisant is owned by MacAndrews and Forbes, who also own vTv Therapeutics. vTv Therapeutics is a biopharmaceutical company engaged in the clinical-stage discovery and invention of treatments, primarily for Alzheimer’s disease and Type 2 Diabetes, as well as central nervous system diseases, metabolic disorders, inflammation, and cancer.



Now, one of Equal Sweetener’s main ingredients is aspartame.

Human research has already proven aspartame’s connection to memory loss and learning impairment, and there is promising animal research indicating both aspartame’s role in promoting obesity by blocking gut enzyme activity and that aspartame induces significant increases in lymphomas and leukaemias at doses very near to those at which humans can be exposed.

Should we really continue to allow the people who so massively profit from selling aspartame-laced Equal Sweetener the opportunity to also own and sell the pharmaceuticals that deal with the side-effects of aspartame consumption?


Hearthside Food Solutions and 21st Century Oncology

Hearthside Food Solutions is the United States’ largest independent bakery, and the global food industry’s leader in the full-service contract manufacturing of processed grain-based foods and snacks, including baked goods, granola bars, snack bars, energy bars, cookies, crackers, pretzels, croutons, and breadcrumbs.

Hearthside is owned by Vestar Capital Partners, who also own 21st Century Oncology.

21st Century Oncology is a leading cancer-care service provider across multiple modalities, including colorectal, breast, uterine, and testicular cancers, and was also named the world’s largest radiation oncology provider, operating 179 global radiation centers, including 143 locations in 17 U.S. states.



Related: Chlorine in swimming pools transforms sunscreen into cancer-causing toxic chemical right on your skin

While most people already know that eating processed grains is unhealthy, some might not be aware of the high correlation between the consumption of processed, simple carbs with certain types of cancer development, such as prostate, colorectal and uterine cancers, while on the contrary, choosing healthy, complex carbs like legumes and leafy greens is correlated with a significant reduction in the risk for breast, colorectal, and prostate cancers.

Even the ultra-conservative American Cancer Society states on its website that “Food processing may alter foods in ways that might affect cancer risk. An example is the refining of grains, which greatly lowers the amount of fiber and other compounds that may reduce cancer risk.”

Should we really continue to allow the global leaders of processed grain-based foods and snacks the ability to also own the world’s largest tumor radiation company?


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Overcoming Anxiety By Embracing Uncertainty
August 20 2017 | From: TheUnboundedSpirit

“Unease, anxiety, tension, stress, worry - all forms of fear - are caused by too much future, and not enough presence.” - Eckhart Tolle




Life is fundamentally unpredictable and so we can’t be certain about what is going to happen next. And although uncertainty is, in a sense, a blessing, since it allows space for freedom and change, at the same time it can feel like a curse.

Related: Ten Ways To Easily Boost Your Serotonin Levels And Live A Happier Life

Being used to the known reality of our lives, most of us become attached to it and hence dislike change. The future is unknown, and how can we be sure that what we possess - for example, our health, material possessions, friends or love partners - will not be taken away from us?

And, considering the inevitability of death, we tremble in the face of the unknown ahead of us. We are aware that at any time, even the very next moment, we might die. In fact, any moment we die will be the “next moment.”

In order to feel more secure, we try to control life as much as we can, by constantly trying to fit the future to our expectations.

Yet, the only thing we ultimately achieve by doing so is to put ourselves in a constant state of anxiety that prevents us from savoring the present moment. As put by Alan Watts:


"If to enjoy even an enjoyable present we must have the assurance of a happy future, we are ‘crying for the moon.’ We have no such assurance. The best predictions are still matters of probability rather than certainty, and to the best of our knowledge every one of us is going to suffer and die.

If, then, we cannot live happily without an assured future, we are certainly not adapted to living in a finite world where, despite the best plans, accidents will happen, and where death comes at the end.”

Whether we like it or not, the truth is - and we better accept it - that we can’t predict what kind of fortune - good or ill - lies on our path. No matter how much we try to control life, it will inevitably disappoint us by taking its own course.

To overcome our overwhelming anxiety about the future, we need to let go of our desire to control every event, factor the unexpected into our plans, embrace uncertainty and flow with the wild current of life, trusting that it will takes us to new and exciting places.



By relaxing the tight fist of clinging to an expected end result, we will be able to focus on the here and now, and thus make the most out of every second of our lives as well as find gratitude in what we have without taking anything for granted.

I’d like to end this article with one of my favorite Taoist stories, which beautifully illustrates how uncertain life can be and the wisdom of embracing change rather than trying to control or fight against it:


"There was a farmer whose horse ran away. That evening the neighbors gathered to commiserate with him since this was such bad luck. He said, “May be.” The next day the horse returned, but brought with it six wild horses, and the neighbors came exclaiming at his good fortune.

He said, “May be.” And then, the following day, his son tried to saddle and ride one of the wild horses, was thrown, and broke his leg.

Again the neighbors came to offer their sympathy for the misfortune. He said, “May be.” The day after that, conscription officers came to the village to seize young men for the army, but because of the broken leg the farmer’s son was rejected.

When the neighbors came in to say how fortunately everything had turned out, he said, “May be.”



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

The Global Fascist State: Physical Control Of The Global Population Is Impossible
August 19 2017 | From: FinalWakeUpCall / Various

Centralised, controlled Global fascist state:The momentum for the completion of the New World Order (NWO) through centralised control of global politics, business, banking, military and media is gaining pace by the day, and is clearly evident through the large scale spying upon us.



Whenever a hidden agenda is about to be implemented, something occurs to scare the people, justifying the action for implementation. Our world is more and more becoming a recurrence of fascist Nazi Germany, before WWII. This is, in accordance with the plans of the Deep State Brotherhood, the new world that awaits the global population.

Related: Google joins Monsanto among the most evil corporations in the world by announcing ban on anything it considers a “conspiracy theory”

The Council on Foreign Relations (CFR), and multinational corporations already control most Governments;promoting the one world government through their control of the media, foundation grants, and education; with power exerted over all issues of the day; they already control almost all avenues; they have the financial power to promote the “New World Order”.



The key to their success is the control and manipulation by the international bankers of the money systems of almost every nation, while making it appear as though they are controlled by the government.

If you wish to live in a world that is “urbane” enough to be run by a world government, managed by the Brotherhood of the élite and global bankers, then by all means, continue to follow the mainstream media to get all your information.

If, however, the idea of a select coterie of a global intellectual-financial elites running the world does not sound like the ideal society for humanity’s future, then it is time to come into action.



Related: Report: Forensic Experts say DNC was Never Hacked by Russia, An Insider Did the Job

By battling the tide of misinformation and by helping to expose the dangers of the ‘New World Order.’

People have neither the slightest idea, nor the insight of the restrain that is going to be put on them. They would rather ignore the obvious and go into denial of the truth that has already become reality. Instead, people prefer assuring each other that they would never take people’s freedoms away and make us serfs of the elite.

Humanity has on a large scale given away its mind and its responsibility – it is advisable to consider the broader consequences of this behaviour for human existence.

When we give away our mind and responsibility, we give away our freedom and hence, our lives.

If enough people do it, we give the world away, and that is precisely what has been done throughout history. We’re now entering a fascist society, as was the case before WWII. The leaders of this era, such as Benito Mussolini in Italy and Adolf Hitler in Germany embodied the state and they claimed indisputable power, transforming countries into fascist states.

Now history is repeating itself and soon the world will become a fascist society all over again. The only difference is that this time, a few families, alias – the elite – are manipulating the entire planet, through the globalisation of business, banking and communications.



Related: Brzezinski Wanted NATO to Become the “Hub of a Globe-Spanning Web” of Security Pacts

The primary goal of their control is to keep the people in ignorance, fear and at war. Divide, rule and conquer and keep the most important information secret.

Those who have applied these methods to control humanity for thousands of years are members of the same force, following a long-term Brotherhood Agenda, which now is reaching its point of completion.

So, the global fascist state is upon us. People must wake up now – and see this as their “final wake up call” – to mobilise and organise themselves to rebel against this injustice, as the real power is still with the many of us, and not with the few of the elites!


Infinite Power is Within Every Individual:

Infinite power is within each and every individual. The reason we are controlled is not because we don’t have the power to decide our own destiny, it is that we unknowingly give that power away when we don’t take responsibility for our destiny on all fronts.

When something happens that we don’t like, we look for someone else to blame. When there is a problem, people think first what are they, our so-called leaders going to do about it.

But remember it is they who have secretly created most problems, and they consequently respond to people’s demands by offering a ‘solution’ that always entails more centralisation of power and erosion of our freedom.


Man Sends Audition Tape To Globalists To Be Crisis Actor in Next False Flag Hilarious Satire Skit




Related:
Sometimes We Learn The Most About Ourselves From Our Opponents

If you want to give more power to the police, security agencies and military, that is exactly what they want the public to ask for, then they ensure there is more crime, more violence and more terrorism, and so they increasingly get exactly what they want, ever-increasing control and power.

Once people are in fear of being attacked by terrorists, they will demand to have their freedoms taken away, to protect them from what they have been manipulated to become – ‘fearful’.

As Benjamin Franklin once so typically stated:

“Those who would give up essential liberty, to purchase a little temporary safety, deserve neither liberty nor safety.”

The 9/11 Twin Tower destruction in New York in 2001 and the Global warming meme are both classic examples of ‘Problem - Reaction - Solution’ manipulations.


Physical Control of the Global Population is Impossible:

In short it is a technique of ‘problem - reaction - solution’. Create the problem; encourage the reaction that something has to be done about, and then offer the solution, their solution. In other words:

Create chaos and then offer a solution to restore order on people’s request, a solution which serves their agenda.


The masses are herded and directed by emotional and mental control. This is the only way their rules can be implemented. However, the few elites cannot control billions of people physically, unless a large number of people are involved.



Related: Leo Solar Eclipse: Revolution, Healing and Collapse of the Establishment

So physical control of the global population is impossible. But when you can manipulate the way people feel and think to the point that they decide to do what they want us to do, by demanding to introduce regulations that they want to have implemented, then the door is set open for Centralised Global Control, by making people believe that it is their own idea.

Consequently, humanity becomes mind-controlled.


People are Mind Controlled:

The question is not how many people are mind-controlled, but how few are not. When you believe the news stories in the media, and allow these to affect your perception of events, your mind is controlled.

The answer to freedom of thought and perception is to take your mind back to conclude and decide for yourself.

The choice of interpretations is yours and not someone else’s. Remember they always want to have your mind, because once they have it, they have you. So keep your mind objective under all circumstances.



Related: Globalism Is In Free Fall Collapse

Think for yourself and don’t allow others to think for you, and if we All do this, their Agenda will not be able to be implemented and we will keep our freedoms, it’s as simple as that. Come into action now in the interest of our children, future generations, and in our own interest.

Remember; the secret Agenda is a conspiracy of minds, of people and events to ensure that the plans of the elite are employed. They conspire to put their people into positions of power, with hidden, stringent instructions to make the agenda happen, by conspiring to create events which will make the public demand the Agenda be implemented in complete ignorance of the devastating consequences.

It is frightening that we have entered the world George Orwell envisioned and wrote about in 1984 of mass surveillance, as portrayed in the movie ‘The Truman Show’.




Stick Your New World Order Up Your Arse!






Recently numerous scandals have revealed the surveillance state of the West and put it up for show. Whistleblowers have been warning about this for years!

But saying you were right won’t help you in the long run. Now we know that the government is listening, recording, and duplicating everything we do online or over the phone, it’s time to start taking action. It’s time to take back our right to privacy.

Although we may not fear Chinese tanks rolling through our streets, make no mistake; our most basic rights are under attack: reporters are being investigated and suspended by Government officials for exposing scandals, legislation is designed to water down our privacy rights and the NSA acts like it was nothing more than a necessity to crack down on terrorists, while presenting the matter as though they have the authority to do so.

Watch the powerful explanation of Snowden; it’s a lot easier, as was put forth by him, to change this intrusion on civilisation as has been laid out in the above writing: Be objective and make up your own mind; deciding for yourself.


Preaching the Truth About the Federal Reserve:

Rod Parsley Discusses the Dirty Tricks Bankers Use On Us. He also discusses the practice of the Federal Reserve, how they are involved. He preaches the truth using facts and history.





Related Articles:

Federal Prosecutor Investigating Visa Fraud in Wasserman Schultz’s District Shot Himself in Head – But No Gun Was Found

Silicon Valley "Outraged" After Google Employee Pens Viral Doc Slamming "Anti-Conservative" Culture

Hannity Threatens Lawsuit if Obama Administration “Unmasked” Him in NSA Surveillance

Girl, 5, fined £150 for lemonade stand

Freemasonry: “Join The Dots”, By G-Squared


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Hungary PM Orban Explodes On ‘Mafia Boss’ George Soros For Plotting To ‘Muslimize Europe’
August 19 2017 | From: TheGatewayPundit / Various

No leader has taken more action against leftist billionaire George Soros than Hungary’s Prime Minister Viktor Orban. During a speech in Romania, Orban unleashed on Soros and the European Union, accusing them of wanting to “Muslimize Europe.”




The Associated Press reported:

Related: Australia To Ban Synagogue Because Muslims Are Offended


"European Union leaders and Hungarian-American billionaire George Soros are seeking a “new, mixed, Muslimized Europe,” Hungary’s anti-migration prime minister said Saturday.

Prime Minister Viktor Orban said during a visit to Romania that Hungary’s border fences, supported by other Central European countries, will block the EU-Soros effort to increase Muslim migration into Europe.

While Hungary opposed taking in migrants “who could change the country’s cultural identity,” Orban said under his leadership, Hungary would remain a place where “Western European Christians will always be able to find security.”

Orban, who will seek a fourth term in April 2018, said Hungary’s opposition parties were no match for his government.

“In the upcoming campaign, first of all we have to confront external powers,” Orban said at a cultural festival in Baile Tusnad, Romania. “We have to stand our ground against the Soros mafia network and the Brussels bureaucrats. And, during the next nine months, we will have to fight against the media they operate.”

Soros has become a key target of Orban and his government.

Recent legislation in Hungary seeks to close or expel the Budapest-based Central European University, founded by Soros in 1991. There are also new rules about non-governmental organizations funded at least partly from abroad – which critics say stigmatize the NGOs, many of which are backed by Soros’ Open Society Foundations."

Israeli Prime Minister Netanyahu also joined Orban in denouncing Soros, calling him a threat.

Reuters reported:


"Israel’s foreign ministry has issued a statement denouncing U.S. billionaire George Soros, a move that appeared designed to align Israel more closely with Hungary ahead of a visit to Budapest next week by Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu.

Soros, a Hungarian-born Jew who has spent a large part of his fortune funding pro-democracy and human rights groups, has repeatedly been targeted by Hungary’s right-wing government, in particular over his support for more open immigration.

In the latest case, Prime Minister Viktor Orban has backed a campaign in which Soros is singled out as an enemy of the state. “Let’s not allow Soros to have the last laugh” say billboards next to a picture of the 86-year-old investor, a campaign that Jewish groups and others say foments anti-Semitism."

Orban’s fight against Soros reached a boiling point in April after Hungarian Parliament passed a law targeting the billionaire’s own university, Central European University.



BBC reported:


"The 199-seat parliament head earlier voted 123 to 38 in favour of the legislation, which places tough restrictions on foreign universities.

The main target is believed to be the Central European University (CEU) and its founder, George Soros.

It is the latest battle declared by the right-wing Prime Minister of Hungary, Viktor Orban, against liberalism.

But within hours of the legislation being passed, staff, students and supporters had surrounded CEU waving blue signs saying “veto” to show their support for the university.

CEU, meanwhile, has vowed to fight the bill.

The English-speaking university, which is still partly-funded by Hungarian-born Mr Soros, is ranked among the top 200 universities in the world in eight disciplines.

But Zoltan Balog, a government minister, told MPs on Tuesday it went “against Hungary’s interests to host experiments, financially supported and evading democratic ‘rules of the game’ in the background, which aim at undermining the lawfully elected government or leadership”.

 

Hungary Prime Minister Says George Soros Seeks To Muslimize Europe

Billionaire globalist Soros is ruining Europe.

The war of words between Hungary’s outspoken prime minister Viktor Orban and liberal billionaire George Soros escalated to previously unseen levels recently, when the Hungarian PM said that European Union leaders and Soros are seeking a “new, mixed, Muslimized Europe,” however during a visit to Romania, Orban said that Hungary’s border fences, supported by other Central European countries, will block the EU-Soros effort to increase Muslim migration into Europe.




Related:
Incredible! Leaked Documents Show Muslims Bought Off U.S. Government In Preparation For Takeover


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Privatisation Of Australia And New Zealand's Natural Resources & Is The Australian Government Crossing The Line Into A Totalitarian State?
August 18 2017 | From: TheContrail / Geopolitics

Well, if its any consolation at all, re your Australian logs, the same thing is happening over here at present as well. All our forestry was sold off and privatized here decades ago.




But the devious process has continued irrespective which political party is in power and is accelerating right now as I write.

Related: The Real Impact Seabed Mining Will Have on the Seabed

While the vast majority of the population are either sound asleep or completely brain-dead, the whole country’s wealth and natural resources are being sold off to multinational banks and corporations in collusion with the Government from under us at a rapid rate, and in most cases without even a squeak of complaint from the national flock of gullible sheep.

But in fairness, the whole process is very insidious and if you don’t stop and study the phenomenon there is no hope of ever understanding what is really happening.


A good example on our minds over here in NZ at present is the privatization of the nation’s water supply. If you remember, you told me and wrote about it in your magazine many years ago about the tyrannical privatization of South Australia’s water, where the privatized water companies now even have the cheek to charge farmers for the very rainfall that accumulates in all their dams and farms:
Farm anger at dam water charges

The system is pretty much complete now across Australia and is coordinated by the Federal Government that collects extensive water consumption statistics for all Australian  states: Water Use on Australian Farms, 2015-16



Related: The Cashless Society: The Hard Road Towards An Easier Way To Pay & Australian Government To Track $100 Notes With Nano-chips As Cashless Society Looms

Under the control of: UNWater

Which in turn is controlled by its corporate “Partners” such as the Socialist World Water Council.

Which in turn is controlled by the international bankers.

Well here’s something for your Aussie consolation; just days ago Jacinda Ardern, the 37 year old dedicated little Communist troll, who has just been elected the new NZ Labour Party Leader, announced that if elected next month she wants to introduce nation-wide water charges for irrigation schemes and farmers, while we are literally drowning in water over here:


Labour Announces Royalty Charges for Water Bottlers if Elected

Jacinda Ardern announced that water bottling companies and farmers using irrigation schemes will pay a form of royalty under a Labour government. She explained how it will work to John Campbell.





Of course, its not Jacinda’s idea at all, as she well knows.

It is all coming directly from the United Nations and our Socialist colleagues in Canberra! Just simply a modified form of Stalin’s Five Year Plan.

But if this is not enough for this week! If you remember in the book Murder at Pike River Mine by Dr Jacob Cohen published in 2010, the author said one of the reasons why the 29 miners were brutally murdered and the mine was deliberately blown up was to turn the public’s opinion away from underground mining and allow foreign mining companies in to exploit our natural resources in conservation areas.



Related: Pike River: Thousands Of Unreleased Photos

With Bathurst Resources Limited chosen to secretly buy up all of New Zealand coal reserves to open cast mine it (since all completed I might add) to supply a new planned steel mill in the North Island to process and exract titanium from our rich iron-sands off the West Coast (the richest in the world) to be mined by Trans-Tasman Resources Limited, or if the steel mill was considered uneconomic, to simply export the iron-sand direct to Asia to separate the rich titanium from it there worth hundreds of billions of dollars.

Well. Trans-Tasman Resources today, (after nearly 7 years of Cohen writing his book and predicting this was secretly going to happen), was given permission by the NZ Environmental Protection Authority to dig up the iron-sands off Taranaki out in the ocean in New Zealand’s Economic Zone.



Related: The Bankers’ Scam - The Power Of Money: Beat The Bankers Through Debt Termination & Commonwealth Bank Of Australia: One Of The Largest Banks In The World Just Accused Of Laundering Millions For Drug Cartels

Effectively, this one foreign company now, indirectly owned by the same bankers that controlled NZ Oil & Gas Limited the major shareholder in Pike River Mine Limited, Bathurst Resources Limited and Trans-Tasman Resources Limited, is soon going to rape hundreds of billions of dollars worth of “black gold” titanium from our shores and we as a nation will effectively receive next to nothing in return from it.

Yet here on this incredible video announcement of it yesterday, our mainstream media prostitutes controlled by the very same bankers that control the mining companies did not even mention ONE SINGLE WORD ABOUT THE HUNDREDS OF BILLIONS OF DOLLARS WORTH OF TITANIUM included in it but only mentioned it was just “iron-sand” to placate the general public derision, in this giant lunatic mental asylum!


Firm Given Permission to Dig for Ironsands Off Taranaki


Trans Tasman Resources is the first company allowed to mine in New Zealand's Exclusive Economic Zone. But opponents vow to fight the Environmental Protection Authority's decision.





What a pack of mugs we all are? I would have thought the farmers would have had a bit more get up and go, because the ramifications of little Communist Ardern are very serious.




Is The Australian Government Crossing The Line Into A Totalitarian State?

Behind the Curtain, there seems to be no government going completely nuts more so than Australia. They are doubling taxes on all foreigners who own a property, which is a violation of international law, and then they made it a crime for a foreigner to even buy a house undisclosed.

On top of all of this insanity, they are planning to strip consumers of their legal protections if they pay in cash and fail to get a receipt. If an Australian pays for anything in cash, they suspect he is hiding money.

Related: Is Australia Becoming A Fascist State? & Study Says DTP Vaccine Associated With 212% Increased Infant Mortality Risk

This outrageous proposal is clearly exposing the Australian government as a leftist goose-stepping authoritarian regime going completely insane hunting Australians for taxes.

They are even stalking children on their way to school and then check the school as to how they are being paid. This is real Hitler stuff. That is why the Swiss created numbered accounts because Hitler made it illegal for a German to have any account outside of Germany.

This anti-free society the Australian government is establishing is just off the charts. They have set up a Black Economy Taskforce to hunt down their own citizens. This is becoming very dangerous. Can you imagine a government staking your children?



Related: Your Body Is No Longer Yours: Australia Has Become The First Country To Microchip Its Citizens & Australia: A Tracking Device In Every Car

This gestapo agency is indeed spying on its own citizens in every aspect just as did the NAZI government in Germany. They have put forth 35 recommendations contained in the interim report where they are arguing the need for “consumer-focused action” to crack down on cash payments.

The Black Economy Taskforce has turned its attention from the businesses to consumers they now say are “part of the problem” adding that “[w]e intend to examine the merits of consumer focused sanctions, including the loss of consumer protections, warranties and legal rights for people who make cash payments without obtaining a valid receipt.”

They are out to change the entire culture of Australia because the government refuses to see itself as the spendthrift causing the entire problem. They wrote:


“This is not simply of matter of imposing new penalties, but part of a wider cultural change agenda.”

The Australian government is looking to impose penalties if a consumer pays cash and FAILS to get a receipt so they can end the underground economy. They are expecting to change the culture by forcing consumers to ask for a fiscal receipts when paying cash for anything.

Now the Australian government has moved beyond eliminating cash, they seek to punish people who pay in cash. Obviously, Australia turned their own people into a hunt for taxes. Can you imagine stalking your children is legal?

What are human rights? Australia is hunting its own people as if this were a fox hunt.

Those who are looking to adopt children should consider adopting from Australia to save them from a government that is going down the path of a totalitarian regime. This is always a dangerous historical path to proceed down.

It has never ended nicely.


Related Articles:

Australian Government Ramps Up $18.5M Citizen Surveillance With “The Capability” And “iOmniscient” Technology

Warning Of An Islamic State Being Created In Australia & Radical Muslim Immigrant Now In Canadian Parliament
Pushing For Anti-Islamophobia Law

Troubles In Australia: PM-Of-The-Day Pushes Vaccination Agenda, Fascist Biometrics + More

“Smart” Grid is a Scam - Massive Surveillance, Hazardous to Health, a Totalitarian Sodomization of Society


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Maori Artifacts Point To Early Polynesian Settlement In New Zealand
August 18 2017 | From: LiveScience

Archeologists in New Zealand are starting to unravel the mysteries of an early settlement near the northern tip of the islands that may have been founded by some of the first Polynesians to arrive in the region around 700 years ago.




The dig was a joint project between archaeologists from New Zealand government agencies and Otago University, and local Maori groups

The artifacts from Moturua Island include a pendant made from shell that appears to have originated in tropical Pacific waters, which may have been brought by the earliest generations of Polynesian settlers, who developed New Zealand's indigenous Maori culture in the centuries that followed, say the researchers.

Related: "Under The Carpet" New Zealand Hidden History Documentary

The archaeological site, located beside a beach at Mangahawea Bay on Moturua island, about 124 miles (200 kilometers) north of the city of Auckland, was first excavated by archaeologists from the University of Auckland in 1981. [See Photos of the Early Maori Site in New Zealand]

Although some research on the bones of Polynesian dogs ("kuri" in Maori) found at the site was published a few years later, details of the excavation itself were not formally written up, and the bulk of the archaeological work from the site remains unpublished almost 40 years later.


"Everyone's known about it, everyone knows that it's potentially important, but no one's actually been able to do any work on it,” said Andrew Blanshard, a ranger for New Zealand’s Department of Conservation, who initiated the project that led to the latest dig at Moturua Island in February of this year.

Now, some of the artifacts from the 1981 dig, along with bone fish hooks, shell fragments and the bones of animals found in a stone-lined underground oven, or hangi, on the site will undergo scientific testing for the first time, Blanshard said.

This is part of an effort to determine if the site may have once been home to some of the first Polynesians to settle in New Zealand, which is thought to have been in the late 13th century, he added.



Related:
The White Tangata Whenua + Maori Legend: Blonde Mummies Of The South Pacific


Mysterious Pendant

Among the key findings at the site during the latest excavations are the cooked remains of seals, shellfish and moa - New Zealand's largest flightless bird, now extinct. Moa disappeared from the region due to predation soon after the first humans settled in New Zealand, Blanshard told Live Science.

The researchers are also focusing attention on the type of shell used in a pendant found at the site in 1981, which appears to be a species of pearl oyster - tropical shellfish that are not found in cold New Zealand waters, he said.

If the shell in the pendant is confirmed to be mother-of-pearl, then it may have been brought to New Zealand by some of the very earliest settlers from tropical parts of Polynesia: "But at this stage, it's still very much a wish, rather than something we can prove," Blanshard said.



The archaeological site on Moturua Island in New Zealand's Bay of Islands may prove be one of the earliest Maori settlements ever found

Blanshard became interested in this archeological "cold case" when he helped build a walking track around the island in 2006.

After being told that the results from the 1981 dig were never written up and published, and that the artifacts from the site remained undated, “I decided that we probably needed to think about doing something a little bit better than that,” he said. [The 25 Most Mysterious Archaeological Finds on Earth]

Blanshard spent nine years locating the artifacts, field notebooks and other research from the 1981 dig to prepare for this year's excavations. Many of the items were found in the archives of universities and government departments in different cities around New Zealand, he said.

The notebooks, in particular, enabled the new team of archeologists to make sense of the field work that was carried out in 1981.


"We were able to redig one of their holes, and have a look at the sides of the hole - what we would call the profile — and that allows us to better understand the samples and artifacts that we've got from the 1981 excavation," Blanshard said, "so it starts to fill in the blanks of the jigsaw."


Maori Partnership

The excavation at Moturua Island earlier this year was a partnership between New Zealand's Department of Conservation, the government agency Heritage New Zealand, archeologists from the University of Otago at Dunedin in the South Island, and two local Maori clans: Ngati Kuta and Patu Keha.

Heritage New Zealand archaeologist James Robinson, who led the latest dig on Moturua Island, said the involvement of the local Maori was important in helping the researchers to understand the various functional areas of the site, such as the structures of buried storage pits for sweet potatoes, or "kumara," of a type still being used in Maori communities in the area in the 1950s.

Although carbon dating on various items recovered during the latest dig will not be completed for several months, Robinson told Live Science that "we're happy at this stage to say that we're dealing with what's sometimes referred to as an archaic [Maori] or an early Polynesian site."



Related: Disinterest In Pre-Maori History Stuns

The latest dig has also revealed signs of archeological layers that indicate the site was occupied successively during different periods of Maori cultural development - an unusual find in New Zealand, where many early sites were often abandoned when some key local resource became scarce, Robinson said.

Initial research from the latest Moturua Island dig was presented at an archaeological conference in New Zealand earlier this year, and scientific papers about the findings, combining the work done by the 1981 and 2017 dig teams, are currently being prepared for publication, he said.


"It's an interesting site- it's one that deserved the attention that led to it being excavated in 1981, but it's really important that these things do get published and analyzed properly," Robinson said.


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

How The CIA Spies On Your Everyday Life, According To WikiLeaks
August 17 2017 | From: RT

WikiLeaks’ latest release from the Vault 7 series of CIA leaks, sheds more light on how ordinary people can be easily tracked and targeted by the US intelligence agency through everyday electronic devices.




Since March 7, WikiLeaks has revealed CIA hacking techniques used to weaponize mobile phones, conduct surveillance via smart TVs, and load and execute malware on a ‘target machine’.

Related: Dumbo: WikiLeaks reveals CIA system to take over webcams, microphones

In light of Thursday’s 20th release from Vault 7, RT looks back at the most explosive revelations from the CIA’s hacking arsenal, showing how the intelligence agency could spy on you in your own home.


Home Security Systems

The ‘Dumbo’ program is purportedly designed to manipulate home security systems, altering the functionality of webcams and microphones on Microsoft Windows-operating systems and corrupting video recordings.

WikiLeaks suggested that this allows the operator to create fake – or destroy real – evidence of their intrusion into the device.




Smart TVs

Many of the exploits revealed through the leaked Vault 7 documents appear designed to target ordinary individuals through commonly used devices.

The CIA allegedly has access to a range of tools that even target Samsung TVs under its ‘Weeping Angel’ program. The project involves infiltrating the smart TVs to transform them into covert microphones, which can record and store audio.



Related: WikiLeaks publishes #Vault7: 'Entire hacking capacity of the CIA'


Android Devices

Google’s Android operating system was found to have 24 ‘zero days’ – the codename used by the CIA for tools to identify and exploit vulnerabilities and secretly collect data on individuals.

The OS is used in 85 percent of the world’s smart phones, including Samsung and Sony.

By exploiting gaps in the OS, it’s possible to access data from social messaging platforms, including WhatsApp, Weibo, Telegram and Signal before encryption is applied.



Related: Time to Close US Bases in Australia? - Ending Australian Support for US Mass Surveillance and US Drone Assassination

Another program appears specifically designed to target mobile devices running Android 4.0 to 4.3, allowing a third party to intercept and redirect SMS messages.



Related: CIA can intercept & redirect SMS on Android, according to 'Highrise' document


Apple Products

Apple products are not immune to the CIA’s hacking tools either. In fact, Vault 7 revealed a specific division dedicated to the hacking of Apple devices .

A tool known as ‘NightSkies’ specifically targets Apple products including the iPhone and Macbook Air. It purportedly even allows the CIA to infiltrate factory-fresh iPhones and track and control them remotely, providing “full remote command and control.”


WiFi

WiFi can be easily exploited by the agency for spying, according to a number of leaks. One program called Cherry Blossom allegedly targets WiFi devices to monitor, control and manipulate the Internet traffic of connected users.

No physical access is needed to implant the firmware on a wireless device, as some devices allow their firmware to be upgraded over a wireless link.



Related: #Vault7: CIA’s secret cyberweapon can infiltrate world’s most secure networks

Another malware called Elsa tracks WiFi-enabled devices running Microsoft Windows, allowing the CIA to gather location data on a target’s device and monitor their patterns and habits.

The malware allows the CIA to track the geo-location of wifi-enabled devices even when they are not connected to the internet.


Microsoft

Most of the malware referenced throughout the leaks is designed for use on the widely popular Microsoft Windows operating systems.

Many of these programs focus on uploading the malware via removable devices such as USB drives. Some, such as the ‘brutal kangaroo’ project, are designed to hide themselves from detection, and can even infect devices that have never been connected to the internet by air gap jumping.


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

What Parents Should Know About EMFs And WiFi & 5G Is An International Health Crisis In The Making
August 17 2017 | From: ActivistPost / ActivistPost / Various

EMFs (electromagnetic frequencies) and RFs (radio frequencies) contribute to Electrosmog; both frequencies affect and compromise the human organism, especially children’s.




I’ve been a consumer health researcher since the late 1970s. I was one of the few healthcare professionals to learn and to be concerned about vaccine adverse events in the 1980s, since either doctors I knew or those I worked with began hearing Moms’ heart-wrenching stories of how their infants were damaged by vaccines and had not been the same since. 

Related: What Science is Telling Us About Earth’s Electromagnetic Fields & How They Connect to Our Own

As a result of that exposure on a very definitive timeline, I’ve been following the research, activism, corporatism, and politics of vaccines ever since.  My 2013 book was Vaccination Voodoo What YOU Don’t Know About Vaccines is available on Amazon.com.

However, for how harmful vaccines are for virtually castrating the immature immune system of an infant and/or toddler, there is something equally as harmful, if maybe not worse, which just about everyone thinks is perfectly safe.  What I’m talking about is microwave technology wavelengths that enable all the smart phones, Apps and other high tech devices and games most people “buy into and love,” plus accept as “safe.”  Nothing can be further from the authentic scientific facts.

There are several particulars I think you ought to know.  The information is imperative to understanding health problems and issues, which, unfortunately, can stem from and/or be caused by constant EMF exposures, especially at low levels.



Related: Wireless Tech Specialist: 5G Will Irradiate Populations; Violates Human Rights & Nuremburg Treaty


1. All smart and/or microwave tech gadgets ‘safety’ parameters are based on World War II science and thermal effects. None consider non-thermal radiation wave length adverse health effects.


2. Any electronic device that can send and/or receive voice, data, graphics, etc. emits RFs. Cell phones, iPhones, Wi-Fi, routers, baby monitors, are significant devices emitting RFs.  Those devices operate in the 2-3-4 GHz (gigahertz) range, which are more problematic or harmful especially to children.


3. Why are children more vulnerable to EMFs/RFs? Kids’ bodies and organs are still developing; the brain until around 22 years of age.  All human bodies contain between 60 to 70% water with the brain and heart containing higher percentages, i.e., 73% and the lungs contain about 83%.  Therefore, children’s smaller, less developed bodies and tissues are more vulnerable to RF exposure, especially from Wi-Fi in school and at home.  Microwaves vibrate water.


Water and microwaves: Water molecules contain three atoms and so can vibrate in a number of different ways. When microwaves pass through water the water molecules absorb some of the microwave energy and as a result they twist and turn, writhing around, as the radiation passes by.

- Source

Think of Wi-Fi using this analogy: Wi-Fi is like leaving your microwave oven on, operating at high power with the oven door left open.  Now think one such analogy and device for every room in your house, if your house is not hard-wired for safe Wi-Fi, but you use routers.

4. Keep all high tech, smart appliances away from the use by children, especially cell phones for those who are young.

-
Source


5. No cell phones, TV, computers, electronic games in a child’s bedroom. Never allow anyone to sleep with a cell phone on the bed, clasped in their hand or under a pillow.  Fried brains, anyone?


6. At night, turn off circuit breakers to bedrooms, if need be, to get away from AMI Smart Meters sending EMFs with dirty electricity or sinusoidal harmonics pulsing over copper wiring inside your bedroom walls, thousand times faster than the 60Hz wiring is built to carry Those sinusoidal waves radiate out 6 to 8 feet and have been documented as interfering with the brain’s production of melatonin, which occurs during sleep at night when the body is in the recuperative/repair stage of its 24 hour circadian rhythm cycle.


7. The Schumann Resonance is the hertz frequency at which the human body resonates or vibrates electromagnetically, which is 7.83Hz. Humans basically are electromagnetic beings. That is confirmed by medical tests that measure brain, heart and muscle activity.  However, EMFs/RFs coming off microwave technology appliances are in the thousands, if not hundreds of thousands times faster ranges, therefore, contributing constant stresses to all bodily functions, especially the brain and central nervous system.



Click on the image above to view a larger version in a new window


8. EMFs/RFs affect children on the Autism Spectrum leading to higher anxieties, plus more confusion. Therefore, exposure should be eliminated from all sources and appliances.

- Source


9. High tech reliance is a newly-acquired human addiction, which has psychologists worried about the younger generations and how they are being affected negatively, socially and emotionally.


10. Study a comprehensive chart of the Electromagnetic Spectrum to understand how various smart appliances are rated. Cell phones frequency ranges are from 3KHz to 300 GHz. 

Because of such extreme overuse and addictions to iPhones, smart phones and cell phones, tech providers now want to install 5G microwave antennas right outside your front porch on a pole. 

5G has not been tested for safety, as far as I know, and it can be assumed the U.S. Federal Communications Commission automatically will approve it as ‘safe’ as they have approved all other frequencies based upon the erroneous ICNIRP (Internal Commission on Non-Ionizing Radiation Protection) principle that there are no EMF/RF wavelengths as non-thermal radiation waves, just thermal or heat effects, which comes from World War II radar research days.  




Related: Create A Low EMF Bedroom – The Foundation Of A Healthy Life

It’s 2017; how far behind the scientific times does the microwave industry have to stay to hoodwink everyone, like the tobacco industry did until the 1964 Surgeon General’s Report on Smoking and Health.


11. In April of 2017, an Italian court ruled a work-related use of a mobile phone caused an executive to develop a benign brain tumor. Slowly awareness is coming into the high tech microwave world of legal law suits.  However, microwave industry associations’ science is flawed and their products and services are compromising to human health.


12. There’s a terrific cartoon-like infomercial on the Internet about how utility companies Smart Meters will collect and sell your personal use data and information to unknown third parties for marketing purposes without your knowledge and/or consent. High tech created the algorithm “Onzo,” which tracks your every appliance usage.  Google O-N-Z-O smart meter algorithm and watch what you don’t know come to reality.


13. One Hertz (Hz) equals one cycle per second. One kilohertz (KHz) is equivalent to one thousand cycles per second. One megahertz (MHz) equals one million cycles per second. A Gigahertz (GHz) is a frequency equal to one billion hertz or cycles per second.

Microwaves are a specific category of radio waves that loosely can be defined as radiofrequency energy at frequencies ranging from 1 GHz to 30 GHz.


14. When an individual’s body biology and biochemistry have been assaulted and saturated for too long by EMFs/RFs and they no longer can tolerate living in the sea of electrosmog from EMFs/RFs. They become electromagnetically hypersensitive (EHS) or idiopathic environment intolerant (IEI), as some medical doctors diagnose the syndrome, which has become more prevalent due to all the smart tech appliances and AMI Smart Meters. 26% of USA citizens are EHS; 19% of Swedish; 27% of Danish and 32% of German citizens are EHS.


15. The American Academy of Environmental Medicine publishes online its “Recommendations Regarding Electromagnetic And Radiofrequency Exposure,” which I heartily suggest everyone studies and prints out to save.


16. The FCC safety guidelines say you should not be subjected to a field of 600 microwatts per centimeter squared for more than 30 minutes! A microwatt is equal to one-millionth of a watt.  However, no one has factored in the cumulative total number of microwatts from all EMF/RF sources, so that the FCC safety guideline basically is way off the mark, I say.   Those figures are based on outdated science.  Updated safety guidelines have to be recalculated for 24/7/365 exposures for how humans use microwave tech gadgets:


a. wearing a live cell phone on your person;

b. exposure to Wi-Fi for 6 hours a day, 5 days a week in a school classroom or at your place of employment;

c. AMI Smart Meters pulses and non-thermal exposures coming over inside-house-wall-wires from sinusoidal harmonics thousands times faster than the 60Hz wiring is built to withstand and deliver. Isn’t that both fire and health hazards?

17. Lastly, Lloyd’s of London and Swiss Re, two major insurance companies of the world, will not cover medical expenses incurred due to electromagnetic radiofrequency radiation (EMR), i.e., cell phones, Wi-Fi, cell towers, antennas, DAS network coverage, Internet of Things (IoT), devices, smart meters, etc. What does that tell you?

18. The country of Russia apparently has denied 5G rollout and is planning on using fiber optic cables to deliver Internet to everyone - the safest way possible, but not in the USA or with the FCC!




Related: The U.S. FCC Is Asleep At The Switch Regarding RF Safety Standards And Protecting The Public


Now I’d like to share information I consider important to know and was generated by independent AMI Smart Meter researchers in California. 

The findings are based upon what they found investigating an Itron AMI Smart Meter output measurements: RF/EMF readings drop from 8,000 to 15,000 microwatts per square meter at 2 to 3 feet away from the meter, and down to 300 microwatts per square meter, or less, at ten feet away. 

That information indicates the importance of putting distance between you and an AMI Smart Meter and the use of shielding, if you cannot keep an analog meter.

An analog meter is one that has 5 clock-like dials and a disk that spins.  There is an AMR Meter electric companies started installing in the 1980s which reads your usage and sends it to the utility to provide a billing, and no meter reader comes around to read your meter. 

The Automatic Meter Reader (remote meter reading) meter looks very similar to an AMI Smart Meter - both are digital in design.  The AMR can send information only one way and does not send dirty electricity pulses onto your house wires every 15 seconds or so looking for appliances to hook up with, monitor, surveil and report back to whomever.

Proper and correct shielding methods can be taken, but you have to do your research to see what will work for you and your family.

According to the California researchers’ work I’ve accessed, they report a reading below 10 microwatts per meter squared to be safe except for the most electromagnetically-sensitive individuals, a category which many ASD children unfortunately fall into.  From my research, I say having no AMI Smart Meter exposure is the safest of all.

Furthermore, those researchers state the most important achievement for shielding against EMFs/RFs is not to have microbursts of radio waves with a few hundred microwatts per meter squared pulsing into your sleeping areas day and night every ten to fifteen seconds, which AMI Smart Meters pulse.

Please remember you never want to sleep with the head of your bed against the wall near or against the electric AMI Smart Meter wall because of the inevitable magnetic field exposure all AMI Smart Meters emit within four feet in all directions.

People living in apartment complexes or condominiums need to check out where the AMI Smart Meter ‘banks’ are located, usually dozens of meters on one wall area, exponentially increasing the EMF/RF outputs.  Stay away from them!

Here are some quick references to make note of:


A. The Smart Meter Guard is a fine wire mesh that encircles the smart meter on sides and front that is grounded to the metal box upon which the smart meter is mounted.

B. Less EMF is an EMF shielding business whose phone number is 888-537-7363. They can provide information how to shield your indoor living and work space from a smart meter.

C. Safe Living Technologies is a retailer of shielding fabrics to protect against sources of RF. The company is run by an engineer and building biologist, Rob Metzinger.  Their phone number is 519-240-8735.

D. Use plug-in shut off switches, available online or at some local hardware stores.

E. If you turn off the electric breakers to your bedrooms, make certain you have battery-operated smoke detectors installed in each bedroom.

F. Shielding also can be achieved by using Finemet and Cobaltex fabric from Less EMF (see B above) to create a safe room, such as a bedroom or sleeping area. That may be particularly helpful in apartment buildings where high frequency transient voltage comes from circuits in walls.

G. If you can, it is best to invest in what’s called an electrosmog meter, a device which gives readings in your home for appliances and AMI Smart Meters.

H. Here are the names of the top ten names of vendors to the “Smart Grid”:

ABB

ACLARA

eMeter

IBM

Itron

Landis+Gyer

OPOWER

SEL

Siemens

SilverSpring Networks



- Source


The very large AMI Smart Meters manufacturers include:

Itron, the largest manufacturer of smart meters in the world

Elster Group

General Electric

Landis + Gyr (Swiss based firm)

Schieder Electric 


- Source


The most common symptoms of electromagnetic hypersensitivity, per Richard Mankiewicz, are:

A warm or burning sensation in the face somewhat like feeling sunburnt.

A tingling or prickling sensation across the face or other parts of the body

Extreme dryness of mucous membranes such as the back of the throat and eyes

A swelling of the mucous membranes such as nose, throat, ears and sinuses without any infectious cause

Problems with concentration, loss of memory and dizziness

A feeling of impending influenza (flu) that somehow never quite breaks out

Headaches and nausea

Teeth and jaw pains

Aches and pains in muscles and joints

Cardiac palpitations  [If these do occur, it’s time to get real medical help from a healthcare practitioner who is familiar with and will factor in the possibility of EHS.] 


- Source




Related: Electromagnetic Hypersensitivity From Microwave Technology Finally Medically Proven

Here’s a suggestion to consider: Have a qualified electrician install a circuit breaking wall switch for each bedroom of your home so that at night while you sleep, the hot wires to your outlets that surround your room are shut off.  

This way you’re not sleeping within what is known as a dirty electrical circuit field that fluctuates above 60 cycles.  That type of spike disturbance keeps human life and frequency patterns off kilter.

- Source


Causes Of Dirty Electricity

Here are some of the common sources of dirty electricity:

Light dimmer switches

Computers and laptops that plug in

Printers and scanners

Fluorescent lights and tubes (CFLs)

Solar power installations

Televisions

Music Entertainment Systems

Video game consoles

Cordless phones

Microwave Ovens

Smart meters and smart appliances

Wi-Fi routers and modems

Battery chargers for cell phones, etc.

Blenders and mixers

Hair Dryers

Multi-Speed Fans


Dirty electricity can be measured by using a GS or STETZERiZER® Microsurge Meter.

Using a Microsurge meter and installing a collection of STETZERiZER® Filters is a means by which your electricity can be rendered ‘safer’.

I’d like to leave you with this information, which was emailed to me by a registered radiologic technologist:


"Why are these companies allowed to affix radiation emitting devices to our homes, which expose peeps 24/7 with non-ionizing radiation, which btw…is probably way more damaging because of the radiation being on the “low level side” on the radiation spectrum... these add way up and above, highly, regulated, radiation! exposures.”

Unfortunately, that’s what we have to deal with because of our addictions to microwave-run technologies and gadgets, plus an apparent regulatory disregard for non-thermal radiation science documenting numerous health harms.


How Wifi Works

Click here to view a larger version of the image below in a new window.









5G Is An International Health Crisis In The Making

Recently, I came across one of the most comprehensive articles about 5G and the problems it will create for humankind (and all of creation) if and/or when 5G is rolled out across nations around the globe, which I thought my readers ought to know about.



I contacted the author, Canadian Mr. Jerry Flynn, a retired captain, and asked his permission to use it verbatim in an article I would submit.  Mr. Flynn graciously gave his full permission.  So, not wanting to waste readers’ time, I submit

“5G” Wireless Technology Should be Banned!  Wireless Radiation Violates Human Rights and the Nuremburg [sic] Code of Ethics!

Related: Experts Warn New Tech Will Create 'Invisible Killing Fields' Across America And 'Gestapo-Like Tactics' Are Being Used To Silence This Information

Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada (ISEDC) needs to realize that the general public are becoming aware of the long history of corruption in the USA, which, shamefully, spilled over into Canada and other Western countries in/or around the 1970s.

Evidence of this can be seen in the following: In 1961, US President Eisenhower warned Americans to be on guard against the emergence of a corrupt US military-industrial complex (M-I-C), but too few people heeded him.

In 1968, US President Johnson, in his State of the Union Address, promised to protect the American people from the EMF (electro-magnetic field) radiation emitted by TV sets and other electronic equipment etc.! He subsequently signed into law the Radiation Control for Health and Safety Act.  

In 1971, US President Nixon’s own radiation Management Advisory Panel warned him that the levels of ELF (extremely low frequency)/RF (radio frequency) EMF radiation then present in the USA may already be biologically significant, that the nation’s entire population might be at risk, especially if future generations are considered!

In 1995, US President Clinton released a Memorandum stating: “Transmitter masts should not be sited on schools or near residential areas”!

In 2004, US Senator, John McCain (who just underwent surgery to remove a brain tumor) stated that:


"We have compelling evidence that there is an incestuous relationship between the defense industry and defense officials that is not good for America.”

In 2010, US President Obama’s own Cancer Advisory Panel identified the risk to children and adolescents from wireless radiation as the most pressing problem!




Today, in 2017, ISEDC needs to be aware of the declassified 1976 US Defense Intelligence Agency document, which exposes what prompted – and continues to cause – today’s unparalleled corruption:

1. The US military’s determination to remain the most powerful (i.e., technologically advanced) in the world; and,

2. Technology-based industries, such as electric power generation and wireless and telecommunications are encouraged to explore and fully exploit new, commercial applications of wireless technology.



By doing so, those same industries, on which the US Defense Industry depends, ensure that the US military remains the most powerful on earth! Tragically for all Canadians, Health Canada and what was then Industry Canada saw fit in the 1970s to align themselves with the USA and, in so doing, sacrificed forever the health and safety of the people of Canada!

Today, the Government of Canada still appears to be more concerned with industrial growth (and remaining in step with the USA) than it is about protecting the health and safety of Canada’s population!

Non-industry scientists the world over are worried that the new, much higher microwave frequencies used in “5G” technology (28 GHz,  37-40 GHz, 64-71 GHz) have never been independently tested for safety, yet the Canadian telecom industry have already completed their initial tests to prove the technology! (US companies are already installing “5G” in some US states!)

Fifth Generation (“5G”) technology, if implemented nationally, would further irradiate the entire population of Canada – without their knowledge, comprehension of what is being done to them, or their consent! This would be yet another, even more serious violation of the Nuremburg [sic] Code and the most heinous crime imaginable!

While the current and all three previous generations of microwave technology also violate the Nuremburg [sic] Code, informed people fear that “5G” would prove to be mankind’s Armageddon - of Industry’s own selfish creation!


Governments of Canada are elected, in part, to protect the health, safety and well-being of its people. Yet, Health Canada (like the USA):

a. refuses to recognize/admit that there are harmful health and biological non-thermal effects caused by RF EMF radiation;

b. refuses to admit that today’s wireless RF products / devices / toys all emit pulsed non-thermal radiation;

c. refuses to acknowledge/admit that ELF (60 Hz) magnetic fields are harmful to people and other life forms;

d. refuses to recognize/admit that there is such a condition known as “EHS” (electro-hypersensitivity), which affects at least 3% of the world’s entire population; and,

e. has never once seen fit to make it mandatory for Industry to first prove – by qualified, non-industry scientists, replicating real-life applications – that the radiation emitted by wireless products / devices / toys is safe!


Nor has Health Canada ever imposed the Precautionary Principle – even though the WHO (World Health Organization) itself stated – in 2003 – that there was sufficient evidence to justify its application (for both ELF and RF EMFs)!

Nor did Health Canada ever attempt to halt in any way the provinces, who each saw fit to mandate their electric utilities to roll-out ‘smart’ meters – even when the WHO subsequently classified RF EMFs a Class 2B or ‘Possible’ carcinogen, in 2011!




Related: Death Towers Revealed - The Silent Killers In Your Neighbourhood


Governments’ total disregard for the health and safety of the public has resulted in:

1. a growing host of disease epidemics, such as autism, ADHD, cancers, Alzheimer’s Disease, Parkinson’s Disease, ALS, and other diseases of the brain, central nervous system and immune system, which most people had not heard of before wireless technology appeared.

(These disease epidemics are now common in every jurisdiction on earth that has adopted wireless technology!); 

2. homes / dwellings are now far more susceptible to break-ins, intrusions, and the threat of electrical fires – thanks to provincially-mandated ‘smart’ meters, which are unbelievably intrusive, invasive, hackable, fire-prone, and very expensive; and,

3. Canada’s National Security is now at greater risk than at any previous time in our history, thanks to Government’s irresponsible decision to incorporate ‘smart’ meters in Canada’s national power grid!







No national government today can be unaware of the ‘International EMF Scientists Appeal’!  (Again, ‘EMF’ stands for electromagnetic field radiation, which is emitted by all wireless products / devices, but none more so than the insidious ‘smart’ meter, particularly when they are operational in what electric utilities call ‘meshed grid networks’!).

To date, the Appeal has been signed by at least 225 of the world’s leading EMF scientists – from 41 countries! Addressed to the Secretary General of the United Nations, to all UN-member countries and to the Director General of the WHO, it urges all leaders to: ‘Protect mankind and wildlife from EMFs and wireless technology’!


ISEDC also needs to heed that:

On July 25, 2017, CBC TV released the results of a 38-year study (1973-2011) showing that sperm production is down more than 50%! Doctors are very concerned and point to some potential causes. Inconceivably, not a single doctor mentioned ELF or RF EMF radiation as being possible causes! Such is the power of mainstream new media, which controls what people are allowed to see on TV, hear on the radio, or read in newspapers!

Although the public’s health is not ISEDC’s concern, you have a moral obligation to note that, in 1958, the Soviet Union set their safety level for continuous exposure to RF EMF radiation 1,000 times lower (0.01 mW/cm²) than that which the USA  (10 mW/cm²) had set in 1955 – which was adopted by Canada and all Western countries! (See Ref. for the History of Exposure Safety Standards.)

Since 1969, the USA has known of the ‘Biologic Effects and Damages to Health” people suffer when exposed to non-thermal EMF. They knew then that non-thermal radiation causes cancer! American doctors also observed gastric bleeding, leukemia, chromosome damage, etc.

In 1988, the US Air Force acknowledged that RF-Microwave radiation has a biological (i.e., non-thermal) effect on living organisms (which includes people)! [15]

“Since 1998, there have been an enormous number of scientific studies demonstrating damage to biological systems by microwaves below the ICNIRP (and Canada’s Safety Code 6) limits! [16] [17] [18] [19]

In 1999, Health Canada’s own Safety Code 6 (page 11) stated: “Certain members of the general public may be more susceptible to harm from RF and microwave exposure”!

EMF scientists around the world urge all governments to place a moratorium on “5G” technology!





Related: University of Auckland: The Impact Of Cellular Phone Base Station Towers On Property Values

In conclusion, the world’s only super power, the USA, is dependent on the American communications and electronics industry to ensure that it’s military has the most advanced communications, radar, weapons, and electronic warfare systems of any nation in the world.

Also, since 1955, the US military and its allies – including Canada – have publicly recognized only the thermal effects of RF-MW radiation! Yet Industry has  exploited wireless technology – as it is now doing with “5G” technology – even though US military scientists, US non-industry scientists, Eastern-bloc scientists, and other scientists around the world have known for decades that there are hazardous non-thermal effects to microwave frequency radiation!



Prior to mobile technology, few people had heard of autism, ADHD, Alzheimer’s Disease, Parkinson’s Disease, brain tumors, leukemia and other cancers, etc., which today plague most countries of the  world!

Scientists also believe that the overall total or cumulative amount of ‘electro-smog’ (emitted by all wireless products / devices / toys) that now saturates planet earth’s environment literally threatens life on earth, as we know it! It is a tragedy that EMF radiation is both invisible and indiscernible, because it is literally everywhere today, and no person and no living thing can escape it!




John Campbell interviews Dr. George Carlo on EMF Cell Phone Dangers (2006)








It is imperative for ISEDC to now heed that most of the EMF scientists in the world have called on ALL governments to place a moratorium on “5G” technology! Were ISEDC to unleash on a still largely unsuspecting, defenseless public the, as yet unknown, hazards of “5G” technology – on top of what the Canadian population is already enduring – would be obscene beyond belief!

Those doing so would be guilty of committing the most heinously cruel crime possible – knowingly and deliberately irradiating an entire national population – without the people’s knowledge, understanding or consent! Absolutely unimaginable!

Yet our national leaders continue to boast to the world that Canada is one of the world’s model democracies! As for Canada’s National Security, nothing is more exposed, more vulnerable or more indefensible than a wireless radio system!


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Honouring The Life’s Work Of Jim Marrs, An Extraordinary Journalist And Writer We Will Dearly Miss
August 16 2017 | From: NaturalNews

One of the world’s best independent journalists and authors passed away recently. His name is Jim Marrs, and he’s the author of a multitude of eye-opening books including Rule by Secrecy, Population Control and The Rise of the Fourth Reich.




Unlike the corporate media “prostitutes” who report only lies and propaganda, Jim Marrs was an intelligent, informed and independent researcher who backed up everything with well-researched citations and evidence.

Related: Michael Tellinger And Jim Marrs: Suppressed Ancient History & Real History

His passing is a tremendous loss to our world, as he was one of the few voices of reason that actively countered the conformist lunacy of the mainstream media and dishonest “official sources” which routinely lie to everyone.

Jim Marrs will be dearly missed, and the best way we can honor his life and courage is to continue his work through our own pursuit of the truth.






Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Liz Gunn: Former TVNZ Presenter & Radio NZ Host On Being A Truth Teller, Loving Mother & Warrior Woman
August 15 2017 | From: OurPlanet / Various

Liz is asking for someone withinin leadership in New Zealand to stand up and have the courage to say that we as an island nation, want a GE Free country with no more Monsanto influence and definitely no more glyphosate. Comment: This interview serves as an interesting set of observations from someone who was entrenched within the system and who has begun to awaken.




She wants us to become a ‘planetary ark' and be that 'organic food bowl’ for the world.

Related: Glyphosate herbicide and toxic heavy metals act like "binary weapon" to destroy kidneys

Plus, she wants a really clear - New Zealand Government funded - free from influence - media platform TV - Radio and newsprint / digital where we have quality policy journalists back again, investigating anything within the public domain as well as envisioning healthy possibilities for all of our children’s - collective future.

Comment: Nice idea, but the government will never do such a thing. It's up to the people.





After leaving broadcasting, Liz spent a decade in Australia as a full time Mum and having to learn child rearing with no backup of grandparents or nanny help which she had had when she had worked full time for TVNZ.

So she really learnt to be a hands on Mum and how to connect emotionally with her little ones and so it was a wonderful learning curve as a human being, noting that she underlines that she learnt more from her children than they learnt from her.



Deeper Learning of the Self

Liz also speaks about her experience then of a profound lack of confidence.

At first she thought it was post-natal depression, but realised that there was a deeper layering - where she had parents that they themselves struggled and Liz shares the challenges that her mother had and the subsequent burden that Liz carried as a result of their relationship. She was not able to really be there how Liz wanted to be.

To this end Liz learnt to become very adept at putting on a front, and ironically ending up on television - very capable on the outside. She was seen as always happy when she was a young lawyer yet struggled with health related problems that resulted in a deep lack of confidence - yet she was able to portray the opposite in the world, by looking and acting happy.

With bringing up her children and marrying the inner Liz to the outer Liz and then understanding what has shaped her and in decoding what is it she is here to be and do - who is the Liz?

How does she integrate her desire to serve in the world with being a whole authentic human being and realising while reconciling that both her parents did their very best to bring her up as best as they could.

And Liz goes into this in expressing her humility - realising that we can let go of things that do not serve us and that are not real - and we can become the people we probably were put on this earth to be - but often through painful experiences.

A difficult marriage was another aspect of her learning and she states sincerely how grateful she is in many ways - though she laughingly says she is not fully reconciled with that yet. Because, as with her childhood experiences with her mother - it dug up all the things that she did not want to look at and what she couldn’t escape.



Related: Former TVNZ presenter Liz Gunn spills the beans on Mike Hosking. Perfectly

So she says to her kids as well - that life - like the Buddha says is about suffering. So you accept the suffering - but Liz then brightens saying that this life is like a gorgeous mysterious university course that we did not even know we had signed up for.

The lessons will keep coming back again and again - the same lesson often until we have the inner resilience, the inner fortitude - and the willingness to look at what that lesson brings us. Thus we learn and we grow and we can then graduate to another class. Which she laughingly says - has been like the last 10 years.


A Near Death Experience and a Greater Understanding

Then Liz tells of a broken heart moment in hospital when she nearly died, as doctors worked diligently on her heart and she witnessed this by ‘looking down on everything from the ceiling - (this could be said to be an out of the body experience or a near death experience.)

She said for a moment she felt that she was floating on the softest warmest, most loving golden clouds and realising that she could stay there, this was wonderful - 'I can give up, this is easy' - and at that moment when both her children were right at the forefront, and the feeling was so powerful.

She realised, ‘I can’t leave them, they still need me’ - and that the urge for life was so much greater than the urge to run away from the pain of life - and she came back to her body, to recuperate and heal.



Related: Universal Basic Income - The Future of Work in Aotearoa?

Then out discussion went to ‘the purpose for existence and Liz was emphatic it was certainly not about power or money or status - the house we own or the cars we drive; that those things are so deeply ephemeral and so transient.

What Liz says that experience taught her that she had nothing whatsoever to fear. The interview then covers names like Ramana Maharshi and Gangaji to the Dalai Lama.


Questioning Material Values

Liz surmises: why do we in the Western developed world set about to amass so much material wealth, houses, bach’s, numbers of cars, boats clothes etc. If we didn’t fear death would we just get on and experience life instead?

What she feels is that material wealth means nothing other than what she can leave in the hearts of those that she loves. And her greatest achievement is loving her children with all her heart. To help her children to grow and open like the lotus flower and to be all they can be - and this is what she feels needs to be extended across the communities of New Zealand.



Related: How To Realise Your True Calling & The 5 Stages Of Awakening: Are Demons Walking Among Us?

This interview also covered an experience Liz had in Sydney when she was at a function of the media magnates the Murdoch’s where she witnessed these very successful media barons and realised that with all their collective expertise and media and satellite outreach that if only they wanted to bring whole countries together and have communities connect and share in a better tomorrow - these people could basically create a large shift in changing the world into a more peaceful and harmonious place.

However in seeing them huddled most of the night with Rupert, Lachlan and James Packer in a corner - out of the way at this function - she realised how close yet how far away we are at pulling the threads of humanity together.

If they only felt connected to all people - they would feel so loved and valued in the world - that wherever they went they would feel so much goodwill flowing toward them - however this is not the case. [Comment: Liz is clearly not aware of the Cabal that these types are part of. They have no intention of bringing humanity together under anything less than the NWO.]

Liz found that she had so much compassion for them - because the elder Murdoch who owns Sky Television and the Australian newspaper and a huge slice of Australian and British newspapers and until recently virtually 75 % of all NZ suburban newspapers.

The Murdoch's once owned the controlling interest in Wellington’s Dominion newspaper and they still own the 2nd largest media conglomerate on earth, including 20th Century Fox, the Wall St Journal and a huge number of media companies. She just intuited that their energy was not warm and light hearted and that they were basically not happy at all.


Generosity of Spirit

The conversation then continues around generosity of spirit of giving and bringing a little joy to people who are experiencing unhappy lives - especially on the streets here in Auckland where the homeless are seen in greater numbers even though the NZ Government is crowing about our $4Billion surplus for the last year. [Comment: This is a farce because an annual operating surplus is a pathetic joke to ply the masses with - given the NZ National Debt of over $232 Billion.]



Related: Tribal Parenting – How To Heal Our Children + What Are The Consequences Of A Childhood Removed From Nature?

Then Liz recounts a tale from Australia of giving her last two dollars to a homeless person - when she found that she was unable to withdraw any cash from her account at an ATM.

Being in Sydney and so far away from NZ - taking a leap of faith giving that minute $2 away to a destitute person in the street and making him feel acknowledged only to go through the challenge of having to rely on the goodwill of friends to help her out over the ensuing days.



Micro Funding Those Less Fortunate

Liz’s dream is of having enough funds to set up micro finance for women, especially those women who have come out of failed marriages and have to start again to make a living - or in Africa where a death or disability throw the onus on the woman to make a living.

It has been observed that when women in need are able to receive a loan for a chicken coop or garden seeds - that they are fastidious at paying back such loans. In most cases they are brilliant at running their little businesses and they get the family back on their feet when they may have to learn totally new skills to find a creative way to make a living.

So with micro funding Liz wants to assist Kiwi women to get back on their feet by becoming independent, as in many cases they have given up their career to take on family responsibilities whilst the husband has continuously advanced his own career, thus he is usually skilled up.



Related: Some Inconvenient Truths About Work

There is a lot of fear and trepidation among middle aged women who have to rejoin the workforce and get back into the thick of things in a new job, with new technologies, new expectations - new performance requirements etcetera.

This is a difficult area for women - look at television in NZ - there are no older women on air .

Ageism is still prevalent. Liz talks about her work, when starting out as a young lawyer - and how she saw the reality of it. But, she found what disillusioned her was that if you have the money; you can get the best lawyer in town and they can stitch up the case by getting someone off - when in fact they were the guilty party.

When she thought that law was about justice - that the present government has made huge cuts to legal aid in NZ recently, that many lawyers did not agree with this - even those who were innately conservative themselves.



Homelessness - How Could This Happen in New Zealand?!

Liz says her heart aches to see the number of homelessness we have here in NZ and particularly in a year where the government are $4 Billion dollars in surplus - which coincides with the election coming up in less that 3 months time. She has been going around Auckland, making videos, interviewing the homeless and hearing their various stories.

She is mortified - as this should not be in NZ - we are basically a caring people. In meeting so many of these homeless people and she has seen a profound dignity in many of them and the hopeless situation they are in.

Liz says we need to stand up before this election and make a fuss about homelessness.



Related: NZ Tops List Of Developed Countries With Most Homeless – Thanks National You Do Us Proud & More Local Muck

The Dalai Lama’s statements about humility and connection come up and yet there are many laughs during this interview. Covering what Mike King is doing with youth suicide in NZ and that this too is a stain across our nation.

She tells of an experiment with rats and heroin and the environment. The end result is that after rats are put in a stark and boring environment - given the choice they all turn to heroin instead of drinking water. But, when they turn their cage into a myriad of things to do - to climb, swing, run on a wheel, snuggle into warm covered areas - they eventually all end up rejecting the heroin and instead they enjoy the variety and opportunities of a captivating environment.

Many people in a state of homelessness have been involved with drugs, but had they been in an environment that had offered them possibilities to learn and to grow and experience a more conducive atmosphere - of connection - many would not be suffering as they are today.


Possibilities of Changing Both Our Outlook and our Inner State of Being

This introduces Bruce Lipton and our body of around 50 trillion cells - and his theme - change the environment for the better and the situation will change accordingly. That all our organs are working in unison and we are not doing any of this consciously.

That as a top scientist / professor at Stanford University in the USA, he realised that we need not be a captive and slave to our genes. That we can by ‘shifting our consciousness’ evolve our genome and become far more healthier humans. She recommends the books: Biology of Belief and Conscious Evolution.

Liz sees NZ as having changed dramatically in the last 9 years. She shares that NZ needs to become more sovereign and independent - that when David Lange of the NZ Labour government saw that our country had a large majority wanting to be nuclear free nation this gave him the mandate to make us a nuclear free country.



Related: New Zealand To Abandon It’s Hard Fought Nuclear Free Stance?

Liz feels that as a small independent nation (and we trust a moral force for good) that we be weary of US influence being too strong here and for example the lack of transparency with the Waihopai Face Eyes Echelon spy station in the South Island being cause for concern.

Regarding trade she like many here in NZ who were voiceless felt a great relief that the TPPA did not go ahead and that we need to be adept at finding innovative ways to sort out fair trade.

However there is also the challenge of transparency in government - and this is an important issue - which is also a global issue. That we as New Zealanders have to be both more alert and proactive to make our elected servants in Wellington bow to the wishes of ‘we the people.’


In Reiterating What She Sees as Issues

1. The homeless

2. NZ becoming a GE and GMO Free organic agricultural food bowl for our world

3. A new Transparent media outlet for open communications - TV, Radio & Digital

This is what in a democracy media is all about, not glove puppets - John Campbell has gone - this is dangerous for democracy we dependent on a free and courageous media.

Nicky Hager if you like him or not - he was vilified for laying out so many truths - which were all shoved aside - with no-one in Government prepared to accept the lies that the Government had hidden. This is why we need a conscious NZ public and this is why Liz has been called to act like a warrior woman, and a Mother.

There is too much at stake and too much to lose.


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

'I'm Your Humble Friend': Positive Duterte Meeting With Tillerson Suggests U-Turn On Philippines Attitude To US & Duterte Is The Best President The Philippines Has Ever Had
August 15 2017 | From: Sott / Sott / Various

In an unusually soft tone, Philippines President Rodrigo Duterte has called himself a "humble friend" of Washington while meeting with Secretary of State Rex Tillerson. It comes despite Duterte recently calling the US "lousy."



"I am happy to see you...and you have come at a time when the world is not so good, especially in the Korean peninsula, and of course, the ever-nagging problem of the South China Sea," Duterte told Tillerson at the presidential palace on Monday, as quoted by Reuters.

Related: The CIA’s Cloddish ISIS Attack on Duterte

The Philippines leader went as far as to state his country and the US are "friends" and even "allies."

"I am your humble friend in Southeast Asia," Duterte said.

Tillerson arrived in the Philippines on Saturday to participate in the Association of Southeast Asian Nations (ASEAN) Regional Forum, as well as to hold diplomatic meetings with the bloc's members and its dialogue partners.




Duterte's softer tone represents a change of heart from the leader's usual rhetoric. In fact, he called the US "lousy" less than three weeks ago.


"There will never be a time that I will go to America during my term, or even thereafter," Duterte said in late July.

"I've seen America and it's lousy," he added.

The comments came after US senators accused Duterte's domestic anti-drug campaign of widespread abuses and casualties - a move which prompted the leader to bite back, accusing Washington of its own violations.


"It would be good for the US Congress to start with their own investigation of their own violations of the so many civilians killed in the prosecution of the wars in the Middle East," Duterte said.

"Otherwise I will be forced to investigate you also. I will start with your past sins."

Those were far from the first anti-US remarks to be muttered by Duterte, who announced his "separation" from Washington last year.


"In this venue, your honors, in this venue, I announce my separation from the United States," he told an audience of Chinese and Philippine business people in October 2016.

However, he appeared to backtrack just one day later, saying Manila would not be triggering a severance of ties.



Related:
Duterte Slams Oxford University & Intellectual Elitism this time

Duterte has also taken aim at former US President Barack Obama on multiple occasions, including in May - four months after he had left the White House.


"It came to a point that repeatedly Obama said [this], the State Department said [this], and everybody there was an idiot," Duterte said, while recalling Obama's approach to negotiations with the Philippines.

"So we go, 'You can go to hell. You can eat your assistance; we do not need it; we will survive.' So I go, from now on, I will adapt an independent foreign policy and I will deal with any country that I like,"
he added.

The Philippines leader called Obama a "son of a b**ch/whore" in September 2016, prompting the former president to cancel a planned meeting with him. However, Duterte later backtracked and said the comment was directed at a reporter.

Meanwhile, Duterte also warned the US last year not to treat his country like a "dog on a leash," while adding that he didn't want to see American troops in the Philippines.



Two leaders who are both fighting the Cabal. Of course the Cabal owns the mainstream media and relentlessly assaults the public with 'fake news' propaganda and lies. And most of the stupid, sleeping masses buy it hook, line and sinker...

Related: ‘Trump Wouldn't Become A Billionaire If He Were Stupid’ – Duterte Praises US President + Trump Slams Press: “The Fake Media Has Gotten Even Worse Since The Election”

The leader seems to be more at ease with Donald Trump in the office than Barack Obama, and has previously spoken positively about the president, saying in April that Trump wouldn't have become a billionaire if he was "stupid."


"Trump is a deep man, he just pretends otherwise. Like me, I'm not really very bright."

Trump, for his part, has praised Duterte for doing an "unbelievable job on the drug problem," while the Philippine leader's so-called 'war on drugs' has led to the deaths of more than 8,000 people and been slammed by the European Union and United Nations, among other critics.

Comment: Most likely, Duterte distinguishes the Trump administration from Congress and Deep State.

Related: Duterte Continues To Defy Western Propaganda



Duterte Is The Best President The Philippines Has Ever Had

Duterte wants dignity, freedom and safety for his country. He is a uniquely patriotic and devoted individual who deserves support.



Recently thePhilippines celebrated 199 years of independence from Spain, but it was during that fateful year of 1898 that the country switched one colonial master for another.


Related: Blood Bath between Duterte and the CIA

The Spanish-American war saw Philippines along with Cuba, Guam and Puerto Rico come under US control. However, it was Philippines that gave the United States the most to worry about. It was during the Philippine-America war of 1899-1902 that was America's first experience in fighting a colonial insurgency.

It would be the first of many. Simultaneous to this, a separate rebellion broke out among Philippine Moros, the Muslim population of the country. This was something that both the US and later independent Philippine governments had to face.

Although Philippines became fully independent in 1946, it was a kind of independence that perversely relied on a deeply dependant relationship on America which by the end of the 1940s was a world-leading economic and military super-power.

Today, Philippines has a strongly independent President who has spoken openly and clearly of his desire not to be treated like a colony any longer. President Rodrigo Duterte has pursued a foreign policy independent of US edicts and one which disregards the neo-clonial attitude of US funded NGOs.

Duterte is now having to face down an ISIS insurgency on the southern island of Mindanao and the city of Marawi in particular. ISIS coalesced during Duterte's Presidency not because Duterte wanted war with Moros but because he wanted peace.



Related: Why Neoliberals are frightened of Duterte defeating ISIS

Duterte had promised a new federal structure for the country and barring that, promised autonomy for Mindanao, where Duterte himself was born and for years was mayor of the city of Davao.

ISIS also knew that if Duterte was successful in crushing the violent drugs trade in Philippines, they would be deprived of a major source of revenue, generated from the cultivation, sale and trafficking of drugs.

Duterte has pledged to fight all of these threats but many in Philippines are not giving him the support nor the credit he deserves.

Many opposition figures, particularly those in the Philippine Liberal Party have questioned his decision to declare martial law in Mindanao. Even more concerning is a recent statement by the Philippine Department of Tourism which stated that it is Duterte's declaration of martial law that has seen tourism to Mindanao decline.

Logic would dictate that the presence of ISIS is the reason tourism has declined, but there is increasingly little logic among Duterte's opponents who are keen to retain their position as post-colonial elites who care more for their own wealth and prestige than for the people of their country.


Now, Duterte is facing yet another problem, the very real threat of a soft military power struggle against his Presidency. After initial reports that the Philippine government requested US assistance in fighting ISIS, a request confirmed by the United States, President Duterte has stated that no such request originated from himself or his colleagues.

He furthermore stated that;



"...our soldiers are pro-American, that I cannot deny".

He further stated that he only found out that American forces had agreed to 'assist' Philippines from the same Reuters report cited in breaking reports from The Duran.

It is a deeply dangerous scenario if military commanders in Philippines are acting unilaterally, without the permission let alone consent of their President.

It is imperative that at this time of crisis, Philippine law makers and ordinary people alike support their President. The very independence celebrated on the 12th of June is better represented by Duterte than any previous Philippine leader in the modern age.

President Rodrigo Duterte wants for his people that which a subservient post-colonial/neo-colonial attitude could never possibly achieve: dignity.

Duterte is the last best hope for the Philippine people and the Philippine nation. He is, simply put, the best President that the country has ever had and may have for some time.



Related: 'Don't f**k with me about ISIS': Duterte slams world leaders in anti-ISIS pledge

Duterte understands not only the modern realities of his country but the modern realities of a multi-polar world. It is not realistic in the 21st century for an East Asian country to continue to act as a post-colonial satellite of declining American power.

It is essential for Philippines to develop and cultivate new regional partnerships, especially with China, a super-power which is far closer to Philippines than the United States.

Rodrigo Duterte understands that while building new bridges, one must not burn the old. His apparently good relationship with Donald Trump is evidence of the fact that Duterte means what he says when he states he is still wiling to work with America on important issues, only from a position of mutual-respect rather than that of a slave to a master.

President Duterte is a man uniquely moved by a patriotic purpose and uniquely guided by the hand of destiny. If his plans are embraced, Philippines stands the real chance to enter into a new, more peaceful and more prosperous age. If Duterte is rejected, the Philippine people will have rejected their best chance at achieving true independence in every sense: political, military, economic and even spiritual.

On this day, one must celebrate not only achievements of the Philippine past but the prospects of a better Philippine future, a future which Duterte can guide the country towards better than any of his rivals.


Comment: Duterte has no problem with plainly voicing his opinions and goals.Very refreshing.

Related: Buh-bye backstabbing Western imperialists! Duterte arrives in Moscow with aim of increasing ties with Russia


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Google Whistleblowers: Search Engine Penalizing All Sites That Don’t Conform To Political Correctness & Everything You Need To Know About Net Neutrality
August 14 2017 | From: NaturalNews / Digg

Tech and media behemoth Google is continuing to flex its considerable muscle by controlling more of what you are ‘allowed’ to see. And it’s being based entirely on political ideology.



As reported by Breitbart News, company whistleblowers are now coming out of the woodwork to spill the beans on the tech giant’s growing bias against conservative thought and opinion after Google fired engineer James Damore for daring to challenge the company’s predominant Left-wing bias in a 10-page memo, where he defended diversity of viewpoints and offered a fact-based defense of gender gaps for certain fields.

Related: Nationwide #MarchOnGoogle announced for Saturday, August 19th, across 9 U.S. cities

As Breitbart noted, more Google employees are speaking out in support of Damore’s manifesto, but they are having to do so anonymously because ‘diversity-seeking’ Google really doesn’t want diversity of thought or opinion, just authoritarian compliance with Alt-Left orthodoxy:


Damore’s ten-page manifesto, which was met by an immediate backlash, described a climate of fear, in which employees who challenge prevailing leftist narratives at the company are faced with immediate threats to their career. Damore’s own experience appears to confirm this.

In response, the site is publishing exclusive interviews under the series title “Rebels of Google,” featuring employees of the tech giant who have reached out to confirm much of what Damore wrote.


Google’s Worst Nightmare

The American people are preparing to fight back against the internet giant.

Jack Posobiec has launched the website marchongoogle.com in an attempt to raise awareness that Google is rigging algorithms to manipulate its search results in what they see as a favorable manner.



In the first interview of the series, one employee named “Hal” talked about how Google mid- and upper-level managers conduct “witch hunts” and practice ideological intolerance against conservatives.

Hal also discussed dysfunction at the company’s upper management echelons. (Related: Google redefines ‘fascism’ to smear conservatives.)

In a follow-up, an ex-Google engineer using the alias “Emmett” - who worked at the company for several years - was asked about allegations that employees within the company’s Ad Sales department had “a great deal of sympathy” with Google’s Sleeping Giants campaign, which reportedly denies ad revenue to independent and alternative media like Breitbart News and The Rebel Media.

According to one anonymous source, some Google employees in Ad Sales are “openly encouraging Adwords customers to pull their ads from Breitbart and Rebel Media.”

Emmett confirmed that claim.



Related: A Convergence Of Evil: Google, Amazon And Facebook Use Technology To Enslave Humanity, Suppress Knowledge And Accelerate Human Suffering


"A number of friends have privately confirmed this to me,” said the whistleblower. “I know there are efforts to demote anything non-PC, anti-Communist, and anti-Islamic terror from search results. To what extent that has been successful, I don’t know.”

That said, Emmett told Breitbart he personally saw Leftists within the company program bias into YouTube’s algorithms so that anti-PC content would be pushed off the platform’s “related videos” recommendations.


"I have read internal mailing list email from SJWs [social justice warriors] absolutely incensed that there’d be, say, a Sargon of Akkad video appearing as a video related to one of their favorite SJW vloggers.

This is what happens when you have unbiased algorithms, which at the time, was true. I don’t have to tell you that, in that e-mail, the SJW was quite literally asking that the ‘related videos’ function be perverted so that such a thing would stop happening,”
Emmett said.



Big Data: Shocking Evidence that Nobody's Talking About








What’s more, the former engineer said, ordinary users of Google and related servers won’t even notice that there is censorship taking place.


“The software could just astroturf your ‘Related Videos’ section, and you would be none the wiser,” he said.

“Sure, if you know what to look for, perhaps you’d notice. But the vast majority of the viewership would never know. That’s the whole point of such a disinformation program, right? If you can tell it’s disinformation, you would never ever believe it.”

He added it was “only a matter of time” before the company began to bias its search results against Trump supporters, Republicans and anyone who leans to the right, politically."

“I don’t have to tell you that there was an internal meltdown at Google when the election was over,” he said.

“The hysteria has only ever reached a higher level once. That was throughout this weekend, thanks to the #GoogleManifesto [Damore’s screed] scandal.”

He noted that it’s even unwise to speak out against Democratic politicians at the company, let alone agree with Damore.

There are search and media alternatives to this kind of blatant censorship and ideological blackmail, including GoodGopher.com and Censored.news. Bookmark and utilize both if you want your news and information unfiltered.


Related Articles:

Ideological Diversity Under Attack

Google, Not GCHQ, Is The Truly Chilling Spy Network & Top 10 Disturbing Facts About Facebook

YouTube Cracks Down on Diamond and Silk - Demonetizes 95% of Their Videos ‘For Supporting Trump’



Everything You Need To Know About Net Neutrality

While the term “net neutrality” may elicit the same effect as as taking a Tylenol PM, recently it got some serious star power behind it. Silicon Valley celebs from over 40 tech companies like Facebook, Google, Reddit, Netflix, and Pornhub rallied to inform the masses of the dangers of net neutrality rules being removed.

The imminent threat to net neutrality has the potential to seriously affect each and every one of our daily lives, and we should all be informed of the consequences.

Related: Here’s How You Stop Internet Censorship

How and why, you ask? Let’s start from the very beginning:


What Exactly is Net Neutrality?

According to the Internet Association, “strong net neutrality rules give people the power to choose which websites and apps are best.” In other words, they essentially keep the internet free, as we know it.

A rollback of these rules will give Internet Service Providers (ISPs) the power to prioritize the sites and apps you visit every day: slowing them, speeding them, or blocking them altogether. Your ISP could even choose to slow down or censor websites that opt out of paying extra fees to be prioritized. Website you really, really love. Like Netflix. Or Hulu. Or Digg. Or, y'know, Pornhub.



Related: Seven Reasons Why The Internet Of Things Should Scare You & The Internet Of Things Poses Human Health Risks: Scientists Question The Safety Of Untested 5G Technology At International Conference

On the other hand, ISPs could also choose to charge individuals like you and me extra fees to access sites that typically use more data. (Again, think streaming services and GoT.) Worse, they could potentially manipulate your internet access to push their own business agenda like proprietary cable services, news sites, email services, etc.


What the heck was “The Day of Action”?

Led by the aforementioned tech giants, The Day of Action was an effort to make pro net neutrality sentiments heard by the FCC. From posting on social media to posting homepage banners to requesting users reach out themselves, The Day of Action succeeded in drawing much needed attention to the issue.


How Can You Get Involved?

All signs point to FCC Chairman Ajit Pai initiating a rollback of net neutrality regulations later this summer, and a singular day of action may not be enough to stop it. If you like free internet, you can give the FCC a piece of your mind, by clicking here and then clicking “+ Express” to send a message.





Related:
8 Ways You Should Already Be Protecting Your Data From Hackers

If you really want to make things complicated for your ISP, you may choose to start using a VPN when you surf the web. Employing a VPN, like Disconnect, allows you to bypass the throttling and censorship efforts that could be put forth by your ISP. Disconnect routes your mobile and desktop internet traffic through a private server, encrypting your every move from the prying eyes of your ISP and cyber criminals alike.

Perhaps best of all, VPNs just make things incredibly inconvenient for your ISP (especially when it comes to selling your data to ad marketers). And who doesn’t love that?




The Internet Has Empowered The People After It Was Designed To Take Full Control

Technology is a double edged sword and the internet is being used to destroy the globalists.

Alex Jones talks with Dr. Steve Pieczenik about how the internet was created to take more control from the people but ended up having the opposite effect.





Related Articles:

Top Canadian Court Permits Worldwide Internet Censorship & Five-Eyes Nations Want Communications Providers To Bust Crypto For Them

Soros Expands Efforts To Keep “Net Neutrality” Censorship

In Connected World, Users Are Getting Reared As Slaughter Animals + Facebook Employees Are Quitting Because Of Users Being Censored

If You Question The Establishment You Are Guilty Of Espionage, Says Corporate Media - Because Russia + The “Fake News” Furor And The Threat Of Internet Censorship

Censored, Surveilled, Watch Listed And Jailed: The Absurdity Of Being A Citizen In A Police State

Stop Censorship: Time For Us All To Finally Break Google, Facebook and Twitter?

Censorship Shock: Amazon.com Bans Investigative Book ‘Nobody Died At Sandy Hook’ Because It Disagrees With Government Version Of What Happened

Imagine The Internet Without Links: Censorship Is Like A Virus, So We Need To Be Viral Too


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Community Groups, Farmers, Doctors, Scientists And Individuals Are Actively Working Toward A Complete Ban Of 1080 Poison Use In NZ
August 14 2017 | From: EnviroWatchRangitikei / WaterSourceNZ / TVWild

An excellent new website / resource has been established by the Graf Boys (Clyde & Steve Graf) who have actively campaigned for many years against the wholesale slathering of NZ with 1080 poison.  These guys are not armchair experts.



The World Health Organization (WHO) classifies 1080 as ‘Extremely Hazardous’, most countries ban it outright, yet NZ uses 85% of the world’s supply - presumably the world hasn’t figured out what a wonderful thing it really is.

Related: Golden Bay Locals Decline Accommodation For 1080 Workers Amid Relative Media Silence Still

NZ’s ‘esteemed’ leaders feel compelled it seems to press on in the face of mounting independent research/science against this hideous practice. Land of the clean and green no more.

You’ll find links to all of the relevant information at their site. See our pages also for other articles on 1080.


Water Source NZ

Community groups, farmers, doctors, scientists and individuals are actively working toward a complete ban of 1080 poison use in New Zealand. Every day more people are becoming more informed and more involved with reviewing and questioning the “research” and information used by the poisoning agencies to justify their massive aerial 1080 poisoning campaigns.



Robin eating 1080: The "Mangarakau Swamp Trust" that runs a bird breeding program, supports 1080. Robins are one of the breed they are trying to recover. Interesting that they support the poison drop that feeds the swamp where these birds are breeding. These poison drops back on to our waterways and so for 6 months we can not enter the bush with our dogs, nor drink the water that is piped from the river, nor swim in the rivers

Related: Death by 1080 - Want Proof They Die Painfully?

The Facebook page 1080 Eyewitness now boasts over 16,000 members – momentum is certainly growing …

Science – We often use and reference the 1080 Science website – Dr Jo Pollard has spent several years reviewing and collecting scientific information and data – www.1080science.co.nz – The website includes information on all aspects of 1080 poison, the Environmental Risk Management Authority’s reassessment, reviews on the Parliamentary Commissioner for the Environment’s independent report into 1080 poison, and also research submitted by independent scientists.

The Graf Boys documentary work – In 2006 The Graf Boys  (Clyde & Steve) were asked by community members from Taupo if they could make a documentary about 1080 poison. They agreed.



Picking up 1080 after a drop bucket fell off a helicopter in the Arawhata Valley riverbed in 2008

Related: Doubling drop of 1080 near Haast

The documentary was called - A Shadow of Doubt  - took 12 months to produce, and it played twice on Maori Television. The film was a subtle introduction to 1080 poison use in New Zealand, with no fingers pointed. (The Graf Boys have since produced over 20 documentaries and short films on the subject of 1080 poison).

In 2008, while exploring the Kahurangi National Park, the brothers filmed a native weka bird feeding on a possum carcass. Endemic birds are meant to be protected, not poisoned by toxic animal carcasses laying around after aerial poison drops.  

As a result, The Graf Boys spent the next 18 months filming Poisoning Paradise. This time the documentary was blunt, and pulled no punches. The film won multiple international awards, but to this day, no national television station in New Zealand has played the film – despite being offered it free, many times.

To watch Poisoning Paradise click here.


Related Articles:

Dropping 1080 on trampers – the 2013 Marlborough incident you possibly didn’t hear about

1080 Poison Dropped On Fishing Guide And Clients On West Coast River

Could This Healthy 23 Year Old’s Cardiac Arrest Have Been Caused by Exposure To 1080? + The Stock Deaths From 1080 Poison & How DOC Is Hiding Them In The Paper Work

1080: NZ Animals Killed For No Reason In $80m Yearly 1080 Drops

Satanists Escape Plan Involves Killing Natives Of New Zealand


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Fake News A United States [ Western ] Media Speciality
August 13 2017 | From: PaulCraigRoberts / Various

The American media specializes in fake news. Indeed, since the Clinton regime the American media has produced nothing but fake news. Do you remember the illegal US bombing and destruction of Yugoslavia?



Do you remember “war criminal” Slobodan Milosevic, the Serbian president branded “the butcher of the Balkans,” who was compared to Hitler until Hillary passed the title on to the President of Russia?

Related: Milosevic and the Destruction of Yugoslavia. Unpleasant Truths No One Wants to Know

Milosevic, not Bill Clinton, was arrested and placed on trial at the International Criminal Tribunal. He died in prison, some say murdered, before he was cleared of charges by the International Criminal Tribunal.

Do you remember the destruction of Iraq justified by the orchestrated propaganda, known by the criminal George W. Bush regime to be an outright lie, about Saddam Hussein’s “weapons of mass destruction,” weapons that the UN arms inspectors verified did not exist? Iraq was destroyed.

Millions of Iraqis were killed, orphaned, widowed, and displaced. Saddam Hussein was subjected to a show trial more transparent than Stalin’s trial of Bukharin and then murdered under the pretext of judicial execution.




YouTube Shadow Banning Anti-Establishment Users

Technocrats want to silence all opposing viewpoints.






Do you remember the destruction of Libya based entirely on Washington’s lies and the criminal misuse of the UN no-fly resolution by turning it into a NATO bombing of Libya’s military so that the CIA-armed jihadists could overthrow and murder Muammar Gaddafi? Do you remember the killer bitch Hillary gloating, “we came, we saw, he died!”

Do you remember the lies that the criminal Obama regime told about Assad of Syria and the planned US invasion of Syria that was blocked by the UK Parliament and the Russian government? Do you remember that Obama and the killer bitch sent ISIS to do the job that US troops were prevented from doing?

Do you remember General Flynn revealing on TV that it was a “willful decision” of the criminal Obama regime to send ISIS to Syria over his objection as Director of the Defense Intelligence Agency? This bit of told truth is why Gen. Flynn is hated by the Washington criminals who forced him out as Trump’s National Security Adviser.

Do you remember the US coup in Ukraine against the democratically elected government and its replacement with a neo-nazi regime? Do you remember that Washington’s crime against Ukrainian democracy was quickly hidden behind false charges of “Russian invasion”?



Related: Intelligence Agency Caught McMaster Briefing Soros on White House Takeover

Can you think of any truthful report in the American [ Read: Western ] news in the past two decades?

All of the lies leading to the death of millions told by the criminal Clinton, George W. Bush, and Obama regimes were transparent. The US media could easily have exposed them and saved the lives of millions of peoples and saved seven countries from destruction in whole or part.

But the presstitutes cheered on the gratuitous and criminal destruction of countries and peoples. Every one of the presstitutes is a war criminal under the standards set by US Supreme Court Justice Robert Jackson at the Nuremberg trials.

We cannot even get a truthful jobs report. Recently (Aug. 4) the Bureau of Labor Statistics (BLS) reported 205,000 new private sector jobs in July and a drop in the unemployment rate to 4.3%. This is fake news.




Tim Allen Exposes What's Going on in Hollywood








The Associated Press’s Christopher Rugaber rah-rahs the fake news, adding that many economists think “robust hiring could continue for many more months, or even years.” Let’s think about that for a moment. Generally speaking economists regard full employment to be a 5% rate of unemployment.

There can never be a zero rate of unemployment because of frictions in the job market.

For example, there are people between jobs who have lost or quit a job and are looking for a new one, and there are people who have dropped out of the work force, perhaps to spend more time parenting or to care for an aged and ill parent, and have reentered the work force. Economists also believe that employment cannot go too low without pushing up inflation.

Assuming economists have not suddenly changed their minds about what rate of unemployment is full employment, if the unemployment rate is currently 4.3%, it is already below the full employment rate. How can the rate continue to fall for years when the economy is already at full employment?

Apparently, this question did not occur to the AP reporter or to the “many economists.”



Related: Financial Presstitutes Cover Up for the Big Banks

Of course, the 4.3% unemployment rate is fake news. It does not include millions of discouraged workers. When these workers who have not looked for jobs within the last four weeks are included, the unemployment rate jumps to 22-23%.

Now consider the alleged 205,000 July new jobs. Probably about half of these jobs are due to the add-ons from the birth-death model, and the other half from manipulations of seasonal adjustments. John Williams at shadowstats.com will tell us. However, let’s assume the jobs are really there. Where does the BLS tell us the jobs are?

Eighty-nine percent of the jobs are in services, essentially domestic non-tradable services.

Professional and business services account for 49,000 of the jobs, of which 30,000 are in administrative and waste services (garbage collection) and 14,700 are in temporary help services.

54,000 of the jobs are in education and health services, of which ambulatory health care services, home health care services and social assistance account for 46,900 of the jobs.

62,000 of the jobs are in leisure and hospitality, of which waitresses and bartenders account for 53,100 of the jobs and amusements, gambling, and recreation account for 5,900 jobs.



Related: Remember When the Media Sold Us the Iraq WMD Lies? It's Happening Again

This picture of American employment has been holding for about two decades. It is a portrait of a third world labor force. The jobs are not in export industries.

The jobs are not in high productivity, high value-added occupations that produce a middle class income. The jobs are in lowly paid, often part-time domestic services.

The jobs do not produce incomes that provide discretionary spending to drive up business profits. So why did the stock market hit new highs?

The answer is that corporate executives are taking advantage of the Federal Reserve’s zero interest rates to borrow money with which to buy back their companies’ shares in order to drive up their bonuses, the main component of their pay.

But these undeniable facts about employment did not prevent Christopher Rugaber and the other financial presstitutes or newspaper headline writers or “many economists” from asking “How much better can it get?” (Atlanta Journal-Constitution front page, Aug. 5, 2017).

It is not only seven Muslim countries that Washington and its presstitutes have destroyed in whole or part with lies. Washington’s lies have also destroyed the American economy and the American work force.



Deep State Underestimates America’s Willpower





Related: My Interview with CBS Investigative Reporter Sharyl Attkisson: Not Fake News


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

The Next Move To Steal Your Money: A Plan To Rip-Off Your Wealth
August 13 2017 | From: FinalWakeUpCall

A false flag climate agreement: The global financial elite launch new plan to steal your wealth without plainly telling you what they’re doing.



They use language that only they understand and a few people more that are trained to grasp the meaning. They usually are hiding their plans in plain sight..

Related: How Capitalist Central Banks Have Been Creating the Next Financial Crisis

Here is the next plan: The global elite signed the Paris Climate Agreement on April 22, 2016, empathically called “Earth Day."

Its stated purpose is to limit global warming to less than 2 degrees Celsius. In pursuance thereof, it demands a drastic reduction of carbon dioxide emissions. Some scientists argue it could require zero emissions sometime between 2030–2050.

This “climate agreement” is going under a false flag. It is less a climate agreement than an elite’s argument that they can use to advance agenda 2030. And no one will suspect it.

On April 25, 2016, it was announced: “How to Finance Global Reflation.”

Be assured that already long before the world’s central banksters clearly have brewed a medicine inadequate to its purpose. Money printing, quantitative easing, zero and negative interest rates – none of it’s revived the failing global economy. And now they’re panicking as officially ‘recession’ looms once again. The solution?



Related: The Khazarian Bankster Cult That Hijacked The World & Worthless Pieces Of Paper - Interest On Fake Money Is Confiscating Your Freedom

Massive global spending to combat “climate change” - a page straight from the Keynesian book of virtues. Global in other words “helicopter money”. And to the tune of many trillions. As is stated:


"Investment in global public goods – namely, the infrastructure needed to meet the needs of the developing world and to mitigate climate change – could spur global reflation.

An estimated $6 trillion in infrastructure investment will be needed annually over the next 15 years just to address global warming. Moreover, the G-20 has estimated that an additional $7.1 trillion in annual investment by the nine top economies, will be needed to sustain moderate global growth.

This time the Khazarian controlled IMF would run the show, through the issuance of special drawing rights (SDRs):

With the U.S., the issuer of the world’s pre-eminent reserve currency, unwilling or unable to provide the liquidity needed to close the infrastructure investment gap, a new supplementary reserve currency should be instituted.

Central banks, in order to generate resources, would expand their balance sheets by investing through the IMF in the form of increased SDRs…

They can be invested as such in the World Bank and other multilateral development banks, which can decide which global public goods deserve the resources…

In this way, global public goods can be not only funded; they can also propel global recovery."

Related: Keynes Must Die



Related: Wikileaks Reveals IMF Plan To "Cause A Credit Event In Greece And Destabilize Europe"

There it is – global economic recovery courtesy of the IMF – through a “supplementary reserve currency.” And saving the planet into the bargain!

And man-made global-waming / climate change is not even a real thing!

Will this scheme accomplish any thing? No matter. It’s just an argument for the sake of printing more money.

Could global warming be just the vehicle the elites are riding to their agenda 2030?



Related: Six Issues That Are Agenda 21 & Myth Busters: Introducing Agenda 2030


It’s the biggest scam of all. Central banks invest in a new world money issued by the IMF called special drawing rights, or SDRs. Then the IMF, the World Bank and others take this money and invest in climate change, infrastructure and other projects they choose.

Soon this new money sloshing around causes inflation and wipes out the real value of existing government debt and in the process your savings.

The elites fund their pet projects, government debt melts away and you pay the bill. Best of all from the elite’s perspective, almost no one understands what’s happening, because the method is highly technical.


SDR Solution for Global Reserve Currency:

A nation with a reserve currency must run massive trade deficits to sustain global trade. The trouble is those massive deficits will ultimately bankrupt the issuing nation. So it must either choose to serve the world, or itself.

The IMF faces not such constraint, because it isn’t a country. Hence the SDR solution for global growth through unlimited spending and printing.



Related: Western Banks Crumble While Yuan Joins The IMF SDR Basket

Now the U.S. owns the reserve currency and consequently has to run trade deficits, in order to supply thesedollars to financing world trade. That created their appetite for imports financed by printed dollars. So, problem solved the world got dollars and global trade flourished.

However, running deficits long enough, will end in bankruptcy. Any reserve system based on a local currency would eventually collapse because there would either be too many of them or not enough gold at ‘fixed’ prices to keep the game going. This paradox between deficits and confidence eventually is unsustainable.

The US dollar reserve system broke down in the 1970s. The solution applied was to abolish the dollar-gold peg in 1971, and demonetise gold in 1974.

In 1969 at the time forward looking, the IMF’s Special Drawing Right, SDR were invented. The SDR was a new kind of world money printed by the IMF.

The idea was that it could be used as a reserve currency side by side with the US dollar. This meant that if the U.S. cured its trade deficit, and supplied fewer dollars to the world, any shortfall in reserves could be made up by printing SDRs.



Related: NASA Confirms: Sea Levels Have Been Falling Across The Planet For Two Years - Media Silent & Dr. Tim Ball Crushes Climate Change: The Biggest Deception in History

In fact, SDRs were printed and handed out repeatedly during the dollar crisis from 1969–1980. But in the 1970s the illegal petrodollar was invented with the help of Henry Kissinger, in collaboration with the king of Saudi Arabia and some private cabal banksters.

Under the petrodollar system, U.S. interest rates would be high enough to make it without gold an attractive reserve asset, this time actually with oil backing. Under the condition Saudi Arabia kept oil priced in dollars. This “petrodollar deal” meant that countries that wanted to buy oil, needed dollars to pay for it whether they liked the dollar or not.

So, US dollars were used to buy U.S. exports like aircraft, heavy equipment and agricultural produce. The game continued this time without gold. This new Age of King Dollar lasted from 1980–2010. Still, all was based on confidence in the dollar. The U.S. continued to run large trade deficits. World trade lived on dollar reserves with China leading the way.

But this game ended in 2010 with the start of the currency war in the aftermath of the Panic of 2008. Trading partners again were competing for position as they did in the early 1970s. A new systemic collapse is imminent.


Impossible Situation:

The weak dollar of 2011 was designed to stimulate U.S. growth and to keep the world from sinking into a new depression.



Related: Weather Channel founder Tells CNN “Climate Change Is A Hoax” - 31,000 Scientists Agree & Al Gore Confuses Tides With Global Warming Ocean Rise Apocalypse, Claims Fish Are “Swimming In The Streets” Of Miami Due To Climate Change

It worked for a short while, but the tables turned as most world debt was dominated in USD and had to be repaid in USD, causing the US dollar to strengthen again, while the euro and yen weakened. That gave Japan and Europe some relief, but it came at the expense of the U.S., where growth had slowed down again.

An alternative solution would have been a new gold standard to solve the currency war problem, but that would require a gold price of $10,000 per ounce in order to be non-deflationary.

No central bankster in the world wants that, because it limits their ability to print money and losing the ability to acting as world’s central economic planners.


Two Problems Solved at Once:

But in 1969 already an alternative was created, the SDR from the IMF another Khazarian entity. Now two problems were solved at once, as the reserve currency issuer has to run trade deficits, and ending up being broke. But SDRs are issued by the IMF.

The IMF is not a country and does not have a trade deficit. In theory, the IMF can print SDRs forever and never go broke. The SDRs just go round and round among the IMF members in a closed circuit.



Related: David Icke - How The Rothschild Family Plan To Crash The Economy

Individuals won’t have SDRs. Only countries will have them in their reserves. These puppet countries have no desire to break the new SDR system, because they’re all in it together.

And as such the Khazarians have created a new lease on time to continue to plunder the wealth and money of citizens, who remain the losers as before, as their local currency is inflated for THEFT.

Once again that is why it is important to be protected by precious metals and other hard assets, but sadly most people will be caught unaware, like the Greeks who lined up at empty ATMs.

This SDR system is so little understood that people won’t know where the inflation is coming from. Elected officials will blame the IMF, but the IMF is unaccountable. That’s the beauty of SDRs, debt problems are inflated away and no one is accountable.


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Someone Just Noticed That Trump Is Getting Stuff Done + By The Numbers: President Trump’s Historic First 200 Days - Promises Kept And Records Broken
August 12 2017 | From: Investors / TheGatewayPundit

Achievements: After weeks and months of fixating on tweets and Russia, someone in the press decided to have a look at what the Trump administration has been up to since January. Lo and behold, they discovered that it's getting a lot done.



"Trump Has Quietly Accomplished More Than It Appears" reads the headline in the Atlantic.

Related: Hell Freezes Over: CNN Admits “Mueller’s Investigation of Trump is Going Too Far”


"With the Trump administration's chaos sucking up all the attention," the article begins, "it's been able to move forward on a range of its priorities...

It is remaking the justice system, rewriting environmental rules, overhauling public-lands administration, and greenlighting major infrastructure projects.

It is appointing figures who will guarantee the triumph of its ideological vision for decades to come."

It goes on to detail these achievements, many of which we've highlighted on these pages.

Border crossings, for example, have plummeted, even though all Trump has done so far is promise to enforce existing laws.

The Supreme Court approved parts of Trump's travel ban, a success made possible by Trump's appointment of Neil Gorsuch to the bench.

Trump is busy filling lower court positions with conservative justices. Ron Klain, a White House aide to Bill Clinton and Barack Obama, said that Trump "is proving wildly successful in one respect: naming youthful conservative nominees to the federal bench in record-setting numbers."



Related: Trump Makes History! Only President in US History to Oversee 2 Stock Market Rallies of 9 or More Record Days in a Row

What else? Well, Trump pulled out of the Paris climate change deal, which as we noted in this space is a yuuuge win for the economy.

The EPA, meanwhile, is dismantling Obama's coal-killing, growth-choking Clean Power Plan, and draining the heavy-handed Waters of the United States rule.

When a veteran EPA official resigned this week, she complained in a letter to her former colleagues that "the new EPA Administrator already has repeals of 30 rules under consideration," which the New York Times described as "a regulatory rollback larger in scope than any other over so short a time in the agency's 47-year history."

Trump promised to kill two regulations for every new one enacted, but in his first six months the ratio was 16-to-1.



Related: Foxconn Announces New Multi-Billion Dollar Plant in Michigan

Trump also approved the Keystone XL and other pipeline projects held up by Obama. He's also rolled back a ban on coal mining on public lands.

To be sure, Trump hasn't scored a major legislative achievement on signature issues like ObamaCare and tax reform.

The Atlantic writer describes the administration's achievements as something akin to a shadow government. But these actions aren't in the shadows. They're just being ignored by a media that is obsessed with digging up dirt on Trump.




House Judiciary Calls for Investigation Into Comey, Lynch, Clinton






Related Articles:

Leaked Document Reveals McMaster Granted Susan Rice “Unfettered Access to Classified Information”

Full Scale Attack: Jared Kushner’s Family’s Real Estate Company Subpoenaed Over Investment Program

Mueller Crosses Red Line: Probe Expands to Possible Financial Crimes Unrelated to Russia

Senators Write Bi-Partisan Bill to Prevent Trump From Firing Mueller

Trump’s Choices

The Deep State Doesn’t Want You To Read This Memo

MSNBC: ‘Trump Should Be On 24-Hour Suicide Watch’

JFK Killing: Lies & Russophobia

National Security Advisor H.R. McMaster Exposed as Globalist Puppet for Billionaire George Soros

Fifty-Three Members of US Congress off to Israel for their Annual Brainwashing





By The Numbers: President Trump’s Historic First 200 Days - Promises Kept And Records Broken

In July President Trump promoted American made products from all 50 states in the White House including a Stetson cowboy hat from Texas. This was just one of his campaign promises – to buy American goods and to hire American employees.



To date President Trump is true to his campaign promises.  Here is a list of  President Trump’s Accomplishments with comparisons to Congress and Obama.

Related:
Why The Rust Belt Just Gave Donald Trump A Hero’s Welcome + Jared Kushner Denies Russian Collusion: Trump Won Because He ‘Had A Better Message And Ran A Smarter Campaign’

President Trump started off as aggressive as any President ever in working for the American people as he promised.

In President Trump’s first six months since the election and since his inauguration the US Stock Markets are at record highs and millions of Americans are benefitting in their retirement savings accounts.


Stock Market




The DOW daily closing stock market average has risen 21% since the election on November 8th. (On November 9th the DOW closed at 18,332 - on August 7th the DOW closed at 22,118).

Since the Inauguration on January 20th the DOW is up 12%. (It was at 19,827 at January 20th.)

The DOW took just 66 days to climb from 19,000 to above 21,000, the fastest 2,000 point run ever. The DOW closed above 19,000 for the first time on November 22nd and closed above 21,000 on March 1st.

The DOW closed above 20,000 on January 25th and the March 1st rally matched the fastest-ever 1,000 point increase in the DOW at 24 days.

On February 28th President Trump matched President Reagan’s 1987 record for most continuous closing high trading days when the
DOW reached a new high for its 12th day in a row!

On Monday August 7th President Trump oversaw the 2nd stock market rally of his Presidency of 9 or more days in a row of all time closing highs.  No President has ever overseen 2 such rallies!

The S&P 500 and the NASDAQ have both set new all-time highs during this period.

The US Stock Market gained $4 trillion in wealth since Trump was elected!

The S&P 500 also broke $20 Trillion for the first time in its history. (Under President Obama the stock market tanked after his election by nearly 3,000 points or 33% but recovered back to its starting point by August 8th in his first 200 days.  The market was still well under its all time high by more than 4,000 points.)



US Debt

As of today, President Trump decreased the US Debt since his inauguration by (-$102) Billion.

President Obama increased the US debt in his first 200 days by more than $1 Trillion. 




Government Assistance - Food Stamps

More than 1.1 million fewer Americans on food stamps under President Trump.


Jobs

According to the Bureau of Labor Statistics President Trump added a projected 1,290,000 jobs in his first 200 days (January through July 2017.) President Obama on the other hand lost more than (4,154,000) million jobs in his first 200 days.




Unemployment

Also according to the Bureau of Labor Statistics President Trump decreased the unemployment rate since his inauguration from 4.8% to 4.3% (January through July 2017).

The unemployment rate in January 2017 was 4.8% and by July it was down to 4.3%. President Obama on the other hand moved in the opposite direction. In his first 200 days as President the US unemployment rate increased nearly each month from 7.8% in January 2009 to 9.5% by July of 2009.




Inflation

According to the US Bureau of Labor Statistics the US inflation rate decreased to an eight month low in June to 1.6%. This is in part due to President Trump’s energy policies that are helping average Americans in their pocket books with cheaper gas and electricity. 

The rate has not yet been reported for July. (Under Obama the inflation rate sank to a scary -2.1% by July of 2009.)




Housing Sales

Housing sales are red-hot in the US right now. In 2011, houses for sale were on the market an average 84 days. This year, it’s just 45 days.

According to the US Census Bureau, there were nearly twice as many US housing sales in the past couple of months as there were under President Obama in 2009 during the same time period. (The annualized housing sales rate for June 2017 are reported at 610,000 where in 2009 this amount was only 393,000.)





Decrease in Regulations

One of the first things that President Trump did in office was to reduce the number or burdensome regulations put in place during the Obama era. In January President Trump signed his 2 for 1 executive order mandating that for every new regulation, two regulations needed to be revoked.

Even far left Politico notes that significant new federal regulations since Trump’s inauguration have slowed to an almost total halt.



Related: President Trump: Replace The Dollar With Gold As The Global Currency To Make America Great Again

Regulations cost Americans and American companies money to implement and maintain. Reducing or halting regulations allows companies to spend their money on more prudent money making areas.


Other Results

The US Manufacturing Index soared to a 33 year high in President Trump’s first six months which was the best number since 1983 under President Reagan. Illegal immigration is down 67% since last year under President Trump.


Below is a partial list of additional actions taken by President Trump that are maintained at a reddit site:

President Trump is donating his paycheck. He gets nothing from us for all of this work

He killed the TPP

He pulled out of the Paris accord

He had a major victory on sugar exports from Mexico. Made Mexico drop the exports % and the amount of refined sugar. Will help our sugar industry and the US sugar mills that produce refined sugar from raw sugar

He notified Congress of NAFTA renegotiation on May 18th. Talks can start 90 days later on Aug 16th, 2017

He opened up selling beef to China and LNG gas as well as giving a way to get 1 billion Chinese credit scores so the USA can offer them credit. Trade deal was done in record time

Secretary Ross slapped more than $2 billion in fines on China and Canada for illegal trade practices

He repealed 14 Obama regulations via CRA saving $ billions in costs to the economy

North Dakota experiencing a boom since Dakota access pipeline finished (500,000 Barrels now flowing through pipeline per day)

Keystone pipeline construction ongoing

Mining, steel and oil/gas jobs booming

Mines reopening

He launched the United States-Canada Council for Advancement of Women Entrepreneurs and Business Leaders with Canadian PM Justin Trudeau

He cut $1.6 billion costs from Air Force one and F-35 airplanes

He put a regulatory freeze on all federal governmental agencies

Food Stamp spending is down almost $1 billion per month and $12 billion per year per USAD

6,000 MS-13 gang members arrested in first 5 months

66,000 mostly criminal illegals arrested by ICE in first 5 months

TRAVEL BAN upheld by SCOTUS by 9-0 ruling. Extreme vetting will now become law of the land

See many more positive actions at the link above



Congressional Actions

The one material action taken by Congress was to confirm Justice Gorsuch to SCOTUS!

39+ bills have been signed into law so far

Obamacare repeal and replace passed the House but remains stuck in the Senate

Tax cuts and tax reform are moving through Congress

Returned power to make decisions on “transgender bathrooms” to states

The Senate voted for VA accountability act – A major victory for Trump agenda signed into law on 06/23/17


The President also pointed out numerous times that the MSM (Main Stream Media) reports only on a made up Russia conspiracy story and ignores these accomplishments.



Related: Complete List Of President Trump’s Major Accomplishments In First 100 Days + Trump Mulling Breakup Of Wall Street Banks

These actions are making the majority of Americans aware of the tremendous bias and falsehoods emanating from the media in the US and abroad. This too is another major Trump accomplishment.


In Summary

President Trump is doing all he can for the American people and as a result the economic results are incredible. In nearly every category the economy is improving under President Trump especially when compared to the same time period for President Obama.

In spite of Congress’s somewhat pathetic results to date President Trump is providing Americans positive and historic results and hope for the future.


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Something Very Strange About The Media Black Out On Major PedoGate Arrests - Worldwide Crackdowns Happening Now & Largest Sex Trafficking Ring In Western US Busted - Children Openly Sold ‘In Plain Sight’
August 12 2017 | From: AllNewsPipeline / DCClothesline / Various

On July 20, 2017, the DOJ issued a statement on their website about the take down of two of the largest "Dark web" market places, AlphaBay and Hansa.



Both had been "used to sell deadly illegal drugs, stolen and fraudulent identification documents and access devices, counterfeit goods, malware and other computer hacking tools, firearms, and toxic chemicals throughout the world." 

Related: Massive US Sex Trafficking Bust Ensnares Over 1,000 - Including Law Enforcement and Clergy


"According to publicly available information on AlphaBay prior to its takedown, one AlphaBay staff member claimed that it serviced over 200,000 users and 40,000 vendors.

Around the time of takedown, there were over 250,000 listings for illegal drugs and toxic chemicals on AlphaBay, and over 100,000 listings for stolen and fraudulent identification documents and access devices, counterfeit goods, malware and other computer hacking tools, firearms and fraudulent services.

Comparatively, the Silk Road dark web marketplace, which was seized by law enforcement in November 2013, had reportedly approximately 14,000 listings for illicit goods and services at the time of seizure and was the largest dark web marketplace at the time.


“This is likely one of the most important criminal investigations of the year – taking down the largest dark net marketplace in history,” said Attorney General Jeff Sessions.

“Make no mistake, the forces of law and justice face a new challenge from the criminals and transnational criminal organizations who think they can commit their crimes with impunity using the dark net. The dark net is not a place to hide.

The Department will continue to find, arrest, prosecute, convict, and incarcerate criminals, drug traffickers and their enablers wherever they are.

We will use every tool we have to stop criminals from exploiting vulnerable people and sending so many Americans to an early grave. I believe that because of this operation, the American people are safer – safer from the threat of identity fraud and malware, and safer from deadly drugs.”

The operation against AlphaBay was led by the Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI), the US Drug Enforcement Agency (DEA) and the Dutch National Police, with the support of Europol. The operation against Hansa was led by Dutch authorities.

What caught my interest regarding this latest massive operation against internet crime on the Dark Web was the claim found at a website called Conservative Base, which reported one of these Dark Net marketplaces were connected to the crowdsourcing campaign that ANP reported on in December 2016, for "Terminating both Donald Trump and Mike Pence," where Dark Web users were collecting funds to assassinated the then President Elect and the VP elect.



Related: California prosecutor, son of Watergate figure, arrested on child porn charges

In attempting to verify the connection between the operation that took down these two Dark Web market places and the campaign against President Trump and VP Pence, I ran across what has to be the most under-reported (at least in the MSM) blockbusters from May 2017, where 900 suspected pedophiles were arrested after a two year investigation, with over 350 sexually abused children  identified or rescued,  and the child porn kingpin was sentenced to 30 years in prison.



Major Pedophilia Network Update Ignored by the Media

The Dark Web site was called "Playpen,"  and was taken down in 2015, but that take down spawned thousands of investigations, the results of which was announced on the FBI website on May 5, 2017.



Related: Ten Disturbing Stories About Hollywood’s Pedophile Problem

Via the FBI website:


"Arresting Playpen’s administrators, however, was only the beginning. In January 2015, the FBI, in partnership with the Department of Justice Child Exploitation and Obscenity Section, launched Operation Pacifier - an effort to go after Playpen’s thousands of members.

Using a court-approved network investigative technique, agents uncovered IP addresses and other information that helped locate and identify users. Investigators sent more than 1,000 leads to FBI field offices around the country and thousands more to overseas partners",
Alfin said.

It is interesting how the FBI phrases that particular part of the narrative, as we note the methods they utilized as their investigative technique, was quite controversial at the time.


"The FBI has been criticized for what it called a “court-approved network investigative technique” used to unearth information about the suspects. It emerged that the agency, with court approval, seized and ran the pedophile website for 13 days in February 2015.

The FBI’s command of the Playpen site enabled the agency to infect over 8,000 users’ computers with malware and hack them. Notably, the site was said to be more efficient and even experienced a boost in audience numbers with the FBI in charge of its content.

- Source

The criticism leveled at the FBI by the Electronic Frontier Foundation, was "The warrant here did not identify any particular person to search or seize. Nor did it identify any specific user of the targeted website," but as Peter Adolf, an assistant federal defender in the Western District of North Carolina, writes in a motion trying to get the charges thrown out.


"The FBI distributed child pornography to viewers and downloaders worldwide for nearly two weeks, until at least March 4, 2015, even working to improve the performance of the website beyond its original capability."

According to that motion, "As a result, the number of visitors to Playpen while it was under Government control [increased] from an average of 11,000 weekly visitors to approximately 50,000 per week.

During those two weeks, the website's membership grew by over 30%, the number of unique weekly visitors to the site more than quadrupled, and approximately 200 videos, 9,000 images, and 13,000 links to child pornography were posted on the site."

While I am not going to feel sorry for members that visit child porn sites and the fact that the FBI infected their computers in order to track them down, I have a real problem with the fact that rather than just doing that, the FBI under the directorship of James Comey, actually provided hundreds of new videos, thousands of new child porn images to those sickos, and 13,000 new links to child pornography.



Related: Pedogate arrests: deputy AG, judge, mayor, police & a DuPont heir who raped 3 y.o. daughter

To top it off federal prosecutors in Seattle are dropping the charges against one of the men charged with accessing Playpen, because they do not want to reveal the source code for the "network investigative technique" (NIT) that the FBI used to get around the Tor anonymizing software shielding Playpen's visitors, according to Reason.

Reason.com concludes their article with the following:



"Lough, by the way, originally pleaded guilty to a single count of possessing child pornography, which under federal law is punishable by up to 10 years in prison but carries no mandatory minimum.

The FBI agents who ran Playpen for two weeks, by contrast, committed multiple counts of distributing child pornography, which is punishable by up to 20 years in prison and carries a five-year mandatory minimum
."

While allowing the case to proceed one federal judge in Tacoma did say that the federal government "acted outrageously," in running the Playpen child porn website and providing new material for two weeks to pedophiles.


Now for the Strange Part

The MSM, busy screaming about Russia and opining about every aspect of the Trump administration, seems to be missing in action in regards to this story.

Nothing from CNN, New York Times, and limited local coverage regarding the FBI's May 2017 announcement that nearly 900 suspected pedophiles have been arrested, 350 of them in the U.S. or that nearly 350 children have been identified or rescued, 55 of them in the U.S., or that 25 U.S. producers of child pornography have been prosecuted or that 51 U.S. hands on abusers have been prosecuted.



Related: Enemies of America Destroyed by Group of Talented Artists

Multiple searches, both web and specifying "news" and we find sites like Inquistr, RT, Daily Mail, Press TV, Breitbart, but nothing from the establishment media on one of the biggest storys regarding Pedogate seen to date, with only the Washington Post giving it one paragraph under another story, without even giving it its own headline. (Archive.is link to that Wapo story)

This is all they had to say about it:


"Creator of child-porn site sentenced: A Florida man who federal prosecutors said was the creator and lead administrator of what’s thought to be the world’s largest child-pornography website has been sentenced to 30 years in prison, the FBI announced Friday.

Steven W. Chase, 58, of Naples, Fla., was sentenced this week in a federal courtroom in North Carolina on multiple child-pornography and child-exploitation charges. Two codefendants who also were identified as administrators of the website - Michael Fluckiger, 46, of Indiana, and David Browning, 47, of Kentucky - each received 20-year prison terms earlier this year.

The website Playpen Chase, created in August 2014, had more than 150,000 users around the world",
the FBI said.

Nothing about the 900 arrests, the identified or rescued children, nothing about the U.S. based abusers prosecuted, or the U.S. producers of child pornography being prosecuted.

Zip!

There also seems to be a media blackout on the massive pedophilia network bust in Germany where reports claim nearly 90,000 pedophiles have been exposed. There is a worldwide crackdown on pedophilia networks happening, yet the media is silent?

This isn't the first time the media has been criticized for remaining silent when it comes to pedophilia crackdowns and arrests as we note that back in March 2017, they ignored the fact that 1,500 pedophiles had been arrested in the first months of the Trump administration.



Related: Elijah Wood Says Massive Pedophile Ring Plagues Hollywood: Media Remains Silent

Could it be because reporting on this doesn't further the corporate media's "crusade" to normalize pedophilia? Who can forget the liberal website Salon's attempt to normalize and garner sympathy for pedophiles, in an article that has since been removed, but can still be accessed with archive.is, titled "I’m a pedophile, but not a monster."

Or how about the New York Times push with a 2014 op-ed titled "Pedophilia: A Disorder, Not A Crime"

How about CNN, who has not disavowed a frequent guest on their network, Jacob Schwartz, who was recently arrested for 'having 3,000 photos and 89 videos of child pornography depicting children as young as six months old'

Here is Schwartz on CNN,  with CNN's Brooke Balwin, and with Hillary Clinton's campaign manager, Robby Mook:



Related: BBC Gives Platform To Pedophile Who Calls It A ‘Sexual Orientation’


Bottom Line

One of the major aspects of the arrests reported on above are their connection to the Dark Web and how it is used to connect a network of pedophiles with those publishing and producing the sickening videos, links and images of children being sexually abused.

But the media's apparent refusal to report on pedophilia networks and arrests appears to stem from the fact that it doesn't fit their campaign of normalizing this crime and behavior.


AlphaBay, The Largest Online ‘Dark Market,’ Shut Down







Largest Sex Trafficking Ring In Western US Busted - Children Openly Sold ‘In Plain Sight’

A report of a missing teenager in Tulare County, California, in late 2016 culminated into the uncovering of one of the largest sex trafficking rings in the Western United States, according to an announcement by the Los Angeles County Sheriff’s Department on Thursday.



Thirteen young women and girls, including the missing teen, were freed from captivity as a result of the extensive investigation.

Related: 'Dark Web' Child Pornographer Vincenzo Tyrone Wiremu Avoids Jail Because Of Asperger's & Navy SEAL Has Assets Seized For Trying To Expose Elite Pedophile Ring

The missing teenager’s disappearance, and subsequent discovery in a West Hollywood apartment in January, led investigators in the LA Sheriff’s Department to discover an extensive human sex trafficking network that extended from Nevada to California. During the course of the investigation, detectives discovered the ring used apartments in dozens of communities, including Burbank, West Hollywood, and Las Vegas, as brothels.



Related: Australia: A New Church Pedophile Scandal Erupts & Vatican's 3rd Most Powerful Figure, Cardinal Pell, Charged With Multiple Sex Assaults

“Years ago, a human trafficking case of this magnitude was not likely,” Los Angeles County Sheriff Jim McDonnell said in a news conference in downtown. “We knew the more we looked, the more we would find.”

According to a report by the Los Angeles Daily News:


"The six-month investigation by the Tulare County Sheriff’s Department, Los Angeles Sheriff’s Department, Los Angeles Regional Human Trafficking Task Force, and the California Department of Justice, has led to two arrests so far. Quinton Brown, 30, of Highland, and Gerald Turner, 32, of Fresno, were arrested on suspicion of 54 charges relating to sex trafficking, pimping, pandering, grand theft and identity theft.

The complaint, filed Wednesday by the California Attorney General’s office, alleges that Brown lured victims from the Central Valley as far back as in October and trafficked them throughout the state. Investigators also said:

The 13 victims include eight minors who were sold for commercial sex.

A 2017 Maserati Ghibli, a 2017 Maserati Levante, and a 2016 Porsche Panamera, all confiscated by investigators, were used in the ring and obtained through fraudulent means.

Eight people were victims of identity theft.

16 sites across California and in Nevada were used as brothels as part of the ring."

Mia McNeil, 32, who police believe rented the apartments/brothels remains at large, according to McDonnell. Additionally, law enforcement believes she also leased high-end luxury vehicles to transport the ring’s sex slaves without raising suspicion.

elated:  Reddit Bans ‘Pizzagate’ Investigation into D.C.-area Child Sex Ring - Labels it a ‘Witch Hunt’

McDonnell said that detectives uncovered that Brown and Turner “would traffic the victims in plain sight,” using the Internet to advertise the women they were attempting to sell.

Related:  Witch Hunt: FBI Raided Paul Manafort's Home In Concert With Robert Mueller

“They are as young as 15 years old, bought and sold for commercial sex,” according to McDonnell.

Surprisingly, most of the victims of sex trafficking are born and raised in the U.S. At the news conference, California Attorney General Xavier Becerra said 72 percent of the victims found in California say they are American.


“Human trafficking, which includes sex and labor trafficking, is one of the fasting growing crimes in the world. Its reach is not limited to foreign countries,” Becerra said. “In California, human trafficking is reported here in our state more than in any other.”

Law enforcement said the investigation is ongoing, as they attempt to uncover and arrest the individuals who solicited the young women and teenage sex slaves.


"The predators online that are looking for an 11 year old … these people are not the traditional johns that most people think of,” McDonnell said. “These are predators. These are child molesters that are out there taking advantage of some of the most vulnerable in society.”

The Los Angeles Daily News reports that:


"Since the Los Angeles Regional Human Trafficking Task Force was established in 2015, there have been 697 arrests, and of those, about 30 percent were male buyers. In addition, there have been 185 victims rescued, a majority of them youths who were sex trafficked.

Tulare County Sheriff Mike Boudreaux said he has since met with one of the victims rescued, and she has received help and is back in school. But he implored parents to watch their children carefully, especially while they are on their mobile phones."

“To the parents, be vigilant,” Boudreaux said during the press conference. “Pay attention to what your children are doing online. Social networking is an environment for predators to prey on and exploit the innocence of our children.”

Of course, when even those tasked with protecting children - such as Raymond Liddy, 53, a California deputy attorney general - are arrested on charges of possessing child pornography; who is left to actually look out for the welfare and safety of the children?

Related:  Anthony Weiner has no friends - but not for the reason you think

In addition to being a California state prosecutor, Liddy is the son of a prominent Watergate figure - G. Gordon Liddy - who was an operative in President Richard Nixon‘s campaign attempt to burglarize the Democratic National Committee.

Raymond Liddy was arrested at his home and was charged in federal court with possessing images of minors engaged in sexually explicit conduct, according to federal court documents obtained by Heavy.

He was subsequently released from custody and placed on home detention with GPS monitoring after posting a $100,000 bond during his arraignment.

Even after taking down “one of the largest human trafficking rings on the West Coast,” there is a virtual certainty that this bust only barely scratches the surface.

When high-level officials, tasked with prosecuting those that break the law, are accused of being the ones preying upon the innocent and weakest in society it makes one seriously question who is actually looking out for the victims.

Please share this story in an effort to raise awareness about the extreme scope of this constant and pervasive societal problem of the sexual trafficking of children!


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Harvard Study Proves Unvaccinated Children Pose No Risk & Protests Across Europe As Countries Plan Compulsory Vaccination
August 11 2017 | From: NeonNettle / MetaCenterChicago / Various

Dear Legislator: My name is Tetyana Obukhanych. I hold a PhD in Immunology. I am writing this letter in the hope that it will correct several common misperceptions about vaccines in order to help you formulate a fair and balanced understanding that is supported by accepted vaccine theory and new scientific findings.



Do unvaccinated children pose a higher threat to the public than the vaccinated?

Related: Breaking: Interview with Vaxxed Producer who was Banned from Australia

It is often stated that those who choose not to vaccinate their children for reasons of conscience endanger the rest of the public, and this is the rationale behind most of the legislation to end vaccine exemptions currently being considered by federal and state legislators country-wide.

You should be aware that the nature of protection afforded by many modern vaccines – and that includes most of the vaccines recommended by the CDC for children – is not consistent with such a statement.



I have outlined below the recommended vaccines that cannot prevent transmission of disease either because they are not designed to prevent the transmission of infection (rather, they are intended to prevent disease symptoms), or because they are for non-communicable diseases.

People who have not received the vaccines mentioned below pose no higher threat to the general public than those who have, implying that discrimination against non-immunized children in a public school setting may not be warranted.


IPV (inactivated poliovirus vaccine) cannot prevent transmission of poliovirus (see appendix for the scientific study, Item #1). Wild poliovirus has been non-existent in the USA for at least two decades.

Even if wild poliovirus were to be re-imported by travel, vaccinating for polio with IPV cannot affect the safety of public spaces.

Please note that wild poliovirus eradication is attributed to the use of a different vaccine, OPV or oral poliovirus vaccine.

Despite being capable of preventing wild poliovirus transmission, use of OPV was phased out long ago in the USA and replaced with IPV due to safety concerns.


Tetanus is not a contagious disease, but rather acquired from deep-puncture wounds contaminated with C. tetani spores.

Vaccinating for tetanus (via the DTaP combination vaccine) cannot alter the safety of public spaces; it is intended to render personal protection only. While intended to prevent the disease-causing effects of the diphtheria toxin, the diphtheria toxoid vaccine (also contained in the DTaP vaccine) is not designed to prevent colonization and transmission of C. diphtheriae.

Vaccinating for diphtheria cannot alter the safety of public spaces; it is likewise intended for personal protection only. The acellular pertussis (aP) vaccine (the final element of the DTaP combined vaccine), now in use in the USA, replaced the whole cell pertussis vaccine in the late 1990s, which was followed by an unprecedented resurgence of whooping cough.

An experiment with deliberate pertussis infection in primates revealed that the aP vaccine is not capable of preventing colonization and transmission of B. pertussis (see appendix for the scientific study, Item #2). The FDA has issued a warning regarding this crucial finding.

Furthermore, the 2013 meeting of the Board of Scientific Counselors at the CDC revealed additional alarming data that pertussis variants (PRN-negative strains) currently circulating in the USA acquired a selective advantage to infect those who are up-to-date for their DTaP boosters (see appendix for the CDC document, Item #3), meaning that people who are up-to-date are more likely to be infected, and thus contagious, than people who are not vaccinated.

Among numerous types of H. influenzae, the Hib vaccine covers only type b. Despite its sole intention to reduce symptomatic and asymptomatic (disease-less) Hib carriage, the introduction of the Hib vaccine has inadvertently shifted strain dominance towards other types of H. influenzae (types a through f).

These types have been causing invasive disease of high severity and increasing incidence in adults in the era of Hib vaccination of children (see appendix for the scientific study, Item #4). The general population is more vulnerable to the invasive disease now than it was prior to the start of the Hib vaccination campaign.

Discriminating against children who are not vaccinated for Hib does not make any scientific sense in the era of non-type b H. influenzae disease.


Hepatitis B is a blood-borne virus. It does not spread in a community setting, especially among children who are unlikely to engage in high-risk behaviors, such as needle sharing or sex.

Vaccinating children for hepatitis B cannot significantly alter the safety of public spaces. Further, school admission is not prohibited for children who are chronic hepatitis B carriers.

To prohibit school admission for those who are simply unvaccinated – and do not even carry hepatitis B – would constitute unreasonable and illogical discrimination.

In summary, a person who is not vaccinated with IPV, DTaP, HepB, and Hib vaccines due to reasons of conscience poses no extra danger to the public than a person who is. No discrimination is warranted.


How Often do Serious Vaccine Adverse Events Happen?

It is often stated that vaccination rarely leads to serious adverse events. Unfortunately, this statement is not supported by science.

A recent study done in Ontario, Canada, established that vaccination actually leads to an emergency room visit for 1 in 168 children following their 12-month vaccination appointment and for 1 in 730 children following their 18-month vaccination appointment (see appendix for a scientific study, Item #5).



Related: Vaccine Industry Worried About Accountability

When the risk of an adverse event requiring an ER visit after well-baby vaccinations is demonstrably so high, vaccination must remain a choice for parents, who may understandably be unwilling to assume this immediate risk in order to protect their children from diseases that are generally considered mild or that their children may never be exposed to.


Can Discrimination Against Families Who Oppose Vaccines for Reasons of Conscience Prevent Future Disease Outbreaks of Communicable Viral Diseases, Such as Measles?

Measles research scientists have for a long time been aware of the “measles paradox.” I quote from the article by Poland & Jacobson (1994)


"Failure to Reach the Goal of Measles Elimination: Apparent Paradox of Measles Infections in Immunized Persons.”

Arch Intern Med 154:1815-1820:The apparent paradox is that as measles immunization rates rise to high levels in a population, measles becomes a disease of immunized persons.”



Click on the image above to view a larger version in a new window

Related: For three months, award-winning Mail writer Melanie Phillips has investigated the MMR controversy

Further research determined that behind the “measles paradox” is a fraction of the population called low vaccine responders.

Low-responders are those who respond poorly to the first dose of the measles vaccine. These individuals then mount a weak immune response to subsequent RE-vaccination and quickly return to the pool of “susceptibles’’ within 2-5 years, despite being fully vaccinated.

Re-vaccination cannot correct low-responsiveness: it appears to be an immunogenetic trait.



Dr. Tenpenny ‘We’re Heading Towards Full Scale Medical Tyranny’








The proportion of low-responders among children was estimated to be 4.7% in the USA. Studies of measles outbreaks in Quebec, Canada, and China attest that outbreaks of measles still happen, even when vaccination compliance is in the highest bracket (95-97% or even 99%, see appendix for scientific studies, Items #6&7).

This is because even in high vaccine responders, vaccine-induced antibodies wane over time. Vaccine immunity does not equal life-long immunity acquired after natural exposure.



Related: Proof that Big Pharma Doesn’t Care About Vaccine Harm

It has been documented that vaccinated persons who develop breakthrough measles are contagious.

In fact, two major measles outbreaks in 2011 (in Quebec, Canada, and in New York, NY) were re-imported by previously vaccinated individuals.

Taken together, these data make it apparent that elimination of vaccine exemptions, currently only utilized by a small percentage of families anyway, will neither solve the problem of disease resurgence nor prevent re-importation and outbreaks of previously eliminated diseases.


Is Discrimination Against Conscientious Vaccine Objectors the Only Practical Solution?

The majority of measles cases in recent US outbreaks (including the recent Disneyland outbreak) are adults and very young babies, whereas, in the pre-vaccination era, measles occurred mainly between the ages 1 and 15.



Related: 'Miller's Review': Vaccine information every parent should read

Natural exposure to measles was followed by lifelong immunity from re-infection, whereas vaccine immunity wanes over time, leaving adults unprotected by their childhood shots.

Measles is more dangerous for infants and for adults than for school-aged children. Despite high chances of exposure in the pre-vaccination era, measles practically never happened in babies much younger than one year of age due to the robust maternal immunity transfer mechanism.




Dr. Leonard Coldwell - Vaccines are used to Sterilize and Cull the Population

Dr. Leonard Coldwell
talks about how vaccines don't work and how they are designed to cause infertility and wreck havoc on the human physiology.









The vulnerability of very young babies to measles today is the direct outcome of the prolonged mass vaccination campaign of the past, during which their mothers, themselves vaccinated in their childhood, were not able to experience measles naturally at a safe school age and establish the lifelong immunity that would also be transferred to their babies and protect them from measles for the first year of life.

Luckily, a therapeutic backup exists to mimic now-eroded maternal immunity. Infants, as well as other vulnerable or immunocompromised individuals, are eligible to receive immunoglobulin, a potentially life-saving measure that supplies antibodies directed against the virus to prevent or ameliorate disease upon exposure (see appendix, Item #8).


In Summary

1. Due to the properties of modern vaccines, non-vaccinated individuals pose no greater risk of transmission of polio, diphtheria, pertussis, and numerous non-type b H. influenza strains than vaccinated individuals do, non-vaccinated individuals pose virtually no danger of transmission of hepatitis B in a school setting, and tetanus is not transmissible at all;

2. There is a significantly elevated risk of emergency room visits after childhood vaccination appointments attesting that vaccination is not risk-free;

3. Outbreaks of measles cannot be entirely prevented even if we had nearly perfect vaccination compliance; and

4. An effective method of preventing measles and other viral diseases in vaccine-ineligible infants and the immunocompromised, immunoglobulin, is available for those who may be exposed to these diseases.

Taken together, these four facts make it clear that discrimination in a public school setting against children who are not vaccinated for reasons of conscience is completely unwarranted as the vaccine status of conscientious objectors poses no undue public health risk.

Sincerely Yours,

Tetyana Obukhanych, PhD


Tetyana Obukhanych, PhD, is the author of the book Vaccine Illusion. She has studied immunology in some of the world’s most prestigious medical institutions.



She earned her PhD in Immunology at the Rockefeller University in New York and did postdoctoral training at Harvard Medical School, Boston, MA and Stanford University in California.



Dr Tetyana Obukhanych, Ph.D. - Natural Immunity and Vaccination

Dr Tetyana Obukhanych is the author of Vaccine Illusion: How Vaccination Compromises Our Natural Immunity and What We Can Do to Regain Our Health. In her book, she presents a view on vaccination that is radically different from mainstream theories.

Dr Tetyana Obukhanych, has studied immunology in some of the world's most prestigious medical institutions. She earned her PhD in Immunology at the Rockefeller University in New York and did postdoctoral training at Harvard Medical School, Boston, MA. and Stanford University in California.






Related Articles:

HPV vaccination Gardasil kills three New Zealand girls and debilitates hundreds of others

81 Studies Linking Vaccines to Autism

The Real Reason Aluminum is in Vaccines!

Stanford Scientist Claims Human Fetal DNA Fragments In Vaccines Cause Autism

Dr Brian Hooker and Dr Suzanne Humphries (great interview about polio vaccine caused autism)

RFK jr. Visits the VaxXed Bus

There are great videos on vaxxedTV youtube

The Real Truth Behind Flu Shots

When things are getting desperate for vaccine industry, get John Oliver to promote your propaganda

Maori Musician Billy TK Junior

I Gave The Shot

Facebook blocks all Natural News article posts after site posts White House petition citing immunization dangers

Toddler survives smallpox vaccine reaction

Vinny Breaks down vaccine propaganda

Clandestine, Genetic Manipulation of the Population with Vaccines Look whats inside!




Protests Across Europe As Countries Plan Compulsory Vaccination

Protests took place around Europe as some EU countries, including Austria, consider making vaccinations compulsory.



Austrians protested in Vienna on May 6th, and Poles did likewise on June 3rd, which last year the Czechs designated ‘Light a Candle’ day to commemorate the lives lost or damaged because of vaccination.

Related: NZ Media Calls For Compulsory Vaccinations & Sweden Bans Mandatory Vaccinations Over ‘Serious Health Concerns’

The Italians demonstrated against compulsory vaccination last March, and protests have also taken place in Croatia - where vaccines are already mandatory.

The European Forum for Vaccine Vigilance, which is helping to co-ordinate the protests, describes compulsory vaccination as a breach of fundamental human rights. It says that “a number of European countries” are considering making childhood vaccination mandatory.

Asset, a pro-vaccine group, does not believe that a compulsory programme is the way to go. The group says that vaccination levels are not necessarily higher in countries where it is compulsory; Latvia, for instance, doesn’t have a higher take-up rate than other Baltic states even though parents are legally obliged to have their children vaccinated.

Instead, some countries fine parents who don’t get their children vaccinated, while others make attendance at school more difficult. In France, two parents were jailed after refusing to have their child vaccinated. To find out more about the protests, go to: www.efvv.eu


Further Information: 

Trust needs to be won back by the pharmaceuticals, the vaccine skeptics do not trust that industry, here’s a classic example of why, in a leaked pharma memo about a specific vaccine, the pharmaceutical essentially admits that bad batches of this vaccine cause SIDS and then recommends to split the batches up so as you don’t get a cluster of deaths in the same area which can easily be traced to the vaccine.

That is, nstead of fixing the vaccine, he was happy to continue sending out the dangerous vaccine as long as they don’t be caught.

The so-called ‘anti-vaccine’ side gets misrepresented by the mainstream media, they are constantly setting up an ‘anti-vaccine’ strawman and then knocking it down with industry marketing and propaganda disguised as science.

I’ve been involved in this for many years, going deep into the research and the debate, the major problems are that vaccines aren’t being tested properly, nor is the schedule, unvaccinated people aren’t being studied, vaccines are being studied one at a time, not using real controls in safety studies, not looking long-term. In 2017 vaccines are a shot in the dark!

The only way to work out what’s going on is to do the research for yourself, as the system and media has been setup by Big Pharma. That means going to the independent experts, not Big Pharma vaccine patent holder (i.e. making millions from vaccines) ‘experts’ like Paul Offit who the mainstream media go to.

I’ve posted up presentations from the independent experts below, anyone who watches those all the way through will never vaccinate again.

The media cannot be trusted, they have been compromised, and unfortunately vaccine science has also been compromised, as the doctors below will confirm for you.

Vaccine Safety Conference Session – Dr. Beatrice Golomb, PhD

Vaccine Safety Conference Session 13 – Dr. Yehuda Shoenfeld, MD, FRCP

Vaccine Safety Conference Session 17 – Christopher A. Shaw, Ph.D, Professor

Vaccine Safety Conference Session 3 – Dr. Vicky Debold, PhD, RN

Vaccine Safety Conference Session 18: Dr. Romain Gherardi

Vaccine Safety Conference Session 16 Dr. Christopher Exley

Vaccine Safety Conference Session 20 – Dr. Richard Deth, PhD


My friend lost his baby brother from vaccine induced SIDS. The parents took them to court and got a tiny bit of compensation. During the trial the head of the company admitted that he has not vaccinated his own children.

So why the fuck should we. Producing vaccines that are a cure all would conflict severely with their interests in manufacturing drugs to manage symptoms and make people better once they are sick.

The elite rarely vaccinate, even many Hollywood celebrities are avoiding vaccination, somehow they know too much, they know how the game works.

Vaccines are essentially a way of placing taxes on the herd, taxes which get paid to Big Pharma, the price of the vaccine is just the tip of the iceberg, the real money they make is in the lifelong diseases which vaccines regularly induce, highly profitable diseases which leave people as customers to Big Pharma for life.

Many doctors I’ve spoken too don’t vaccinate their own children, but they are forced by the system to continue pushing the madness on others.


Related Articles: Italy in the Crosshairs for Mandatory Vaccination Strategy in Europe

Italy makes 12 vaccines mandatory for school children in an attempt to combat ‘anti-scientific theories’

Italy to guide world vaccine strategy

British pharma giant Glaxo to invest €1 bn in Italy in four years, focus on vaccines

Children in Italy have to be vaccinated or they can’t go to school: government


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Jeff Bezos Wants To Be Your Medication Dealer: Amazon Goes All-In With Big Pharma To Take Over The Drug Retail Industry & The Myth Of Drug Expiration Dates
August 11 2017 | From: NaturalNews / ProPublica

Is anyone surprised? Amazon.com, led by globalist profiteer Jeff Bezos - also the owner of the America-hating fake news rag known as the Washington Post - now wants to be your medication dealer.



According to numerous media reports, Bezos plans to take over the pharmaceutical retailing industry and turn Amazon.com into an elaborate drug dealing machine that earns $50 billion more each year while poisoning the world with toxic prescription medications.

Related: A Convergence Of Evil: Google, Amazon And Facebook Use Technology To Enslave Humanity, Suppress Knowledge And Accelerate Human Suffering

While literally tens of millions of people have been killed by Big Pharma’s deadly drugs since the year 2000, Jeff Bezos thinks that number isn’t high enough and wants to profit from the mass chemical poisoning of humanity now taking place at a “Holocaust” scale. (See PharmaDeathClock.com for a real-time tally of the deaths.)

This the problem with unbridled capitalism combined with quack science medicine: The mass poisoning of the people has become so incredibly profitable that every retailer wants a piece of the lucrative pie.

Meanwhile, all their own children are dying from statin drugs, toxic chemotherapy or suicide-inducing antidepressant medications.



Related: Chemotherapy May Spread Cancer And Trigger More Aggressive Tumors, Says New Research / Chemotherapy Found To Spread Cancer Throughout The Body, Warn Scientists

While stupidly thinking they are all getting rich from the “business” of sickness treatment, the sad truth is that they are poisoning themselves and their children with toxic chemicals that also wreak tremendous damage on the environment due to pharmaceutical runoff.

Watch for Amazon.com to soon start pushing psychiatric medications, deadly statin drugs, toxic chemotherapy drugs (modeled after chemical weapons), addictive opioids and the mass drugging of children for profit. This is the new Amazon, where Prime delivery means that flying DRONES will deliver all the chemical medications needed to turn the population into biological drones.

Thanks to Jeff Bezos, America will soon become a zombieland of drugged-out, stupefied mass consumers who are oblivious to reality.

Oh wait… that already happened.





The Myth Of Drug Expiration Dates

Hospitals and pharmacies are required to toss expired drugs, no matter how expensive or vital. Meanwhile the FDA has long known that many remain safe and potent for years longer.



The box of prescription drugs had been forgotten in a back closet of a retail pharmacy for so long that some of the pills predated the 1969 moon landing. Most were 30 to 40 years past their expiration dates - possibly toxic, probably worthless.

Related: Dr. Peter Gøtzsche Exposes Big Pharma As Organized Crime + Six Ways That The Medical System Makes Us Ill Before Kindergarten

Comment: This article come from a mainstream source which is clearly not up-to-speed on the dangers associated with pharmaceutical drugs. However, the article highlights another corrup aspect of the pharmaceutical industry in terms of how they boost profits by mandated "expiry" dates...

But to Lee Cantrell, who helps run the California Poison Control System, the cache was an opportunity to answer an enduring question about the actual shelf life of drugs: Could these drugs from the bell-bottom era still be potent?

Cantrell called Roy Gerona, a University of California, San Francisco, researcher who specializes in analyzing chemicals. Gerona had grown up in the Philippines and had seen people recover from sickness by taking expired drugs with no apparent ill effects.


"This was very cool," Gerona says. "Who gets the chance of analyzing drugs that have been in storage for more than 30 years?"

The age of the drugs might have been bizarre, but the question the researchers wanted to answer wasn't. Pharmacies across the country - in major medical centers and in neighborhood strip malls - routinely toss out tons of scarce and potentially valuable prescription drugs when they hit their expiration dates.

Gerona and Cantrell, a pharmacist and toxicologist, knew that the term "expiration date" was a misnomer. The dates on drug labels are simply the point up to which the Food and Drug Administration and pharmaceutical companies guarantee their effectiveness, typically at two or three years.



Pharmacist and toxicologist Lee Cantrell tested drugs that had been expired for decades. Most of them were still potent enough to be on the shelves today

Related: Big Pharma Suffers Another Major Blow As Study Debunks High Cholesterol Myths, Admitting Statins Are Totally Worthless + Statins Kill, Cholesterol Does Not - The Real Effects Of Statin Drugs

But the dates don't necessarily mean they're ineffective immediately after they "expire" - just that there's no incentive for drugmakers to study whether they could still be usable.

ProPublica has been researching why the US health care system is the most expensive in the world. One answer, broadly, is waste - some of it buried in practices that the medical establishment and the rest of us take for granted.

We've documented how hospitals often discard pricey new supplies, how nursing homes trash valuable medications after patients pass away or move out, and how drug companies create expensive combinations of cheap drugs.

Experts estimate such squandering eats up about $765 billion a year - as much as a quarter of all the country's health care spending. What if the system is destroying drugs that are technically "expired" but could still be safely used?

In his lab, Gerona ran tests on the decades-old drugs, including some now defunct brands such as the diet pills Obocell (once pitched to doctors with a portly figurine called "Mr. Obocell") and Bamadex. Overall, the bottles contained 14 different compounds, including antihistamines, pain relievers and stimulants. All the drugs tested were in their original sealed containers.



David Berkowitz, assistant director of the pharmacy at Newton-Wellesley Hospital, said he questions the validity of many drug expiration dates

Related: The Drugs May Be The Problem – Inconvenient Truths About Big Pharma And The Psychiatric Industry + Psychologist Speaks Out: Psychiatry Is Misleading Public About Mental Disorders

The findings surprised both researchers: A dozen of the 14 compounds were still as potent as they were when they were manufactured, some at almost 100 percent of their labeled concentrations.


"Lo and behold," Cantrell says, "The active ingredients are pretty darn stable."

Cantrell and Gerona knew their findings had big implications. Perhaps no area of health care has provoked as much anger in recent years as prescription drugs. The news media is rife with stories of medications priced out of reach or of shortages of crucial drugs, sometimes because producing them is no longer profitable.

Tossing such drugs when they expire is doubly hard. One pharmacist at Newton-Wellesley Hospital outside Boston says the 240-bed facility is able to return some expired drugs for credit, but had to destroy about $200,000 worth last year.

A commentary in the journal Mayo Clinic Proceedings cited similar losses at the nearby Tufts Medical Center. Play that out at hospitals across the country and the tab is significant: about $800 million per year. And that doesn't include the costs of expired drugs at long-term care pharmacies, retail pharmacies and in consumer medicine cabinets.



Related: Pharmaceutical Company Misleads Consumers, Caught In Painkiller Scam + Painkiller Drugs More Fatal Than Heroin Or Cocaine

After Cantrell and Gerona published their findings in Archives of Internal Medicine in 2012, some readers accused them of being irresponsible and advising patients that it was OK to take expired drugs. Cantrell says they weren't recommending the use of expired medication, just reviewing the arbitrary way the dates are set.


"Refining our prescription drug dating process could save billions," he says.

But after a brief burst of attention, the response to their study faded. That raises an even bigger question: If some drugs remain effective well beyond the date on their labels, why hasn't there been a push to extend their expiration dates?

It turns out that the FDA, the agency that helps set the dates, has long known the shelf life of some drugs can be extended, sometimes by years.

In fact, the federal government has saved a fortune by doing this.

For decades, the federal government has stockpiled massive stashes of medication, antidotes and vaccines in secure locations throughout the country. The drugs are worth tens of billions of dollars and would provide a first line of defense in case of a large-scale emergency.

Maintaining these stockpiles is expensive. The drugs have to be kept secure and at the proper humidity and temperature so they don't degrade. Luckily, the country has rarely needed to tap into many of the drugs, but this means they often reach their expiration dates.



Related: The Eradication Of Natural Alternatives: Big Pharma Wants To Eliminate The Competition

Though the government requires pharmacies to throw away expired drugs, it doesn't always follow these instructions itself. Instead, for more than 30 years, it has pulled some medicines and tested their quality.

The idea that drugs expire on specified dates goes back at least a half-century, when the FDA began requiring manufacturers to add this information to the label. The time limits allow the agency to ensure medications work safely and effectively for patients.

To determine a new drug's shelf life, its maker zaps it with intense heat and soaks it with moisture to see how it degrades under stress. It also checks how it breaks down over time. The drug company then proposes an expiration date to the FDA, which reviews the data to ensure it supports the date and approves it. Despite the difference in drugs' makeup, most "expire" after two or three years.


"One pharmacist says he sometimes takes home expired over-the-counter medicine from his pharmacy so he and his family can use it.."

Once a drug is launched, the makers run tests to ensure it continues to be effective up to its labeled expiration date.

Since they are not required to check beyond it, most don't, largely because regulations make it expensive and time-consuming for manufacturers to extend expiration dates, says Yan Wu, an analytical chemist who is part of a focus group at the American Association of Pharmaceutical Scientists that looks at the long-term stability of drugs.

Most companies, she says, would rather sell new drugs and develop additional products.



Related: Pharmacist Speaks Out: Get Off Prescription Drugs, Avoid Vaccines

Pharmacists and researchers say there is no economic "win" for drug companies to investigate further. They ring up more sales when medications are tossed as "expired" by hospitals, retail pharmacies and consumers despite retaining their safety and effectiveness.

Industry officials say patient safety is their highest priority. Olivia Shopshear, director of science and regulatory advocacy for the drug industry trade group Pharmaceutical Research and Manufacturers of America, or PhRMA, says expiration dates are chosen "based on the period of time when any given lot will maintain its identity, potency and purity, which translates into safety for the patient."

That being said, it's an open secret among medical professionals that many drugs maintain their ability to combat ailments well after their labels say they don't.

The federal agencies that stockpile drugs - including the military, the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention and the Department of Veterans Affairs - have long realized the savings in revisiting expiration dates.



Related: A Quick Review Of Fake Medical Diagnostic Tests + Author Exposes The “Vaccine Deep State”- A Massive Criminal Fraud And Embezzlement Ring Inside The CDC

In 1986, the Air Force, hoping to save on replacement costs, asked the FDA if certain drugs' expiration dates could be extended. In response, the FDA and Defense Department created the Shelf Life Extension Program.

Each year, drugs from the stockpiles are selected based on their value and pending expiration and analyzed in batches to determine whether their end dates could be safely extended. For several decades, the program has found that the actual shelf life of many drugs is well beyond the original expiration dates.

A 2006 study of 122 drugs tested by the program showed that two-thirds of the expired medications were stable every time a lot was tested. Each of them had their expiration dates extended, on average, by more than four years, according to research published in the Journal of Pharmaceutical Sciences.

Some that failed to hold their potency include the common asthma inhalant albuterol, the topical rash spray diphenhydramine, and a local anesthetic made from lidocaine and epinephrine, the study said.

But neither Cantrell nor Dr. Cathleen Clancy, associate medical director of National Capital Poison Center, a nonprofit organization affiliated with the George Washington University Medical Center, had heard of anyone being harmed by any expired drugs. Cantrell says there has been no recorded instance of such harm in medical literature.



The drugs kept in emergency crash carts at Newton-Wellesley Hospital, outside Boston, Massachusetts, often expire before they can be used and must be thrown away

Related: Thousands Of Medical Studies Found To Be Useless + Medical-Drug Destruction Of Life, By The Numbers & Herd Immunity Used For Fear And Guilt

Marc Young, a pharmacist who helped run the extension program from 2006 to 2009, says it has had a "ridiculous" return on investment. Each year the federal government saved $600 million to $800 million because it did not have to replace expired medication, he says.

An official with the Department of Defense, which maintains about $13.6 billion worth of drugs in its stockpile, says that in 2016 it cost $3.1 million to run the extension program, but it saved the department from replacing $2.1 billion in expired drugs. To put the magnitude of that return on investment into everyday terms: It's like spending a dollar to save $677.


"We didn't have any idea that some of the products would be so damn stable - so robustly stable beyond the shelf life," says Ajaz Hussain, one of the scientists who formerly helped oversee the extension program.

Hussain is now president of the National Institute for Pharmaceutical Technology and Education, an organization of 17 universities that's working to reduce the cost of pharmaceutical development. He says the high price of drugs and shortages make it time to reexamine drug expiration dates in the commercial market.

"It's a shame to throw away good drugs," Hussain says.



Related: Read What The Drug Companies Have Written About Their Own Drugs!

Some medical providers have pushed for a changed approach to drug expiration dates - with no success. In 2000, the American Medical Association, foretelling the current prescription drug crisis, adopted a resolution urging action.

The shelf life of many drugs, it wrote, seems to be "considerably longer" than their expiration dates, leading to "unnecessary waste, higher pharmaceutical costs, and possibly reduced access to necessary drugs for some patients."

Citing the federal government's extension program, the AMA sent letters to the FDA, the US Pharmacopeial Convention, which sets standards for drugs, and PhRMA asking for a re-examination of expiration dates.

No one remembers the details - just that the effort fell flat.


"Nothing happened, but we tried," says rheumatologist Roy Altman, now 80, who helped write the AMA report. "I'm glad the subject is being brought up again. I think there's considerable waste."

At Newton-Wellesley Hospital, outside Boston, pharmacist David Berkowitz yearns for something to change.

On a recent weekday, Berkowitz sorted through bins and boxes of medication in a back hallway of the hospital's pharmacy, peering at expiration dates.

As the pharmacy's assistant director, he carefully manages how the facility orders and dispenses drugs to patients. Running a pharmacy is like working in a restaurant because everything is perishable, he says, "but without the free food."



Federal and state laws prohibit pharmacists from dispensing expired drugs and The Joint Commission, which accredits thousands of health care organizations, requires facilities to remove expired medication from their supply.

So at Newton-Wellesley, outdated drugs are shunted to shelves in the back of the pharmacy and marked with a sign that says: "Do Not Dispense." The piles grow for weeks until they are hauled away by a third-party company that has them destroyed. And then the bins fill again.


"I question the expiration dates on most of these drugs." Berkowitz says.

One of the plastic boxes is piled with EpiPens - devices that automatically inject epinephrine to treat severe allergic reactions. They run almost $300 each.

These are from emergency kits that are rarely used, which means they often expire. Berkowitz counts them, tossing each one with a clatter into a separate container, "… that's 45, 46, 47…" He finishes at 50. That's almost $15,000 in wasted EpiPens alone.

In May, Cantrell and Gerona published a study that examined 40 EpiPens and EpiPen Jrs., a smaller version, that had been expired for between one and 50 months. The devices had been donated by consumers, which meant they could have been stored in conditions that would cause them to break down, like a car's glove box or a steamy bathroom.

The EpiPens also contain liquid medicine, which tends to be less stable than solid medications.

Testing showed 24 of the 40 expired devices contained at least 90 percent of their stated amount of epinephrine, enough to be considered as potent as when they were made. All of them contained at least 80 percent of their labeled concentration of medication.



The takeaway? Even EpiPens stored in less than ideal conditions may last longer than their labels say they do, and if there's no other option, an expired EpiPen may be better than nothing, Cantrell says.

At Newton-Wellesley, Berkowitz keeps a spreadsheet of every outdated drug he throws away. The pharmacy sends what it can back for credit, but it doesn't come close to replacing what the hospital paid.

Then there's the added angst of tossing drugs that are in short supply. Berkowitz picks up a box of sodium bicarbonate, which is crucial for heart surgery and to treat certain overdoses.

It's being rationed because there's so little available. He holds up a purple box of atropine, which gives patients a boost when they have low heart rates. It's also in short supply. In the federal government's stockpile, the expiration dates of both drugs have been extended, but they have to be thrown away by Berkowitz and other hospital pharmacists.



Related: Peter Gotzsche, Founder Of The Cochrane Collaboration, Visits Australia To Talk About Dangers Of Prescription Drugs

The 2006 FDA study of the extension program also said it pushed back the expiration date on lots of mannitol, a diuretic, for an average of five years. Berkowitz has to toss his out. Expired naloxone?

The drug reverses narcotic overdoses in an emergency and is currently in wide use in the opioid epidemic. The FDA extended its use-by date for the stockpiled drugs, but Berkowitz has to trash it.

On rare occasions, a pharmaceutical company will extend the expiration dates of its own products because of shortages.

That's what happened in June, when the FDA posted extended expiration dates from Pfizer for batches of its injectable atropine, dextrose, epinephrine and sodium bicarbonate. The agency notice included the lot numbers of the batches being extended and added six months to a year to their expiration dates.



Related: Shocking U.S. Death Chart Reveals Root Cause Of Most Mortality Comes From Prescriptions And Food Chemicals

The news sent Berkowitz running to his expired drugs to see if any could be put back into his supply. His team rescued four boxes of the syringes from destruction, including 75 atropine, 15 dextrose, 164 epinephrine and 22 sodium bicarbonate.

Total value: $7,500. In a blink, "expired" drugs that were in the trash heap were put back into the pharmacy supply.

Berkowitz says he appreciated Pfizer's action, but feels it should be standard to make sure drugs that are still effective aren't thrown away.


"The question is: Should the FDA be doing more stability testing?" Berkowitz says. "Could they come up with a safe and systematic way to cut down on the drugs being wasted in hospitals?"

Four scientists who worked on the FDA extension program told ProPublica something like that could work for drugs stored in hospital pharmacies, where conditions are carefully controlled.

Greg Burel, director of the CDC's stockpile, says he worries that if drugmakers were forced to extend their expiration dates it could backfire, making it unprofitable to produce certain drugs and thereby reducing access or increasing prices.

The 2015 commentary in Mayo Clinic Proceedings, called "Extending Shelf Life Just Makes Sense," also suggested that drugmakers could be required to set a preliminary expiration date and then update it after long-term testing.



Related: Patent Reveals Plan To Hide Vaccines In Food Particles

An independent organization could also do testing similar to that done by the FDA extension program, or data from the extension program could be applied to properly stored medications.

ProPublica asked the FDA whether it could expand its extension program, or something like it, to hospital pharmacies, where drugs are stored in stable conditions similar to the national stockpile.


"The Agency does not have a position on the concept you have proposed," an official wrote back in an email.

Whatever the solution, the drug industry will need to be spurred in order to change, says Hussain, the former FDA scientist.


"The FDA will have to take the lead for a solution to emerge," he says. "We are throwing away products that are certainly stable, and we need to do something about it."


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

New Zealand Tops List Of Developed Countries With Most Homeless - Thanks National You Do Us Proud & More Local Muck
August 10 2017 | From: EnviroWatchRangitikei / RadioNewZealand / Various

Well congratulations National Government / Corporation, you’ve now put us on another dubious ‘honour’ list. Most homeless?



Two homeless gentlemen recently dying in the winter cold even. Highest youth suicide. Highest child poverty. Well done John Key. Well done Bill English. You do us proud. What next are we going to excel in?

Related: Key’s True Legacy & The Farce Of His Knighthood

Who next can you simply kick to the curb with your boot that’s looking increasingly fascist these days? Twenty billion to weapons and war, and only one to housing? 

Whilst you land bank our state homes, 42K people sleep in tents, garages and cars. Your monetary priorities say it all. You’ve ushered in neo-liberalism on steroids. You’ve trashed not only the people but the environment as well. And what use is any economy with neither of those?


NZ Tops List of Developed Countries with Most Homeless

Social Housing Minister Amy Adams is rejecting an American University survey that puts New Zealand at the top of a list of developed countries for homelessness.



Related: Are Ministers Selling State Housing To Themselves?

Yale University has released a list of developed countries ranked on the number of homeless people per capita - which has New Zealand at the top, followed by the Czech Republic and Australia.

It found about 40,000 people are either living on the street, in emergency housing, or shelter considered sub-standard.

The report does note that getting an accurate picture of homeless is challenging, because many countries define homelessness in different ways. Ms Adams said the findings should be treated with a high degree of caution, as the survey did not have consistent comparisons from country to country.


"They're not comparing apples with apples and to suggest that is our number of homeless is quite wrong."

She said government estimates were that the number was closer to 4,000.




Excerpt From: "As Cities Grow Worldwide, So Do the Numbers of Homeless" (Yale University)

"... Homelessness rates reported in most developed countries, including those in shelters and on the streets, are comparatively low. The proportions of homeless among OECD countries, for example, are below 1 percent.



The highest rate, nearly 1 percent, is in New Zealand, where more than 40,000 people live on the streets or in emergency housing or substandard shelters.

Ten countries, including Italy, Japan and Spain, report homeless rates of less than a 10th of 1 percent. While rates in wealthy developed nations are small, they represent large numbers of homeless persons, more than 500,000 in the United States and more than 100,000 in Australia and France.

Trends in homelessness among OECD countries with available data are mixed. In recent years rates of homelessness are reported to have increased in Denmark, England, France, Ireland, Italy, the Netherlands and New Zealand, while decreasing in Finland and the United States. ..."



Related:
Who Are The Bidders For 2,500 Christchurch State Houses?


But Labour's Phil Twyford said the survey was further evidence of the government's failure on housing. He was critical of the fact the government was now spending $140,000 a day on motels to house people.


"There are 30 times as many families needing emergency housing in motels than the government expected.

The cost has risen by two-thirds in just half a year", said Mr Twyford, "from $7.7 million in December to $12.6 million in June."

He said it showed how out of touch National was with the scale of New Zealand's housing shortage.




John Key, Clinton Foundation & Real Reasons NZ Has A Housing Crisis









"Families living in motels, cars, and garages; a record waiting list for state houses; Auckland City Mission forced to turn people away; homeless people dying in the street - these are the human costs of National's housing crisis."

But Ms Adams was making no apology for continuing to pay for motel rooms.


"While motels are not ideal, they are warm and dry, and preferable to families sleeping rough during the coldest months of the year.

Our priority is that those in urgent need have a place to stay while we secure them a social house."

She insisted the government was making progress housing New Zealand's most vulnerable, citing a report showing there is more social housing available than three months ago.



Related: Why Are Prices So High In New Zealand? + Homeless In New Zealand - Thousands Living In Garages And Cars

The latest quarterly Social Housing Report shows an increase with an extra 353 social houses and 386 temporary houses, totalling just 66,330.

Ms Adams said rising rents affecting those on low incomes were driving demand.


"We're aware of this pressure, which is why the government is lifting Accommodation Supplements as part of our $2 billion Family Incomes Package.

More social housing is also needed, and the 13,500 new social houses in Auckland and hundreds of others we're building across the country will help."


Related Articles:

Bill English on the Meth – and Pizza Gate

Paula Bennett's Criminal History Exposed

Elim Christian College Principal – Murray Burton – and the Justin Davis Child Abuse Leaks

Amazing New Solution For The Homeless And Refugees


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

"Under the Carpet" New Zealand Hidden History Documentary
August 10 2017 | From:

The 'powers that be' do all they can to hide real history using the New Zealand equivalent of the US Smithsonian.



All evidence contrary to 'established fact' is ignored, debunked, destroyed, or hidden away. This pattern is repeated all over the world. The Vatican hides her library of treasures. The Egyptians claim the Great Pyramids were built by slaves pulling ropes. Noah's Ark is 'just an old myth'.

Related: The White Tangata Whenua + Maori Legend: Blonde Mummies Of The South Pacific

The quest for the earliest inhabitants of New Zealand continues with Gabi Plumm’s search under the layers of lava, volcanic ash, sand and embargoes to discover the truth about discarded history, destroyed archaeological records and hidden data that show just howmuch information is being kept from New Zealand’s people.

And who is doing the hiding?

This fascinating documentary takes us back to our planet’s oldest people: their origins and their incredible voyages across oceans and seas, the natural catastrophes that have wiped out whole nations leaving barren earth barely fit for habitation, the dogged survival techniques of people forced to become warriors to protect their families, and the resulting archaeological discoveries that remain to tell the tale.



Related: Disinterest In Pre-Maori History Stuns

But this history is being hidden from New Zealanders, they are not taught about their ancient ancestry; decisions have been made to keep the truth hidden and write only what suits a political agenda.

But, Gabi has uncovered information that can no longer be suppressed, will she be allowed to share it with the world, or will it, too, be removed from the shelves and filed under ’fiction’?

There is a world beyond what the history books tell us, and Gabi is determined to find out what should have been written and what has been left out.





Related Articles:


Megalithic New Zealand: Pyramids, Rabbits, And Megaliths Of Upper World And Underworld

The Historical & Current Situations In Aotearoa New Zealand

The Real Indigenous People Of New Zealand

Easter Island - Ancient Links With New Zealand Maori


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Mainstream Scientist Exposes The Dangerous Reality Of Chemtrails And Geoengineering
August 9 2017 | From: WakingTimes / Various

Over the past few years, the issue of geoengineering has been popularized. Mainstream media, academia, and government almost unanimously support the idea of geoengineering as a perceived solution to climate change while suppressing the evidence that it has actually been in use for some time without our consent.



On the other hand, there is a growing number of people who are slowly beginning to understand the reality surrounding chemtrail geoengineering, and opposition is slowly growing.

Related: It’s Here - Geoengineering Now Normalized as Scientists Spray Chemicals to Dim the Sun, Soak Up CO2

In a bold move against the establishment, Kate Marvel, a mainstream scientist who specializes in “climate change,” spoke out at a Ted Talk against the onset of climate engineering with chemtrails, also known as Solar Radiation Management or “SRM.”


“Problematic and Terrifying”

Firstly, computer theorist and founding partner of tech company Applied Invention, Danny Hillis, came on stage and proposed a number of geoengineering concepts which could theoretically, “turn down the temperature of the earth.”

These included sending giant parasols into space, putting fizzy water into the ocean, and sending chalk into the atmosphere at a rate of 10 teragrams per year to reflect sunlight and in theory slow the effects of climate change.

Now enters Kate Marvel with the opening line, “Danny, you seem so nice, and I hope we can be friends, and you terrify me.”


"Geoengineering is like going to a doctor who says ‘You have a fever, I know exactly why you have a fever, and we’re not going to treat that. We’re going to give you ibuprofen, and also your nose is going to fall off.”

Kate Marvel



Chemtrail spraying - undeniable evidence off the coast of California, captured by a NASA satellite

Related: Epic Video: Three Chemtrail Tankers Filmed Spraying From Above, Air-To-Air & Legal And Governmental Representatives Speak Out About Geoengineering

Marvel also noted that atmospheric spraying would not do anything to effect other environmental problems such as ocean acidification.


"Reducing the amount of sunlight we get is really problematic…it won’t do anything about [other climate effects like] ocean acidification”

- Kate Marvel


Evidence Mounts Exposing The Dangers Of Cloud Seeding

GeoEngineering refers to technologies which are used with the intention of interfering with the earth’s atmosphere in order to alter temperatures and climate.

Most of these technologies are still in theoretical stages, however a growing body of evidence suggests that some weather modification technologies such as aerosol spraying or “cloud seeding” have been in production for many decades.




Blatant And Inarguable Geoengineering Jet Spraying Captured On Film








Almost no studies have been done which assess the effect that cloud seeding has on environmental safety or human health, which shows that the government has been using untested technologies on the population without our consent.

In 2016, CIA Director John O. Brennan spoke at a Council on Foreign Relations conference about the benefits of geoengineering. However, any mention of potential negative impacts as a result of cloud seeding was conveniently left out.


"Another example is the array of technologies, often referred to collectively as GeoEngineering, that could potentially help reverse the warming effects of global climate change.

One that has gained my personal attention is Stratospheric Aerosol Injection, or “SAI;” a method of seeding the stratosphere with particles that can help reflect the sun’s heat.”

- John O. Brennan

Although we are all hearing from establishment figures like Brennan that climate engineering is a new technology which we all have the option to accept or decline before it is implemented, that is simply not the case.

Evidence going as far back as the early 1920’s shows a push to develop the technology needed to control the weather and has been implemented in some form since at least the 1970’s.



Related: What Are Chemtrails And How Are They Harming Our Food And Water? + Nuclear Chemist Publishes Paper Detailing: “Aluminum Poisoning Of Humanity Via Geoengineering”

This information has been uncovered in various forms, one of those being patents which range from April 27th of 1920 to May of 2003 showing interest in the development of various forms of weather modification technologies.

Documents have also been uncovered which show government involvement in SRM since 1947.


"The Federal Government has been involved for over 30 years in a number of aspects of weather modification, through activities of both the Congress and the executive branch.

Since 1947, weather modification bills pertaining to research support, operations, policy studies, regulations, liabilities, activity reporting, establishment of panels and committees, and international concerns have been introduced in the Congress.

There have been hearings on many of these proposed measures, and oversight hearings have also been conducted on pertinent ongoing programs.”


Climate Change Alarmism Opens The Door To Reactionary Solutions Such As SRM

The geoengineering debate can be summed up in three words: “Problem, Reaction, Solution.”



Related: Collectivist Mind Control: “Save the Planet”

First, the dire problem of Climate Change is presented by figures like Al Gore, then a reaction is generated from the public in the form of “Climate Can’t Wait!” slogans and public unrest, then the solution of GeoEngineering is presented which gives more power to the powerful and hurts the people in the form of environmental degradation and potential health implications which the document from earlier lists as:


"1. Cloud seeding has been responsible for the great 5-year drought in the Northeast United States.

2. Isolated sections in the Northeast have experienced 18 years of drought due to cloud seeding.

3. Weather disturbances in the South Atlantic [sic] have been eliminated and has reduced [sic] the east coast’s rainfall by 30 percent – rain that is needed if agriculture is to be successful.

4. The average dairy farmer on the east coast, living in an area of cloud seeding, has averaged a net financial loss because of cloud seeding.

5. Crop production losses in Franklin County, Pa., alone have amounted to $50 Million.

6. When effects of seeding wear off, cloudbursts occur, causing floods, destroying crops, buildings, and drowning people as well as livestock.

7. Seeding has been responsible for the serious air pollution problems.

8. Mental retardation and insanity are traceable to cloud seeding chemicals.

9. Poisoning of all living matter is directly related to cloud seeding.

10. Emphysema is three times higher in areas of heavy cloud seeding.

11. Cancer is virulently out of proportion.

12. Financial losses to agriculture and related industries run into the billions.

13. Forest trees as well as cultivated orchards are dying from chemical reactions taking place in the air due to the addition of cloud seeding agents.”

We often hear predictions surrounding climate change by so-called “experts” like Al Gore who claimed that the Arctic would become “ice-free” by 2013.

Ironically, in 2016 a global warming expedition to the Arctic was forced to turn around due to record ice.




Related: Meteorologists And Climate Engineering Denial: Perpetuating The Lie For A Paycheck And A Pension + Why The "Chemtrail Conspiracy" Is Real

There are real solutions to environmental problems which don’t end up harming us or the environment further. It is time for people to stand up for themselves and reject dangerous and untested technologies like these.


Related Articles:

San Francisco Chemtrails/Geoengineering Awareness Forum, July 2017

Italians Blow Chemtrails ‘Secret War’ Lid Off With Film

Weaponized Cell Towers Are Directly Related To Why Chemtrails Are Sprayed


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Six Issues That Are Agenda 21 & Myth Busters: Introducing Agenda 2030
August 9 2017 | From: AmericanPolicyCenter / OperationDisclosure / Various

Every day, in meetings at all levels of government, representatives of Non-Governmental Organizations (NGOs), planning groups, and federal agents surround elected representatives and insist that their policies have nothing to do with international agendas.



They regularly publish reports and rail against anyone even mentioning the names Agenda 21 or the new Agenda 2030. “No, no, no,” they insist. “Those people are just crazy conspiracy theorists. Ours is just a local plan for our community.”

Related: Agenda 21: Awareness And Activism + UN 2030 Agenda Decoded: Blueprint For The Global Enslavement Of Humanity Under Corporate Masters

Elected Representatives are often confused. Issues and policies suddenly appear in front of them with sample, ready-made legislation. And then the unending pressure begins for them to pass it.

There is confusion, uncertainty and there is the herd mentality to pass legislation. And it’s passed without knowledge of its origins, its purpose, and especially a lack of understanding of its consequences. “Just do it,” goes the mantra.

What most of these legislators fail to understand is the direct relationship much of this legislation has with a much larger agenda. Most legislation interconnects with other pieces and parts contained in other legislation.



Does this look targeted much? Smoking Gun For Christchurch Killer Quake: Hillary Clinton Emails Show Advance Warning

Related: Christchurch, Booz Allen Hamilton, And The 2030 Agenda

Like the children’s song goes…”the toe bone’s connected to the ankle bone…”  And it’s done so well, wrapped in innocent-sounding, positive wrapping, so that most elected representatives will argue vigorously that they passed no such thing.  And most of all, they will answer, Agenda 21, never heard of it. Just local. Just local. Just local.

Well, let me show you how it works and how the toe bone gets connected to the ankle bone ending up with the Frankenstein monster.  

Here are six issues that are rarely connected to Agenda 21 and Sustainable Development (especially when we are assured that Agenda 21 has nothing to do with local, state or federal government policy).

However, these seemingly unrelated policies, once implemented, help enforce the stated Agenda 21 goal of “reorganizing human society.”


Issue 1: Global Warming / Climate Change

It has been so discredited in the true scientific community that proponents have become almost hysterical in their continued attempts to enforce Climate Change policy.



Most recently the USJustice Department is considering legal action against “deniers.”  

Why don’t they stop, even to question if their science is sound? They instead use great energy to attack any scientist who does dare ask questions or finds data contrary to the “official” line.

Why is it so vitally important that they continue to promote something that clearly is, to say the least, questionable?

It’s because all of Agenda 21 policy is built on the premise that man is destroying the Earth. Climate Change is their “proof.” To eliminate that premise is to remove all credibility and purpose for their entire agenda. 

They are willing to go to any length, even lies, to keep the climate change foot on our throats.

On the local level this translates into planning policy that controls energy use and the efforts to cut down on the use of cars, enforcement of the building of expensive light rail train systems and bike paths and installation of smart meters, etc.

But don’t take my word for it. I’ll let them speak for themselves:


“No matter if the science of global warming is all phony… climate change provides the greatest opportunity to bring about justice and equality in the world.”

- Christine Stewart (Former Canadian Minister of the Environment)



“We’ve got to ride this global warming issue. Even if the theory of global warming is wrong, we will be doing the right thing in terms of economic and environmental policy.”

- Timothy Wirth (President, UN Foundation)



“It doesn’t matter what is true. It only matters what people believe is true.”

- Paul Watson (Co-Founder of Green Peace)


Issue 2: Fear of Over Population

This is the central driving force behind nearly every Sustainable policy initiative. It’s the real force behind Stack and Pack Smart Growth cities.



Related: Why Your City Is Going to S***

The fact is, in developed nations populations are actually going down. The only real growth in the US population in recent years has been from immigration, legal or otherwise. Open border immigration policy is actually implementation of Agenda 21 as part of the drive to destroy national sovereignty and “nation states.”

Environmentalists insist that the borders must be open to allow as many to immigrate here as possible. They argue that the U.S. has a greater ability to control them and protect the environment than if we left them in third world countries. That’s because the Greens already have a stranglehold over our nation’s industry through massive environmental regulations.

In the face of their fear of overpopulation, however, studies have shown that there is no world wide over population crisis. In fact one study insists that we could put the entire population of the world in an area the size of Texas with a population density of Paris, France. 

Over population, and its accompanying environmental degradation, is a problem primarily in countries where the poor are deprived by government to improve their conditions. Nations that refuse to legalize private property ownership for the masses, for example, are a primary reason for growing poverty.

Meanwhile, Sustainablists work to keep these nations from developing or increasing energy use, thereby keeping them poor. Green regulations stop the building of infrastructure. They panic at the idea of increased energy use in developing nations.



Related: The Paris Climate Conference, What’s The Real Agenda? + Undercover Police Crack Down On Freedom Of Speech In Paris

Instead of working to solve the real problems – the root of poverty- they exploit the excuse of over population and advocate enforcing polices to drastically reduce populations. China’s brutal one child policy of forced abortions and sterilization has become their model.

Do you think I’m joking? Then consider these quotes from the Sustainablists:


Childbearing should be a punishable crime against society, unless the parents hold a government license. All potential parents should be required to use contraceptive chemicals, the government issuing antidotes to citizens chosen for childbearing.”

- David Brower (Sierra Club)



“A reasonable estimate for an industrialized world society at the present North American material standard of living would be 1 billion. At a more frugal European standard of living, 2 to 3 billion would be possible.”

- United Nations Global Biodiversity Assessment.


Issue 3: The Destruction of the Free Market System

We have heard statement after statement from the UN; from members of Congress; the news media; and from Hollywood, all deriding the free market system as evil, corrupt and a tool of the rich to hold down the poor.

So now, after deciding that the poor are expendable for the sake of stopping overpopulation, suddenly the planners are worried about them – if it leads to their ability to raid our bank accounts.


So are they really worried about protecting the environment – or are they actually  honoring the tactics of Jesse James?

Redistribution of wealth is behind every policy that comes out of the UN, and the Obama Administration as well. The EPA is the attack dog to shut down entire industries like coal. It has become very difficult to operate a manufacturing business in the US, and nearly impossible to start a new one.



Environmental protection is always the excuse, even when Obama’s own State Department said the Keystone Pipeline was not an environmental threat.

A couple of years ago, radical greens, wielding torches, demonstrated outside the home of the head of the Keystone pipeline company. Visions of the terror of the Dark Agenda?

At the UN’s Rio + 20 Summit held in 2012, the idea of “Zero Economic Growth” was advocated – just to keep things fair.

It was stated that even the building of new roads upsets the status quo and disrupts a well ordered society. Such idiotic ideas are the driving force behind Sustainable Development. Again, images of the Dark Ages come to mind.

Yet, consider “local” planning programs that cut off access roads, and again, discourage cars. What about the EPA’s war on industry. Pretty hard to have economic growth without industry. The timber industry is killed and communities die.



Dams are torn down and farmers disappear. Zero Economic Growth in the making. Just local?

Again, not my words, let them tell you themselves:


“We must make this an insecure and inhospitable place for capitalists and their projects. We must reclaim the roads and plowed lands, halt dam construction, tear down existing dams, free shackled rivers and return to wilderness millions of acres of presently settled land.”

- Dave Foreman, (Earth First)


“Global sustainability requires the deliberate quest of poverty, reduced resource consumption and set levels of mortality control” 

- Professor Maurice King (Population Control Advocate)



“We believe planning should be a tool for allocating resources…and eliminating the great inequalities of wealth and power in our society… because the free market has proven itself incapable of doing this.”

- Plannersnetwork.org Statement of Principles. the American Planning Association is a member and supporter of these principles.


Issue 4: Cheap Energy is the Enemy of the Earth

To the average person the drive to stop any ability to obtain cheap energy makes no sense. People are hurting economically. Jobs are lost.

Energy costs are skyrocketing. Yet the government spends billions of dollars on “alternative energy” such as wind and solar, which provides less than 3% of our energy needs. Why? What is the motivation to put such shackles on the economic engine? 

The excuse is that energy use drives up CO2 emissions and accelerates global warming – the excuse necessary to “harmonize” the US into the socialist, Sustainable global noose.


Many current state and local policies now are moving to increase taxes at the gas pump to keep energy costs high. In addition, Obama issued an Executive Order to ban any off shore drilling of oil.

So, just as the consumer started to get a break at the pump, higher taxes and Obama’s action forced prices back up. As the prices rise the “planners” will insist that the only solution is to enforce the building of expensive public transportation.

But, according to some anti-energy advocates, the fear of cheap energy goes beyond environmental protection – energy availability helps build wealth for individuals and removes them from the rolls of the dependent – the opposite goal of sustainable policy.


“Giving society cheap, abundant energy is the worst thing that could ever happen to the planet.”

- Proffessor Paul Ehrlich  (Professor of Population Studies, Stanford University)


“Complex technology of any sort is an assault on human dignity. It would be little short of disastrous for us to discover a source of clean, cheap, abundant energy, because of what we might do with it.”

- Amory Lovins (Rocky Mountain Institute)


“The prospect of cheap fusion energy is the worst thing that could happen to the planet.”

- Jeremy Rifkin (Greenhouse Crisis Foundation) 


Issue 5: Common Core

Many people see the reorganization of the public school issue as separate from Agenda 21. It’s not.

Those who are promoting what they call the Agenda for the 21st Century understand that it is going to be a long drawn out process.

To “reform” a nation created on the ideals of limited government, free enterprise and individual liberty into one that unquestioningly accepts government top down control will take time and a determined effort.

There’s no room in a Sustainablist society for those who believe that we were born with our rights and that government’s job is to protect those rights. The sustainable system says government will grant us our rights.




Related: Schools: The New "Animal Farm"

To enforce such a radical turn around of our society requires that the children be indoctrinated to accept it. The effort started in earnest in the 1990s under the Clinton Administration through the massive growth of the Department of Education in such programs as Goals 2000, School To Work and Workforce Development Boards.

The original American education system effectively provided an overall academic education from which students could choose their own futures. No longer.

Today, the new curriculum has morphed into what is called Common Core. It’s a State run central curriculum that revamps schools into little more than job training and indoctrination centers [and it is now being spread worldwide by the UN.]

Because, you see, today’s public education system is also designed to strip the children of their attitudes, values and beliefs that parents may have instilled, and indoctrinate them into accepting global values – global citizenship and a global economy based on the sustainable agenda.

Little of American civics and history are taught in today’s classroom. But text books contain whole chapters on the Five Pillars of Islam, while ignoring the 10 Commandments of Christianity. 



Related:
Unschooling: Radical Education That Produces Free Human Beings Instead Of Slaves

The children are fed an unending diet of the evils of capitalism; the selfishness of individualism, and the social justice of redistribution of wealth.

It punishes students for possessing individuality and is designed to eliminate such natural human tendencies. That is the “common” in Common Core. Common values, common goals, common future. Don’t rock the boat of a well ordered society.

Common Core is the nationally dictated curriculum necessary for the acceptance and implementation of Agenda 21.  Of course, we still elect local school boards pretending they have some say over the curriculum. It makes us all feel safer for our children.

How, then do we explain the surge of Bernie Sanders and the Tsunami of Socialism? Well, today nearly every adult up to the age of 40 has gone thought this indoctrination, trained to accept a future chosen for them by someone else.

The education system was fully outlined in a very detailed letter to Hillary Clinton from Marc Tucker of the National Center on Education and the Economy in November, 1992, immediately after Bill. Clinton was elected President.

Said Tucker:


"First, a vision of the kind of national – not federal – human resources development system the nation could have. This is interwoven with a new approach to governing that should inform that vision.

What is essential is that we create a seamless web of opportunities to develop one’s skills that literally extends from cradle to grave and is the same system for everyone…”
coordinated by “a system of labor market boards at the local, state, and federal levels” where curriculum and “job matching” will be handled by counselors “accessing the integrated computer-based program.”


Issue 6: Healthcare

How is healthcare connected to Agenda 21? Simply Google “Sustainable Medicine” and you will find more than 5,850,000 English language references to the subject. Read through the ideas expressed there and you will find nearly every provision of Obamacare.

An expert on Sustainable Medicine, the late Dr. Madeleine Cosman, put it this way: “Sustainable Medicine + Sustainable Development = Duty to Die.”

Sustainable medicine makes decisions through visioning councils that determine what shall be done or not done to each body in its group in its native habitat. Sustainable medicine experts do not refer to citizens in sovereign nations, but to “humans” in their “settlements.”

Sustainable medicine is the pivot around which all other Sustainable Development revolves. Principle #1 of the Rio Declaration that introduced Agenda 21 is that all humans must live in harmony with nature.



The translation means rationing healthcare, low technology for health care treatment and emphasis on medical care not cure. And that, of course, will lead to population reduction, as called for in Agenda 21.

These are the issues that are not usually discussed or connected to Agenda 21. Yet they are being implemented, step by step, by local planners in policies that are approved by befuddled elected representatives.  It’s all driven through pressure from private NGO groups and funded by federal grants.

That’s how it’s done, constantly driven a little bit with each innocent sounding idea. Then, without warning, Frankenstein rises from behind the smokescreen, toe bones and anklebones fully operational.

People must understand and connect these dots to everyday issues so they can clearly see the root and long term goals of these policies that are affecting our personal lives.

Elected representatives at every level of government must come to understand that legislative actions have consequences far beyond their understanding.

Agenda 21 is the “common core” and it has already invaded every level of our society. Our battle cry must be to stop this monster or watch freedom perish.



Myth Busters: Introducing Agenda 2030

Agenda 2030 - Save the earth not you. Isn't it what is happening? Will you support it?



Agenda 21 escalated to 2030 with the Pope as the main protagonist.

Related: Humanist Manifesto – Roots of Agenda 2030?

Seventeen goals and targets that will stimulate action over the next fifteen years in areas of critical importance for humanity and the planet:


Goal 1: End Poverty in all its Forms Everywhere

Translation: Continually engineer boom/bust and other financial crisis; centralize all ‘private banks’ – IMF, World Bank, Fed/BOE etc to control all finances via a digital world currencies; a cashless society administered via personal RFID chips(in phones and banking cards).



Continue to encourage and Increase dependence on personal debt by continually raising inflation/prices above earnings; make interest rates negative and then ‘charge’ for keeping balances in the black; make it impossible to function in society without digital beast system i.e. no access to work, food, healthcare, buying and selling, transport etc


Goal 2: End Hunger, Achieve Food Security and Improved Nutrition and Promote Sustainable Agriculture

Translation: Codex Alimentarius (opens in this window); full corporate control over the supply and production of only poor quality GMO (Frankenstein) food – causing cancer and genetic abnormalities leading to population reduction.

Encourage and promote vegetarianism with high consumption of GMO crops; make meat eating increasingly unacceptable by continually pushing the environmental damage and cancer causing message


Goal 3: Ensure Healthy Lives and Promote Well-Being for all at All Ages

Translation: Full government control and rationing of poor quality health care; compulsory health destroying vaccinations; legalize and advocate euthanasia.



Sexualization of children and minors; legalize and enable taxation of all drugs plus promote their widespread use


Goal 4: Ensure Inclusive and Equitable Quality Education and Promote Lifelong Learning Opportunities for All

Translation: UN propaganda, constant and relentless brainwashing delivered through all forms of media and compulsory ‘education’ from cradle to grave.



Use famous celebrities, actors, musicians and role models (that the elite control) to directly influence public opinion; label anyone who questions the status quo and refuses to conform, as mentally ill and incarcerate them indefinitely for their ‘own safety’; utilize political correctness as a weapon against free and analytical thinking


Goal 5: Achieve Gender Equality and Empower all Women and Girls

Translation: Population control through forced “Family Planning”; promote ‘alternative lifestyles’; destroy family and societal cohesion; ‘normalize’ all sexual orientations; feminize, ridicule and diminish traditional male roles


Goal 6: Ensure Availability and Sustainable Management of Water and Sanitation for All

Translation: Privatize all water sources.



Related:
Australia’s Pauline Hansen exposes UN Agenda 21’s real agenda with the privatisation of water

Add fluoride and cancer causing chemicals to supply; increase charges and encourage the separate purchase of ‘safe’ drinking water


Goal 7: Ensure Access to Affordable, Reliable, Sustainable and Modern Energy for All

Translation: Phase out ‘fossil fuels’ and replace with 100% electricity supply and control network.



Click on the image above to view a larger version in a new window

Smart grid with smart meters on everything; peak pricing; personal carbon rationing through RFID; draconian punishments for ‘excessive’ and ‘irresponsible’ usage


Goal 8: Promote Sustained, Inclusive and Sustainable Economic Growth, Full and Productive Employment and Decent Work for All

Translation: TPP; free trade zones that favor mega corporate interests; excessive taxation and red tape leading to eventual bankruptcy for all small/medium ‘non-corporate’ (elite owned) businesses.



Endless global and regional conflicts / terrorism / war leading to ‘job creation’ for the young by enforcing conscription into the security/armed services; vast labor factories, expansion of service sector and government assigned ‘non jobs’ with no upper age limit or retirement prospects for ‘workers’


Goal 9: Build Resilient Infrastructure, Promote Inclusive and Sustainable Industrialization and Foster Innovation

Translation: Promote and expand public transit; remove free/subsidized travel; apply environmental restrictions on personal travel; introduce a pay per mile/km auto tax and expand toll roads.



Build and maintain privately owned infrastructure using public funds by increasing levels of personal/carbon taxation


Goal 10: Reduce Inequality Within and Among Countries

Translation: Replace current systems of governance with one based on socialism and corporate control; introduce even more regional government bureaucracy and intrusion like a mutant octopus; open borders with unlimited and unchecked migration from Islamic countries causing widespread racial and religious wars/conflict/terrorism (thus population reduction on a grand scale).

Promote, normalize and enforce diversity with extensive and relentless media campaigns plus impose restrictive and punitive race/equality laws to silence any objection


Goal 11: Make Cities and Human Settlements Inclusive, Safe, Resilient and Sustainable

Translation: Big brother big data surveillance state with cameras watching everything 24/7; destroy rural communities; encourage city occupation.



Promote the affordability and environmental benefits of living in ‘sustainable’ compact micro units controlled and connected to the ‘smart grid’; restrict personal movement through RFID tracking/logging and no go zones


Goal 12: Ensure Sustainable Consumption and Production Patterns

Translation: Forced austerity; limit availability and ration purchases of essential goods with RFID based cashless society; wipe out the ‘useless eaters’ then maintain the worlds population at under 500,000,000


Goal 13: Take Urgent Action to Combat Climate Change and its Impacts

Translation: Cap and Trade; carbon taxes/credits; footprint taxes; direct RFID credit/cash deductions for personal carbon usage; aggressively promote climate change as the ‘new religion’ and sanction ‘deniers‘; set-up eco-courts to enforce global and local climate laws and to punish ‘eco-crime’


Goal 14: Conserve and Sustainably Use the Oceans, Seas and Marine Resources for Sustainable Development

Translation: Environmental restrictions; control all oceans including mineral rights from ocean floors.



Related: Hawke's Bay's Merger Mayor And Agenda 21

Restrict public access to coastal areas and criminalize all unauthorized and unlawful infractions


Goal 15: Protect, Restore and Promote Sustainable Use of Terrestrial Ecosystems, Sustainably Manage Forests, Combat Decertification, and Halt and Reverse Land Degradation and Halt Biodiversity Loss

Translation: More environmental restrictions; more controlling of resources and mineral rights; restricted public access to vast areas of open space and woodlands etc with harsh penalties for all unauthorized and unlawful infractions


Goal 16: Promote Peaceful and Inclusive Societies for Sustainable Development, Provide Access to Justice for All and Build Effective, Accountable and Inclusive Institutions at all Levels

Translation: Use the NATO alliance and UN “peacekeeping” missions/proxy armies along with the International Court of (subjective) Justice, to force regime change on uncooperative nations and join desperate people together via fake refugee and other engineered crises; mediate with more “UN peacekeeping” and gain full control over regions and counties when tension breaks out.



Related: Agenda 2030 Translator: Decoding The UN’s New ‘Sustainable’ Development Goals

Incrementally remove the 2nd Amendment in the USA using false flag events to sway public opinion in tandem with restrictive executive orders to bypass congress, provoke patriots into defending their rights and send all surviving dissenters to ‘re-education’ camps


Goal 17: Strengthen the Means of Implementation and Revitalize the Global Partnership for Sustainable Development

Translation: Promote and expand globalism and a bloated Orwellian bureaucratic state under the ‘authority” of the UN (by initiating world war if necessary) with direction from The (unelected) Council on Foreign Relations and The Trilateral Commission; implementation of a ‘one world government‘ with open borders and removal of national sovereignty worldwide; implement a fully biometric/RFID human control network


The last line of the agenda document (opens in this window) reads:

"We reaffirm our unwavering commitment to achieving this Agenda and utilizing it to the full to transform our world for the better by 2030."

Translation: We, as in the UN (the unelected de facto world government), are going to force this on the worlds population whether they like it or not, although we have absolutely no democratic mandate to do so.

UN Agenda 2030 = Total Enslavement For Anyone Left Standing! Of course the elite would not be affected by this.


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Important Information About Every NZ PM Since Muldoon - Pre-Election Facts Mainstream Media Won’t Be Telling You + Jacinda Arden And Light Rail: A Fabian Slant On The New World Order Plan For New Zealand
August 8 2017 | From: EnvirowatchRangetikei / Uncensored

Here outlined are some important facts you won’t see emphasized in mainstream media, which is why we need to support independent media.



Thanks to Ben Vidgen for his excellent research and to Vinny Eastwood for the video presentation.

Related: Everything Is Rigged: Medicine, Science, Elections, The Media, Money, Education, Search Engines, Social Media... You Are Living In A Fabricated Fairy Tale

We’ve covered some of the data in various posts over the past years, and particularly of interest is the agenda that’s going down, namely Agenda 21 (now 2030) and the push of that by the globalists.

Watch this compact fact-filled summary and consider as you weigh things up for this September. And please share the video.



NZ Elections: Does Your Vote Really Count?

A critical analysis of New Zealand’s leaders for the last 40 years.





If you believe your vote does count, ask yourself this, why has every Prime Minister since Robert Muldoon belonged to international organizations pushing for an end to national sovereignty and a UN centered world government?

And why then, has every single Prime Minister sold this country’s strategic assets to foreigners, gotten us into massive debt, made huge cutbacks in nearly every public service & weakened this country’s sovereignty time after time despite promising the exact opposite to the people of New Zealand?



NZ Elections: Does Your Vote Really Count? Part 2 The National Party




Related: Only Half Of Americans Realise Election System Is Rigged + Why Vote When Our Votes Really Don’t Count?




Jacinda Arden And Light Rail: A Fabian Slant On The New World Order Plan For New Zealand

Counting down to the NZ general elections, suddenly things are getting interesting, thanks to Jacinda Arden and Light Rail.

Back in May last year, Labour announced it’s Light Rail plan in a “Fact Sheet.”

Related: Agenda 21 In New Zealand


"Transport has concluded that light rail offers the best benefit to cost ratio, compared to heavy rail and bus rapid transport, to improve transport in the suburbs of the isthmus. Its business case found that existing transport is already at capacity and light rail is needed as soon as possible.

Auckland Council had included the light rail line as part of its 2016-2026 10 year plan. The Government’s Auckland Transport Alignment Plan has pushed it back to after 2028 despite acknowledging that passenger demand requires it within the coming decade.

Labour is keen to begin work on the light rail line as soon as possible and will work with Auckland Council to make funding this project a priority within ten years.

Half of the cost of the light rail line will be met by central government. This is estimated at $680m and will be met from unallocated funds in future years of the National Land Transport Programme without the need for additional revenue. The other half of the cost will be met by Auckland Council.”

- Excerpt from Labour Fact Sheet document

This plan didn’t exactly make waves. Barely a ripple.

Now, counting down to the general elections, the labour party, flagging in popularity, makes a bold move. Replacing “old and boring” Andrew Little with fresh and vibrant Jacinda Arden, the Fabian “Wolf in sheep’s clothing” of choice, and very much in line with the youth-appeal agenda of UK’s Labour Party.

A brilliant political move: The media spotlight changes from Blue to Red as National has the rug pulled out from under their feet. The Nats might as well not exist as far as the TV news is concerned.



Related: Labour, National go head-to head with transport plans

And Arden’s first big announcement? The Light Rail Plan! The media goes wild, like Arden just pulled this out of her hat at the last moment:

So what? Good idea, great way to ease congestion in gridlocked Auckland. But, this is of course all part of the UN 2030 Agenda global plan and I have little doubt Booz Allen Hamilton will come creeping out of the woodwork as part of this.

Even as I write this, the TV is blaring Arden’s “superstar reception” and commenting on “Jacindamania” amid her repeated use of the phrase “World Class Cities” as she makes the Light Rail announcement.

In the global scheme of things I see the last minute Labour Party bombshell and sudden focus on light rail as a sign of the rapid progression of the New World Order agenda to have all the pieces in place by the year 2030.

Related: Christchurch, Booz Allen Hamilton, And The 2030 Agenda, by Martin Harris


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

GCSB 'Had No Idea' Spy Gear Was Still Targeting Kim Dotcom
August 8 2017 | From: NewZealandHerald

The GCSB lost control of its surveillance technology and wasn't aware its systems continued spying on Kim Dotcom, according to new documents from the spy bureau.



It claimed that it turned off all surveillance systems targeting Dotcom and others but found out more than a year later that surveillance continued without its knowledge.

Related: Copyright, Intellectual Property And The Extradition Saga Of Kim Dotcom

The details in the documents have led Dotcom to state that there is now evidence the United States' National Security Agency was carrying out surveillance on him.

Dotcom, who should have been protected from GCSB surveillance as a New Zealand resident, said the GCSB did not know because its equipment was being used by the NSA, which was "directly involved".


"New Zealanders must know how much power a foreign state holds over their private information,"
he told the New Zealand Herald.

The admission from the Government Communications Security Bureau was made in High Court papers.

It aimed to explain why Dotcom and others charged in the FBI's Megaupload investigation were spied on for two months longer than previously admitted.

The surveillance against Dotcom led to the revelation the GCSB didn't understand its own law and had illegally spied on 88 people as a result.

If Dotcom were spied on by the NSA through GCSB systems, that number would likely be much higher because it was also following an inaccurate rendering of New Zealand law.

The GCSB has always said it stopped actively spying on Dotcom and his co-accused on January 20, 2012, but a recent High Court judgment revealed that the actual end of surveillance was March 22, 2012.



The former Dotcom Mansion, which was raided by police and FBI on January 20 2012 in a bid to arrest Kim Dotcom

Related: Amazon drones to scan your house while they're delivering?

New High Court papers submitted by the Government in defence to a claim for damages over unlawful spying on Dotcom show the GCSB confirmed its active involvement ended on January 20, 2012, with the raid on Dotcom's mansion.

That was the date of the "Operation Debut" police raid on Dotcom's mansion in Coatesville, north of Auckland, which was to assist the FBI's multi-country takedown of the internet entrepreneur's Megaupload website.

The GCSB's role was to support police by monitoring the communications of Dotcom and others, passing on intelligence about where the targets would be and if they knew they were about to be arrested.

The court papers stated the spy bureau said it "detasked some selectors" on January 20, 2012, after the Friday dawn raid on the mansion by elite anti-terror police.



Related: Robots are Inventing Their Own Languages

"Selectors" is the term used among Five Eyes countries to describe the search terms put into its global spying apparatus. Documents have previously showed Dotcom and his co-accused had email addresses, phone numbers, addresses and websites submitted to the GCSB as "selectors".



Peter Gabriel - The Veil

Considered a hero by some, and a traitor by others, SNOWDEN is the epic story of whistle-blower Edward Snowden and looks at how and why he did what he did and who he left behind.


The Veil was written and produced by Peter Gabriel and mixed by Tchad Blake.


“As we become so visible in the digital world and leave an endless trail of data behind us, exactly who has our data and what they do with it becomes increasingly important.

Snowden’s revelations shocked the world and made it very clear why we need to have some way to look over those who look over us. With increasing terrorist attacks, security is critical, but not without any accountability or oversight.

I was very happy to learn Oliver Stone had decided to make a film about Edward Snowden and believe this is a powerful and inspiring film.

Oliver takes his music very seriously and I have always enjoyed collaborating with him and [music supervisor] Budd Carr.”

– Peter Gabriel






The GCSB also told the High Court the "majority of selectors" were removed on January 24, 2012, the Monday following the raid, and a further "small number of selectors" were removed on January 30, 2012.


"They say that all activity by GCSB staff relating to Operation Debut ceased by 30 January, 2012."

But it added: "Limited interception of some communications continued beyond the detasking date without the knowledge of GCSB staff."

The GCSB said it was unaware of continued access of Dotcom through its systems until legal action was filed over the unlawful spying.

The court case started in April 2013, after then-Cabinet Secretary Rebecca Kitteridge carried out a review into the GCSB which revealed 88 people had been unlawfully spied on.



Pipitea House, Wellington, which houses the NZSIS and GCSB

There is no explanation in the court papers of how New Zealand's surveillance technology was used without the knowledge of the GCSB, which has the responsibility of running it.

The GCSB documents do contain an admission of NSA involvement, although it was not made outright.

In response to the accusation the GCSB had accessed NSA networks, the bureau refused to answer on national security grounds and acknowledged that under High Court rules that doing so would be seen by the court as an admission it had.

The same type of admission was made to the accusation the GCSB - and possibly the NSA - had accessed emails, phone and Skype communication, internet browsing histories and used phone or computer microphones to eavesdrop.



Related: Russia Sanctions and The Coming Crackdown on Americans

Experts quizzed by the Herald suggested it was either access to GCSB's systems by a Five Eyes power or that the GCSB had no idea over the surveillance processes it own systems were running.

And although audits of the system would be expected to show detailed reports of access, Kitteridge's view found the process was poor. She found "there is no internal audit function at all for many of the intelligence functions", that training was patchy and some audits simply weren't done.

Dotcom said the details showed some other party was using GCSB systems and he believed it would be the NSA.


"The US government has requested my extradition. The NSA is clearly the most interested party."

He said the alternative theory that the GCSB didn't realise what its systems collected would mean the bureau had no idea what it had done around a high-profile case which was subject to high-level scrutiny.



Kim Dotcom's campaign against surveillance has seen him linked with NSA whistleblower Edward Snowden and journalist and author Glenn Greenwald

Related: Dotcom's 'Moment of Truth': With Glenn Greenwald, Edward Snowden,Julian Assange ,Bob Amsterdam And Kim Dotcom


"The NSA has unrestricted access to GCSB surveillance systems. In fact most of the technology the GCSB uses was supplied by the NSA."

Dotcom said his legal team expected to take further action based on the revelation.


"If the GCSB was aiding and abetting the NSA to spy directly on New Zealanders then the seriousness of the situation has changed dramatically and a truly independent inquiry and a new criminal investigation will be unavoidable."

He said it raised questions about the spy laws which changed in 2013, giving the GCSB greater powers under clearer legislation.

There was a surge in public attention over the activities of the bureau including protest marches and community meetings before the law passed in Parliament with a single vote.

But it also raises questions about the legality. Five Eyes countries have some ability to access each other's systems but do so on the basis of a "signals intelligence directive" - a set of rules which spell out the law.



Related: Facebook Shut Down AI After It Invented Its Own Language

At the time of the unlawful surveillance on Dotcom, the New Zealand rules - called NZSID7 - were an inaccurate reflection of the law.

It would mean Dotcom would have been spied on unlawfully - as the GCSB has admitted has been the case - because he would have been protected if NZSID7 was accurate.

A spokeswoman for the GCSB said spying on Dotcom ended on February 16, 2012.

She said the March 22, 2012, date which emerged recently was in relation to "a plaintiff who has since settled with GCSB". Dotcom's co-accused, Finn Batato, Bram van der Kolk and Mathias Ortmann, along with family, were originally part of the claim for damages.

Further comment would not be made because the judgment was likely to be appealed, she said. Also, she said: "We do not comment on what may or may not be operational."

A spokeswoman for Prime Minister Bill English said he would not comment because the case was before the courts.



Kim Dotcom says new evidence shows the NSA used the GCSB's equipment to spy on him

Related: Kim Dotcom: The Man Behind Megaupload


"We also do not comment on operational matters relating to our security and intelligence agencies."

A similar "no comment" came from GCSB minister Chris Finlayson. The NSA has also yet to respond but pointed to public statements by its director that it respects the laws of partner countries.

Massey University's Dr Rhys Ball, a lecturer at the Centre for Defence and Security Studies, said he believed it more likely "selectors" believed to have been turned off had not actually been deactivated.

He said it seemed unlikely the NSA would have been able to carry out surveillance on GCSB systems without the GCSB knowing. "I wouldn't have thought you could do that."

Security expert Dr Paul Buchanan, who runs a consultancy called 36th Parallel Assessments, said if the remaining surveillance was "targeted" then it was carried out by the GCSB or one of the Five Eyes parties.

He questioned whether the GCSB had a side-operation providing support to NZ Security Intelligence Service inquiries into Dotcom.


Timeline - Spying on Dotcom


2011

December 14:

Police asked the GCSB for help spying on Kim Dotcom and others.



December 16: Spying operation starts.

2012

January 20: Dotcom arrested. Spying operation ends.

January 24: Most "selectors" taken out of GCSB spying apparatus.

January 30: All GCSB work on Dotcom surveillance finished.

February 17: Question raised about legality of spying on Dotcom and two others.

February 27: GCSB legal director says a legal check has confirmed it was lawful.

March 22: Actual end of surveillance using GCSB assets.

August 9: High Court hearing hears disclosure that some other government agency "that worked for the government" was involved in Dotcom case.

August 16: Bill English as acting Prime Minister signs a Ministerial Certificate burying existence of the spying.

September 13: Prime Minister John Key is told the GCSB spied illegally and that the GCSB Ministerial Certificate is worthless. Later that month he makes it public, announcing inquiries and a review into the GCSB.

September 17: A GCSB member makes a sworn statement to the High Court saying surveillance ended on January 20.


2013


March: Key's appointee Rebecca Kitteridge completes a review of the GCSB. When released, it is a scathing indictment on its processes.


April: Legal action is launched by Dotcom over the unlawful spying, making a financial claim for damages. The GCSB checks its records and discovers surveillance continued until March 22 2012.


2017


July 14: A High Court judgment reveals publicly for the first time that the unlawful surveillance against Dotcom and others went until March 22.



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

The Bankers’ Scam - The Power Of Money: Beat The Bankers Through Debt Termination + Commonwealth Bank Of Australia: One Of The Largest Banks In The World Just Accused Of Laundering Millions For Drug Cartels
August 7 2017 | From: FinalWakeUpCall / TheFreeThoughtProject

Lack of Critical Thinking: Most people lack critical thinking, but now it is time for all of us to be armed with the truth, so read on and spread this knowledge.



This subject is outrageous because it affects all of us. The monetary system is created to be top down corrupt. Worst of all it is put up on fraudulent accounting practices; having the power of money creation, a bank never can go broke. They just create all the money, but don’t book that in their ledger. In other words, money that isn’t accounted for in their cash flow account. Having the power to create money out of thin air and lend it out against interest is usury.

Related: Negative interest rate is foolish Banksters dirty tricks: The need to devaluing currencies

But what widely not is known, is that the loan is not booked! So having no debt with the power of money creation, banks cannot go broke! Accordingly, loans that are not or partial repaid are never a loss to the bank. – Every tiny bit of the loan plus interest that has been repaid, is a one hundred percent profit for the bank!

When for example €100 is created and lent and not accounted in the ledger, when only €20 is returned, the bank still has a profit of €20, because the other €80 of phantom money laundered at its lending was never booked as a claim on debt, why it cannot be a loss!

That’s why the returned € 20 is pure profit for the bank. This exactly is the core of banking secret, deliberately centred on fraudulent accounting, giving the banking industry immense power in combination with the creation of phantom money.


The Real Secret of Money Creation Lays in the Not Accounting for it:

The real secret of money creation, is that it is not justified in the ledger. Consequently, a bank without debt claims on its balance sheet, and equipped with the power of money creation never can go bust, there always is sufficient money available to stop any gap, hence financial banking troubles don’t exist. The reality is that money is created out of thin air at no cost the moment it is lent, money that intentionally never is entered in the bank’s bookkeeping!

Banksters are scandalous sneaky about money creation. They fairly well know as everybody else does that once money is created it must be reported in their ledger to show up on their balance sheet!



Related: Visa Trying to Bribe Merchants to Stop Taking Cash

When professional questions were asked about this procedure, they didn’t care to answer about. All is kept in silence; the world meanwhile knows about money creation out of thin air that didn’t come out of the bank’s vault. But none or probably very few know about this accounting hoax.

For example, when a mortgage is in arrears, not only the property is confiscated by the bank, but the repaid part of that loan plus the property are plain profit for the bank, while the ‘debtor’ remains liable for the unpaid part of the loan until the property is auctioned off, and if a loss remains the debtor still is liable for its repayment.

And this horrendous swindle provides the Khazarians the power to buy and manipulate everything and everyone on earth, including governments.


Banksters’ Scam:

Generally, it is not known that the bank’s accounting system is a scam; new money is not recorded in their cashflow, while they do record the expenses when default occurs, but not the creation of the asset, that makes the bank’s accounting system an intolerable scam.

Worse, they tell the public about their imminent bankruptcy, which never can happen, but that is to extract even more money from the public coffers, as was seen with the Too Big to Fail Banks in 2008 who were injected with trillions of taxpayer money!

Central Banks and commercial banks never can go bankrupt because of the money created that should have been recorded in their cash account.



Related: The Khazarian Bankster Cult That Hijacked The World & Worthless Pieces Of Paper - Interest On Fake Money Is Confiscating Your Freedom

Banks can maintain this practice because they are to no one responsible probably only to the Rothschilds. Like in every other business they must apply the GAAP accounting rules, but those deliberately aren’t utilised.

Even their external certified public auditors like the KPMG, Price Waterhouse, Lloyds, etc. do certify their accounts while knowing quite well that these GAAP rules are not met! Banks tell the public otherwise, asking for financial support from governments and that is the sign when accountholders can be plundered through the bailins legislation already widely accepted by law. By faking to be on the edge of failure that another blatant lie is.

People by now should understand that keeping money in the bank is very dangerous.



Phantom Money Rigs the Markets:

Now, it also is better understood how the market manipulation functions, especially in respect with gold and silver prices.

The banks bet with large amounts of phantom money to lower silver and gold prices, and when they lose thebets they only lose the fake money but no moneys out of the bank’s vaults. They don’t bet to gain money it’s to rig the market pricing. Equally they are buying stocks for the purpose to illustrate the excellent performance of the asset markets, to validate the strong performance of the economy.





Beat the Bankers - Eliminate Debt

This video will free people from debt and take down the fraudulent lending practices of the entire banking industry. Watch and download it while you can! Are you making payments on a loan or mortgage? Not for long. This is the final word on fraudulent lending practices, how you are victimized and what you can do about it.








Be assured that natural resources like oil, etc. are rigged in the same manner. The banks’ investment scope is manipulation, and promoting insider trading with their friends to profit from this knowledge. Banksters in the banking cartel are seldom fined and never send to jail, which of course is ridiculous. Knowing that the banking cartel control governments this isn’t a surprise.

If the GAAP accounting principles were applied, entailing the register of created money in their books, most of the world would be out of debt. Now you may understand why we the people are debt slaves, the power of money creation intentionally produces enslavement.



Money Creation Means Unlimited Power:

The bank accounting is far from reality; it doesn’t account for the money created. With the banking reserve system capability, no bank can loose money. But nevertheless they tell the public that the banks are in trouble.

This is criminally absurd. It has nothing to do with reality, but all with their agenda for enslavement of the people.  It is the banking cartel families, the Rothschilds, Rockefellers, Morgans, Warburgs and a few more that are responsible and in control of almost every central bank, and TBTF banks in the world.



Related: The Top Of The Pyramid: The Rothschilds, The Vatican And The British Crown Rule World

The whole banking system operates on the Rothschild money creation trick to ensnare and enslave the world by telling lies about their insolvency. – Marco Saba, the President of the Italian Institute of Superior Studies on Economic & Monetary Sovereignty, correctly asks:


How can a bank that is allowed to create money out of thin air ever be insolvent?

 The secret of how money is created needs to be revealed to all people on earth. The power of money creation has made the Banksters more powerful than any nation, in fact the international Banksters which comprise the IMF, BIS and all central banks, like the Federal Reserve are the shadow governments that controls almost all nation states all over the globe.


The Power of Money:

This demonstrates the necessity that the power of money creation must be returned to the people and not staying with authorities or politicians.

Banksters now create money and buy people, everything and put the whole world at their command. The Fractional Reserve money system should be abolished, or at least correctly accounted and audited.



Related: Why Do We Allow Private Banks & Families To Control The World’s Money? +The Truth Is Out: Money Is Just An IOU, And The Banks Are Rolling In It

Now they can make huge gains without expenses. They lend unaccounted money, but book the expenses and losses in the event this phantom money is not repaid. Technically the debt was already paid at its inception that generates immense profits for banksters.


Beat the Bankers through Debt Termination:

This video will free people from debt and take down the fraudulent lending practices of the entire banking industry. Watch and download it while you can! Are you making payments on a loan or mortgage?

Not for long. This is the final word on fraudulent lending practices, how you are victimized and what you can do about it.

In short, this video explains through an imaginary court case where the prosecutor questions a banker about a loan of US$ 200.000 that was lent for the purchase of a house.

It turns out that the borrower the loan repaid the moment het lent the money. Showing clearly how the banker, because of the use of debt money, cheated the lender. Everyone with a mortgage or any loan can with the help of a knowledgeable lawyer be dismissed of his/her debt immediately.


The Crash Course: Understanding Asset Bubbles

Through the long sweep of history, the bursting of asset bubbles has nearly always been traumatic. Social, political and economic upheavals have a bad habit of following asset bubbles, while wealth destruction is a guaranteed feature.

Bubbles only used to happen once every generation or longer, because it took substantial time for the victims to forget the pain of the damage.

But that’s changed in the new millennium. Less than ten years after the bursting of the dot-com bubble we saw the rise & bursting of the housing bubble. This is simply astounding and thoroughly unprecedented.



More astonishingly, there are now concurrent equity and bond bubbles raging across the entire financial market structure of the world.

We are in our third bubble period in less than 15 years. This new era of serial bubble-blowing signifies that we are now in new turbulent territory with which we have little historical guidance to draw on.

The recent years of money printing by the world's central banks has NOT ushered in a “permanent plateau of prosperity”. And, as with all bubbles, symmetry indicates the downslope after the bursting will be steep, swift, and likely quite scary.


 





Commonwealth Bank Of Australia: One Of The Largest Banks In The World Just Accused Of Laundering Millions For Drug Cartels

Commonwealth Bank of Australia stands accused by the Australian Transaction Reports and Analysis Centre (AUSTRAC) of a stupefying 53,700 violations of money laundering and counter-terrorism-financing laws, in which the financial institution failed to notify in a timely fashion - and, sometimes, not at all - transactions topping a mountainous A$77 million.



As the case unfolds, it should be noted, each breach of the act carries a jaw-dropping potential penalty of A$18 million - meaning Commonwealth Bank could be slapped with an astonishing level of fines.

Related: EU Explores Account Freezes to Prevent Bank Runs

Alleging ‘serious and systemic non-compliance’ with the Anti-Money Laundering and Counter-Terrorism Financing Act 2006 (AML/CTF Act), the regulator commenced civil penalties proceedings against CommBank on Thursday, after the tentative conclusion of an investigation - the heft of which focused on the bank’s use of intelligent deposit machines (IDMs) - revealed rampant breaches of the act, according to acting CEO Peter Clark.

“The effect of CommBank’s conduct in this matter has exposed the Australian community to serious and ongoing financial crime,” asserted AUSTRAC in a statement.

“Non-reporting of and late reporting both delays and hinders law enforcement efforts. Delays in this case have resulted in lost intelligence and evidence (including CCTV footage), further money laundering and lost proceeds of crime.”


Bloomberg notes of IDMs, “Commonwealth Bank’s automated cash deposit machines, which allow anonymous deposits to recipient accounts that can then be funneled offshore or to other domestic accounts, Austrac said in documents lodged with the Federal Court in Sydney on Thursday. The cash deposit machines were used by drug rings to move the proceeds of crime, the agency said […]

“The automated machines were introduced in May 2012, and the amount of cash flowing though them grew exponentially, the court documents say. In the six months to November 2012 about A$89.1 million was deposited. By May and June 2016 this had risen to more than A$1 billion per month. About A$8.9 billion in cash was put through the system before the bank conducted any assessment of the money laundering risk, Austrac said.”


In this post-9/11 world, Western governments take seriously the tracking of larger banking transactions, under the premise that watching the money by moved terrorists and other high-level criminals through such institutions could stem the spread of violence. But machines like those at the center of the controversy make apparent avenues for significant anonymous banking indeed still exist - if skirting the lines of legality - or, at least, did until recently.

Five money laundering syndicates opportuned CommBank’s IDMs, AUSTRAC claims, with just one drug case totaling A$21 million distributed across eleven separate accounts. Even an alert from the Australian Federal Police to the bank about multiple accounts used for illicit purposes failed to provoke a substantial response - with several tacitly permitted to continue operating afterward.

Suspect accounts attempted to divert suspicion by keeping deposits small and inconspicuous, as well as by moving funds into offshore accounts.


“CommBank permitted several of the accounts to remain open even after this time and further transactions occurred. Eight individuals have been charged with dealing in proceeds of crime, with 6 of these individuals already having been convicted,” the Guardian reports.

“In another case,” Bloomberg continues, the agency “alleges A$20.6 million was deposited into 30 accounts, 29 of which were in fake names, which shortly after was transferred abroad. After the bank identified ‘repeated, suspicions and connected’ patterns of cash deposits, it permitted a further approximately A$9.1 million to be transferred from these accounts to Hong Kong, Austrac said.”

By statement, cited by the Sydney Morning Herald, CommBank contends, “On an annual basis, we report over 4 million transactions to Austrac in an effort to identify and combat any suspicious activity as quickly and efficiently as we can.”

Furthermore, Commonwealth Bank states:


“We have been in discussions with Austrac for an extended period and have cooperated fully with their requests. Over the same period we have worked to continuously improve our compliance and have kept Austrac abreast of those efforts, which will continue.”

In this nascent stage, the outcome of this court proceeding would be impossible to foretell - but it wouldn’t be the only time recently the Australian regulator swiftly penalized such breaches: Gaming behemoth Tabcorp settled with AUSTRAC for A$45 million over laundered funds in February.

While the sheer breadth, scope, and sum totals surrounding this case are arguably unprecedented, that a major bank faces likely legal and financial fallout over allegations having little to do with ordinary customers - indeed, that the institution may be penalized for acts related to illicit substances and untaxed monies, rather than untenable fees and other wrongs - perhaps strips a layer of gilding from the staggering announcement.

Precious few methods exist outside the black market wherein anonymous transactions aren’t a shady affair worthy of the State’s meticulous red flags - in fact, the proceedings against Commonwealth Bank make plain even Big Banks can’t escape the suffocating umbrella of Big Government.


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Pulitzer Prize-Winning CNN Journalist Busted For Fabricating Fake News, Resigns From CNN + Google Gestapo Goes Full Nazi Against Independent Media - Hiding “Controversial Content” And “Redirecting” Searches
August 6 2017 | From: NewsTarget / AllNewsPipeline

Following more than a years’ worth of binge-publishing fake news about the Trump campaign, CNN has announced the resignation of three of its top journalists, including Pulitzer Prize-winning reporter Eric Lichtblau.



Along with Thomas Frank and Lex Haris, Lichtblau was found guilty of publishing false information about Russia’s alleged meddling in the 2016 presidential election, a rumor that was apparently started by none other than failed presidential candidate Hillary Clinton.

Related: Frustrated European Peter Koenig Explains How Propaganda Has Turned the West Into a Herd of Pigs

The resignations came to a head after CNN carelessly published a story recently accusing entrepreneur Anthony Scaramucci, an ally of President Trump and a member of his transition team, of colluding with Russia to get Mr. Trump elected.

These allegations centered around a delusion by these CNN reporters that Scaramucci was somehow connected to a Russian investment fund that’s currently under congressional investigation, a rumor that has since proven to be completely false.

There was never any proof to support these allegations, other than a single “anonymous source” that CNN and many other mainstream news outlets grabbed onto as “evidence” that President Trump had worked with the Russians to cause Clinton to lose the election.

When it became undeniable that the whole thing was completely made up, CNN had no choice but to do something – anything – to try to salvage its reputation. That’s about the time when the story was retracted and the three journalists “resigned.”


“On June 22, 2017, CNN.com published a story connecting Anthony Scaramucci with investigations into the Russian Direct Investment Fund,”
reads an Editor’s Note published to CNN.com on June 23, 2017.

“That story did not meet CNN’s editorial standards and has been retracted. Links to the story have been disabled. CNN apologizes to Mr. Scaramucci.”


CNN Got it Wrong About Comey’s Investigation of Trump, Too

That CNN would claim to have “editorial standards” is rather humorous considering this isn’t the first time the network has published fake news about President Trump based on little more than wishful thinking. Back in June, the dying network reported that former FBI Director James Comey was going to dispute the claim that President Trump was not under investigation by the agency.



The CNN article, which was titled “Comey expected to refute Trump,” was once again based on anonymous sources who apparently told the network that Comey’s conversations with the President were “much more nuanced,” and that Mr. Trump had gotten things wrong in claiming that he was not under investigation.

Four CNN journalists – Gloria Borger, Eric Lichtblau, Jake Tapper, and Brian Rokus – all compiled the story, with Borger, CNN’s chief political analyst, appearing on TV to state the following:


“Comey is going to dispute the president on this point if he’s asked about it by senators, and we have to assume that he will be. He will say he never assured Donald Trump that he was not under investigation, that that would have been improper for him to do so.”

But that never happened, and CNN was forced to put its foot in its mouth and admit that the whole thing was simply untrue.

CNN
quickly changed the title of the article to “Comey unlikely to judge on obstruction,” issuing the following statement in a correction:


“CORRECTION AND UPDATE: This article was published before Comey released his prepared opening statement. The article and headline have been corrected to reflect that Comey does not directly dispute that Trump was told multiple times he was not under investigation in his prepared testimony released after this story was published.”

There are just too many “oops!” moments at CNN these days for anyone to take the network seriously anymore. Its days are clearly numbered as more and more Americans learn the truth – and that it can’t be found at CNN.




Google Gestapo Goes Full Nazi Against Independent Media - Hiding “Controversial Content” And “Redirecting” Searches

On August 1, 2017, the YouTube blog provided an update on their Orwellian censorship policies, where under the guise of updating users on their "commitment to fight terror content online."



They will be implementing full Nazi fascist tactics to hide content that is "controversial but do not violate our policies," by using "cutting-edge machine learning technology designed to help us identify and remove violent extremism and terrorism-related content in a scalable way."

Related: Twitter Censors Eric Trump’s Drudge Tweet Showing Great American Job Numbers


"Tougher standards: We’ll soon be applying tougher treatment to videos that aren’t illegal but have been flagged by users as potential violations of our policies on hate speech and violent extremism. If we find that these videos don’t violate our policies but contain controversial religious or supremacist content, they will be placed in a limited state.

The videos will remain on YouTube behind an interstitial, won’t be recommended, won’t be monetized, and won’t have key features including comments, suggested videos, and likes.


We’ll begin to roll this new treatment out to videos on desktop versions of YouTube in the coming weeks, and will bring it to mobile experiences soon thereafter. These new approaches entail significant new internal tools and processes, and will take time to fully implement.

In other words ladies an gentlemen if political commentary, or religious commentary, is considered non-compliant with the ideology of the groups they are using to "train" their bots, which they described as "expert NGOs and institutions through our Trusted Flagger program, including the Anti-Defamation League, the No Hate Speech Movement, and the Institute for Strategic Dialogue," those videos will be hidden, there will be no ability to "share" them using the icons meant for that purpose, the creators won't be able to monetize them, people will not be able to "like" them, nor have the ability to comment on them.



Related: The Conspiracy to Rule the World: #64. Anti-Defamation League

If that isn't going full fascist Nazi on Independent media, what would be? They list three specific ways they claim they have seen "positive progress."

The first is listed as "Speed and efficiency," where it states the following:


"Our machine learning systems are faster and more effective than ever before. Over 75 percent of the videos we've removed for violent extremism over the past month were taken down before receiving a single human flag."

The second is listed as "Accuracy," where they claim "The accuracy of our systems has improved dramatically due to our machine learning technology. While these tools aren’t perfect, and aren’t right for every setting, in many cases our systems have proven more accurate than humans at flagging videos that need to be removed."

We will stop here for a minute to address that "accuracy" claim, which we highlighted in a previous article, with screen shots of how "inaccurate" their little AI flagging bots or human flaggers are, as after appeal, video after video on ANP's channel were remonetized after a human reviewed it.

One example shown below:




It Gets Worse


YouTube has also decided that if a user searches for something specific that they have flagged as "sensitive keywords" they will now redirect those search results "towards a playlist of curated YouTube videos that directly confront and debunk violent extremist messages."

This YouTube update has not gone over well from users or creators, as seen in some of the comments below their blog post on this topic, with one saying "These are the actions of people who fundamentally do not believe in human freedom. They are not content with allowing people to choose for themselves, they have to impose a narrative on them. Or at least try.



I suspect if I wanted to I could find lots of videos that were very offense to me, but I don't go looking for them. Everyone has that same ability. I don't look for Pro-ISIS, Pro-Islam content. I don't go looking for videos from Communists and Marxists. It doesn't interest me, but they should be allowed to make them. But the same is not offered to the other side."

Another user gets right to the heart of the issue when they state "In other words, if you are not a social justice warrior, your videos will be restricted. Censorship = making YouTube safer for all."

More reactions include "Whats worse is if you search for content you want but Google and the "Creators for Change" think your opinions are shit you'll get a wave of propaganda sponsored by governments in league with Google, corporate partners, advocacy groups, and Youtube's chosen bigots!"


Heddy McCrab"This is the particularly egregious part, right here. Not only are users no longer capable of exercising their brains to choose what content they want to share and comment on, but if you happen to harbor an idea that Master Google Upon High deems 'problematic', they'll spam you with re-education center propaganda.

Then they'll put you on a list with all the other 'problematic' people and sell it off to the media and would-be fascists they've recruited to serve as 'experts' in detecting offensive content.

That's assuming, of course, that they don't just deactivate your account and e-mail address like they just got caught doing earlier. "

Gwen Patton: "Please don't go down this road. It's disturbing and will not end well. It's going to be abused and misused by people who want to forward their own agendas. All you're doing is creating a PC, extreme-left, propagandizing echo chamber.'

John Smith: "That sh*t is called censorship. that is suppression of opposition and destroys freedom of speech. but of course google only cares about these things when it favors them. calling the right fascist while using the fascists methods themselves. truely disgusting."

Readers can scroll down at the YouTube post to see the rest of the comments, each and every one against Google/YouTube's fascist tactics, but fair warning, some are very colorful with their language.

We would recommend readers politely weigh in for themselves, letting YouTube know what you think of their censorship practices.





What Youtube Are Allowing is Sickening

Two articles just sent to me by Stefan shows that while YouTube is busy censoring anything they consider "extremists," such as conservative political commentary and criticisms against the MSM, they are allowing channels like "Tween" which caters to Pedophiles, one of which was subscribed to by none other than Imran Awan, the man just arrested attempting to leave the country and who is under criminal investigations for his wrong-doings while he worked  as IT for dozens of Democratic congress members in the House.

So, pervs, pedophiles and channels that indoctrinate and brainwash people into the liberal social justice warrior mindset, are A-OK, but political commentary that does not fit with Google/YouTube's ideology is now considered "extremist content," to be hidden from view.



Bottom Line

YouTube, which is owned by Google, is attempting to stifle any type of independent thinking and any conservative opinion and commentary by labeling it "extremist," while conflating it will legitimate terrorist content.

This is how they intend to destroy Independent Media that will not push the official propaganda.

YouTube creators are also speaking out against this fascism on the part of Google/YouTube, in less than a full day, dozens of creators are already hammering YouTube, just a few of which are shown below, but a search on YouTube for the last 24 hours, has many, many more.

Pretty soon that "search result" may not "show" those criticisms because they do not conform to Google-YouTube's preferred narrative.



YouTube to Censor "Controversial" Videos






Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Russia, Bribes & Sex: Nineteen Massive Democrat Scandals The Mainstream Media Is Covering Up
August 5 2017 | From: DailyWire / Various

If these were Republican scandals, they would consume the news cycle.



Michael Sainato of The Observer has done a superb job of accumulating all the scandals currently roiling the Democrat Party. Well, not really roiling, because as we all know our objective, unbiased, and not-at-all-leftwing media is covering up every single one of these jaw-dropping scandals.

Related: Intelligence Veterans’ Forensic Analysis Proves Russia Hacking a Hoax

Smothering them to death. Burying them. In other words, thanks to our media, Democrats, the true Russian colluders (more on this below) are getting away with everything but murder.

So, with another word of thanks to The Observer for reminding us of these 17 scandals (I added the last two), here they broken down into a handy-dandy list.


1. Debbie Wasserman Schultz and the Shady IT Guy

While she was head of the Democrat National Committee (DNC), and until last week when he was detained by the FBI after attempting to flee the country, sitting Congresswoman Debbie Wasserman Schultz employed an IT aide named Imran Awan, who is under criminal investigation for all sorts of financial and intelligence crimes.

There are reports of him destroying hard drives sought by the FBI, and worse, there are reports he hid a laptop computer in a crevice somewhere in the congressional office building, which, until recently, Wasserman Schultz refused to give investigators access to.



Related: Congress to Investigate Wasserman-Schultz, IT aide scandal

Incredibly, Awan worked for a whole host of Democrats, but for some bizarre reason Wasserman Schultz did not fire him until last week when he attempted to flee justice.

Other than the usual reasons, the MSM is terrified of this story because Awan's access to all computer things Democrat might prove to be the source of the email hacks that the MSM is desperate to pin on Trump via Russia via WikiLeaks.


2. Democrat Mayors Charged with Pay-to-Play

In the great state of Pennsylvania, two former Democrat mayors were indicted on July 26 by the FBI for pay-to-play. This is the first you've heard of it because the national media is covering this story up.

Oh, and you also haven't heard of Philadelphia District Attorney Seth Williams, who is currently under investigation for $160,000 in gifts that went unreported.


3. Democrat Faces Bribery Charge

Sitting Congressman Robert Brady is currently under FBI investigation for allegedly paying a challenger $90,000 to drop out of the Democrat primary.


4. Democrat Sent to Prison for Racketeering

Just 6 months ago, longtime Democrat Congressman Chaka Fattah began a 10-year prison sentence for racketeering.


5. Democrat Accused of Having Sex with Children

Ed Murray, the sitting mayor of Seattle, ended his campaign for a second term in May after allegations surfaced of child sexual abuse.



Related: Seymour Hersh Says Report of Russian Hacking Is CIA Disinformation


6. Corruption Scandal at the Democrat National Committee

As WikiLeaks proved, the DNC rigged the primary against Bernie Sanders in favor of Hillary Clinton. Due to a class action suit the media does not want you to know about, the scandal is not only ongoing, the discovery phase could be a goldmine - you know, for anyone interested in political corruption.


7. Democrat National Committee Sued for Unpaid Wages

Another class action lawsuit filed against the DNC involves campaign workers who claim they were screwed out of overtime pay even as millions in bonuses were handed out to bigwigs.


8. Democrat's Phony Charity Conviction

Just two months ago Corinne Brown, a congresswoman since 1993, was convicted of pocketing hundreds of thousands of dollars through a phony charity.


9. Democrat Billionaire Steals Party Chairmanship

This is one of the sleaziest things you will ever read.




Congressman Steve King Calls For Wider Investigations of Obama, Clinton, Comey, Soros, Lynch, Abedin, and Weiner Scandals

Congressman Steve King released the following video of statements he made during Judiciary Committee debate of legislation requiring the Attorney General to provide copies of any document, record, audio recording, memo, correspondence, or other communication that refers or relates to a number of troubling aspects of James Comey’s tenure as FBI director.

Related: Why Did Hillary Send Mueller to Moscow with Uranium in 2009?

In the course of his remarks, Congressman King recounted a litany of facts and events that reveal the corruption that surrounds many of the nation’s most prominent Democrats, as well as their disturbing pattern of using American taxpayer money to interfere in foreign elections. King’s entire remarks can be viewed by clicking on the embedded video.

King concluded his remarks by asserting the trail of Democratic election corruption leads to Barack Obama, and that the examples he cites should be investigated fully.








10. Sitting Democrat U.S. Senator Heads to Trial for Bribery

Just two months ago sitting United States Senator Bob Menendez exhausted his final appeal in the Supreme Court. In September, he will go to trial for bribery charges. This is a sitting U.S. Senator. Moreover, this is a sitting U.S. Senator from a major media zone - New Jersey.

But we all know is that Chris Christie went to the beach.


11. Democrat Mayoral Cover-Up In Chicago

Another high-profile Democrat in a major media zone is benefitting from a national media cover-up. Chicago Mayor Rahm Emanuel not only buried video of a police shooting in 2015, his biggest union supporter - a major Democrat player - was just indicted (two weeks ago) for extortion.


12. Democrat Faces Corruption Charges In New York

In another major media market, a former Assembly Speaker is being tried for corruption.



Related: The Witch Hunt for Donald Trump Surpasses the Salem Witch Trials of 1692-93


13. Aides to New York Governor Andrew Cuomo Charged with Corruption

Like Chris Christie, Andrew Cuomo is the governor of a major state who is considering a presidential run. Like Chris Christie and Bridgegate, a number of Cuomo's aides have been indicted for numerous charges of corruption.

Unlike Chris Christie and Bridgegate, which was a major national story for over a year, we are hearing almost zippo from the MSM about Cuomo's ethical troubles, and his ethical troubles do not end there.


14. New York Governor Cuomo Diverts Emergency Funds to 'Pet Projects'

Democrats sure got it good.


15. Former Democrat Congressman Pleads Guilty To Underage Sexting

Just two months ago, Anthony Weiner, who is not only a former New York Democrat Congressman but is also married to Hillary Clinton's top aide, Huma Abedin, pleaded guilty to sexting with a 15 -year-old girl.

Former President Bill Clinton resided over the wedding of Anthony and Huma, and now Anthony will have to register as a sex offender for the rest of his sick life. Oh, and thousands of Hillary's government emails were found on Wiener's laptop.

CNN is asking the media to stop talking about Anthony Weiner.


16. Charges of Democrat Vote Fraud in California

Over 300 votes cast to elect a Democrat Party Chair were fraudulent, according to a review board. A lawsuit is probably on the way in an election decided by just 62 votes.



Related: Farage slaps Blair down for wanting to stop Brexit


17. Money Laundering Through Gov. Jerry Brown's Campaign

The corruption is just not the money laundering but also the punishment meted out - a $3,500 fine and a warning letter to Governor Brown.

Have I mentioned how good Democrats got it?


18. Obama Administration Wiretaps Trump Through MASSIVE Unmasking

In order to wiretap Trump and his campaign, the Obama Administration wiretapped foreign officials and then unmasked the names of the Trump officials they spoke with, something that is highly unethical and almost certainly illegal.

Using national security to a political end is simply beyond the beyond. Moreover, much of this highly classified information was then leaked to a willing media, also for partisan political purposes.



19. Infamous Trump Dossier Fabricated By Company That Does Business With Russian Government

Well, well, well…

While there is zero proof of any collusion between the Russian government and the Trump campaign, there is now no question that Fusion GPS, the firm behind the thoroughly-discredited "Trump Dossier," has done business with and for the Russian government.

There are now claims from numerous sources that the "Trump Dossier" was created on behalf of the Russian government, which, if true, means that those most responsible for making the Dossier public - Senator John McCain, CNN's Jake Tapper, BuzzFeed's Ben Smith - are either colluding with Russians, i.e., knowingly spreading lies to disrupt our government, or Russian stooges.



Related: Spy chiefs invented Russia-collusion story

According to the Daily Caller, this is also true for much of the rest of the media.

To cover up the fact that the media and Democrats appear to have been colluding with the Russians as a means to destroy Trump, Democrats are aggressively trying to kill further congressional inquiry.

NOTE: Yes, the American media does pretty much cover everything. So, yes, if you look hard enough you might find something about these scandals at CNN or The Washington Post. But let's not hide behind hyper-literalism.

Just because the MSM can point to a particular write-up, this does not mean the story has gotten any of the traction or attention it deserves.


The MSM writes these placeholder pieces only as a means of defense when accused of a cover-up, when we all know that if these were Republican scandals, the MSM stories surrounding them would not be published, buried and ignored - rather, they would consume the news cycle.




DNC Is Surrounded By Corruption, Mystery And Murder

The Democrats have been overtaken by globalists: Roger Stone joins Alex Jones live via Skype to discuss the corruption behind the DNC and new revelations about Seth Rich’s murder, Imran Awan’s foreign ties and Debbie Wasserman Schultz.





Related Articles:

Media Completely Ignores Bombshell Seymour Hersh Revelations on Seth Rich

Washington Pushes Harder Against Russia

Russia Expelling 1000 US Diplomats in Response to New Deep State Congress Sanction

PBS’ Anti-Russia Propaganda Series


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Canadian Study Gives More Evidence Cancer Is A Lifestyle Disease Largely Caused By Food & ‘A Bloody Disgrace’: Watch Jamie Oliver’s Video Message To The NZ Government On Sugar Tax
August 5 2017 | From: WakingTimes / TheSpinOff

Shockingly, worldwide cancer rates are predicted to rise even further, and that by the year 2020, 1-in-2 women and 1-in-3 men will be diagnosed with some form of cancer. It is so common already, in fact, that it getting cancer is more common than getting married or having a first baby.



The cancer industrial complex is negligent in warning people that chemotherapy is now known to actually make some cancers spread and make some tumors more aggressive.

Related: Shocking emails reveal editor of food science journal was secretly on Monsanto’s payroll at $400 per hour

Government and its myriad regulatory agencies work diligently to prevent access to natural or alternative cancer treatments, and doctors and the mainstream media give the impression that the causes of cancer are a mystery.

In reality, one can significantly reduce the likelihood of getting cancer by making lifestyle changes, and according to a recently published study out of Canada found that the total proportion of cancer rates which can be attributed to lifestyle and environmental factors is quite high, nearing 41%.

Regarding the methods used in the study:


“We estimated summary population attributable risk estimates for 24 risk factors (smoking [both passive and active], overweight and obesity, inadequate physical activity, diet [inadequate fruit and vegetable consumption, inadequate fibre intake, excess red and processed meat consumption, salt consumption, inadequate calcium and vitamin D intake], alcohol, hormones [oral contraceptives and hormone therapy], infections [Epstein-Barr virus, hepatitis B and C viruses, human papillomavirus, Helicobacter pylori], air pollution, natural and artificial ultraviolet radiation, radon and water disinfection by-products) by combining population attributable risk estimates for each of the 24 factors that had been previously estimated." 

-
Source

The list above essentially outlines the wide range of personal choices we know can increase the risk of cancer, mainly pointing out that food causes cancer. Along with exercise, and common avoidable environmental factors, cancer is somewhat preventable.



Related: Corrosion inhibitor chemical found in thousands of hot dogs, bacon, sausage and processed meat products


“Overall, we estimated that 40.8% of incident cancer cases were attributable to exposure to the 24 factors included in the analysis (Table 2).

Tobacco smoking was responsible for the greatest cancer burden, accounting for an estimated 15.7% of all incident cancer cases (2485 cases), followed by physical inactivity and excess body weight, which were responsible for an estimated 7.2% and 4.3% of incident cancer cases, respectively.

All other exposures of interest were estimated to be responsible for less than 4.0% of incident cancer cases each."

-
Source

Within this information is the revelation that so much of our food system works against good health. Perhaps the greatest secret here in all of this is the growing awareness of the negative affects that consumption of sugar has on human health.

Now, some 80% of all packaged products contain some form of fructose, and sugar has been identified as a top cause of the global cancer epidemic.



Final Thoughts

In the face of such frightening statistical evidence on rising cancer rates, it is imperative to remember that the individual has more control over their health than the mainstream would have us believe.


Related Articles:

How potatoes can increase the risk of cancer cell growth

Drink up: The risks of full-fat milk are MYTH



‘A Bloody Disgrace’: Watch Jamie Oliver’s Video Message To The New Zealand Government On Sugar Tax

Incensed by the government’s absence from a conference on a proposed sugar tax, this week celebrity chef Jamie Oliver got stuck into the National Party. Watch the video below. 



The Essex TV chef campaigned for a sugar tax on soft drinks in the UK and the levy is set to be introduced in 2018. A group of New Zealand scientists and doctors wants our government to introduce a similar tax to address our child obesity rates, but when the government, which has repeatedly ruled out the tax, refused to show up to the conference they enlisted Oliver to give the government some shit.

Related: Here’s How Industry-Funded “Research” Is Making Us Sick And Fat + Like Tobacco And Big Pharma, The Sugar Industry Has Manipulated Research For 50 Years

Read The Spinoff’s two part series for and against a sugar tax.

In a selfie video filmed in his garden on his 17th wedding anniversary, while wife Jools breastfed their baby son in the background, Oliver called the New Zealand government “a bloody disgrace” for their failure to front up.

“Hello you lovely people. Hi to all the people in New Zealand at the sugar tax symposium. Big up Gerhard for reaching out and finding me. How you got me I don’t know…




You’ve got a whole bunch of people in the room that can make a difference. You’ve got politicians there. Apart from the one, or any politician from your government. Which is a disgrace and disgusting. Because it is their job to listen to experts and listen to the public and react and debate internally whether they should make change.

Now guys New Zealand like Britain, has got some of the most obese children on the planet. It’s disgusting, it’s nuts. The world has changed in the last 40 years. All the data is there to justify logically, scientifically, and economically, why we should have a sugary drinks tax.

For us it wasn’t all sugar, it was sugary sweetened drinks. In New Zealand that is 26 percent of all sugar kids get from sugar sweetened drinks. It’s an industry that has come from nothing, to being prolific. Of course they should be taxed. Of course they are contributing to obesity and diet related disease. Of course they are, we all know it.

I spent a year and a half working with the British government to convince them and show them the data that they need a tax. Cameron didn’t want it, the Conservatives didn’t want it, and I got it through. I am here as hopefully hope. France is in. Portugal is in. Hungary is in. Ireland is in. Britain is in. Mexico is in. This is the new norm.

There is a little proviso. No one likes tax. Even when I told my own organisation that we were going to spend two years dedicated to curating a new tax they must have thought I was mad. This is not regressive this is progressive. This is not a tax that’s negative it’s a tax for good.



Related: Here's Why Most Most of the Meat Americans Eat Is Banned in Other Industrialized Countries

There is a proviso, you have to make sure that the money raised from this tax goes to elementary or primary schools in NZ. For sport, for food education right, to get kids understanding where food comes from and how it affects their body and then you will find it polls really well. In Britain this tax polled 75 per cent. Politicians in the room, activists, come together. Come together, this is new money! This is new money for the children of New Zealand.

Anyone that could debate this needs a slap. The science is there, the data is there, the measurements there. So today is a beautiful day. Thank you everyone in the room that has come together.

I know you would rather be doing different things, but you care about this. It looks like you are way more organised than we were, but we won guys, we won, we got it through. We got it through. It is now ratified, it is happening.

And here is the genius, it was never about the sugary drinks tax, it is not just about that. That is one of hundreds of things we need to do environmentally to make our countries less obesogenic for our children.

If you want to change health outcomes we have to change 100s of things, but this one thing, it’s not just new money, it’s not just lowering consumption of crap and promoting more milk and more water. It’s symbolic that government will step in when things go wrong.

We can’t spend 40 years learning like in tobacco, we can’t.



Related: New Zealand Considers Taxing Sugar While New Zealand Government Invests $240m In Coca Cola And Fast Food Chains

But what I have seen in Britain in four months is a complete reformulation of not just sugar but salt and fat in Britain. The sugary drinks tax has been a reformulation turbo charge. It’s amazing.

Have a great symposium.

This is my wife here, it’s our 17th anniversary today. Little [baby] River, having some milk – don’t even get me talking about breastfeeding cos you know it’s all connected.

Guys lots of love, have a brilliant week and go and kick some arse from your government. The fact they’re not there is a bloody disgrace, it’s an embarrassment, and they should not be entrusted with child health if they don’t turn up to your event.

God bless you. Go get it. New money. Kids. Hope. It’s all good.”


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Why Seth Rich’s Case Is Key To #TrumpRussia Investigation + Seth Rich Was Partying With Imran Awan On The Night Of His Murder
August 4 2017 | From: Geopolitics / Infowars / Various

Democratic National Committee staffer Seth Rich’s murder continues to stir up public opinion in the US. Wall Street analyst Charles Ortel assumed that Rich’s death could have been part of a massive conspiracy aimed at appointing Democratic presidential candidate Hillary Clinton as successor to Barack Obama.



The unresolved murder of Democratic National Committee (DNC) staffer Seth Rich has again been brought into the spotlight.

Related: Lawmaker Calls For Federal Investigation Of Seth Rich Murder + Liberal Media In Panic! Latest #FakeNews Accuses Kim Dotcom Of Hacking Into Seth Rich’s Gmail - Kim DotCom Responds

About a year ago Rich, who reportedly worked as the voter expansion data director at the DNC, was shot in the back in the Bloomingdale neighborhood of Washington D.C.

The Metropolitan Police Department (MPD) surmises that the DNC staffer was a victim of a robbery. However, his wallet, credit cards and cellphone were found on his body, intact.

To add to the controversy, the police have not been releasing new information on the case for months, prompting American political consultant Jack Burkman to file a suit against the MPD on Wednesday seeking to force them to release video footage of the murder.



Related: Podesta Emails Document Hillary Clinton Money-Laundering Scheme

For his part, US conservative commentator Sean Hannity signaled Tuesday that he is “making progress” in investigating what was really behind Seth Rich’s murder.

Why does the former DNC staffer attract so much attention?

The crux of the matter is that he is believed to be an alleged whistleblower who leaked nearly 20,000 DNC emails to WikiLeaks, exposing Hillary Clinton’s conspiracy against her counterpart - former Democratic presidential candidate Bernie Sanders.

Back in August 2016, WikiLeaks founder Julian Assange dropped a hint that Rich could have been behind the leak. If that is true, the Democrats’ narrative that Russia had “meddled” in the US 2016 presidential election will fall apart like a house of cards.



Related: Evidence Backs Claim Pro-Bernie Seth Rich Was DNC Leaker

Meanwhile, American investigative journalist and author Jerome R. Corsi has published a series of articles, which “explores the evidence that Seth Rich… leaked to WikiLeaks thousands of John Podesta’s emails.”

Sputnik asked Wall Street analyst and investigative journalist Charles Ortel to share his views on the issue.

If it is proven that Rich was behind the DNC leak, will it deal a lethal blow to the “Russians did it” story? At the same time, will it help answer the question who could have been behind Rich’s murder?


“Jerry Corsi’s excellent work deserves close attention as does the independent work of George Webb and others who are trying to discover why so many people close to the last election have died along the way,”
Ortel told Sputnik.

Indeed, the death of attorney Shawn Lucas, who served the DNC with a lawsuit in early July 2016 accusing then-DNC Chairwoman Debbie Wasserman Schultz of “rigging primaries” for Hillary Clinton, raised a lot of questions.



Related: Clintons and Pelosi Now Caught Up in Democrat Muslim IT Spy Scandal

Likewise, the passing of Joe Montano, who served as chairman of the Democratic National Committee before Debbie Wasserman Schultz, in July 2016, and the death of Victor Thorn, who authored four books on the Clintons, in August 2016, are still shrouded in mystery.

The US alternative media are circulating the so-called “Clinton death list” claiming that it contains the names of people who died after crossing the Clintons’ path.


“Assuming the FBI was given the appropriate attitude and necessary resources, I imagine they would wish to investigate what seems to be a massive criminal conspiracy to appoint Hillary Clinton as successor to Barack Obama,”
Ortel noted.

“Here, I would suggest going all the way back to the 2007 and 2008 election cycle to understand better exactly what accommodations may have been reached between the Obamas and the Clintons concerning the operation of the Clinton Foundation and its affiliates while Hillary Clinton served as US Secretary of State, forward to the present,” the Wall Street analyst suggested.

“What I see in the public record alone is a pattern where political donors and Clinton Foundation donors appear to have been richly rewarded numerous ways. In addition, particularly from 2009 forward the Clinton and Obama families, somehow, seem to have become much wealthier.

Can publishing houses credibly defend the enormous advances given for various books? Can payments for ‘speeches’ and for part-time positions be defended, when compared to incomes earned in the private sector for a full year of honest work?”
Ortel asked.

Meanwhile, there is yet another burning issue related to the DNC leak.

The question is why the DNC still denies the FBI access to their hacked server. Or maybe it is the FBI that is insisting on not examining the server while relying on a private firm’s findings on the alleged hack?



Related: Hillary’s new book: It’s Never My Fault


“If I were a Democrat, and if I were a Bernie Sanders supporter, I would be furious with the leadership of the Democratic Party - its behavior during 2016 strongly suggests to me that party officials have much to hide, a conclusion that is consistent with their apparent refusal to let the FBI do its work, rigorously,”
the Wall Street analyst emphasized.

“In solving mysteries, one of the oldest questions normally asked is ‘who benefits’?” he highlighted.

“I believe that the Clinton campaign acted as if their candidate had earned the absolute right not simply to win the presidency but to rule the American people with unchecked power. Having lost so badly in 2008, Hillary Clinton and her supporters were determined to win in 2016 at all costs.

So, damaging information was suppressed, and the primaries seem to have been rigged from what we know, so far, in the public domain,”
Ortel elaborated, adding that “Americans deserve to know what really happened during election season.”

“Moreover, those who have been attacked, the Russian government for example, and others who have been charged in the media and even by politicians as having, potentially, meddled in the recent election cycle need either to be proven guilty or cleared,” he added.

The Wall Street analyst believes that “America needs to get its game back.”

“To do so, we need to root out the endemic corruption especially in Washington, D.C. among both political parties, drain the swamp and make examples of the swamp monsters who still believe, even now, that they are above the law,” Ortel concluded.







Related Articles:

US Mainstream Media Totally Misses Clinton’s Collusion Link to Trump-Russia-Gate

Haitian Clinton Foundation Whistleblower Suicided

The improper association of Victor Pinchuk with Hillary, Bill and Chelsea Clinton covered up by the US media, Department of Justice and the IMF

Yes, Bill Clinton Asked Russia to interfere in a US presidential election: Jon Rappoport

Clinton ‘Suicides’: You Can Add Two More Names To That List Of Suspicious Deaths

The Email about Nancy Pelosi Could Bring Her Down for Good



Seth Rich Was Partying With Imran Awan On The Night Of His Murder


Trump confidante claims link between DNC staffer’s death and disgraced Wasserman Schultz aide.

According to Trump confidante Roger Stone, disgraced Debbie Wasserman Schultz aide Imran Awan was with former DNC staffer Seth Rich on the night of his murder.

Related: Seth Rich Mystery: DNC Leaks Came From Inside, Not Russian Hackers

Rich was murdered in an upscale area of Washington DC on July 10 last year but the killer or killers did not steal anything from the victim, rendering the police’s explanation that the incident was a robbery gone wrong doubtful.

Infowars reported on the questions surrounding Seth Rich’s murder multiple times back in August last year, including how there was around an hour and a half of “unaccounted for” time between Rich leaving a bar and being killed.

Brad Bauman, a crisis communications manager for the Democratic Party, was hired by Rich’s family to act as their spokesman. Bauman’s first action was to insist that people stop questioning the unsolved circumstances behind Rich’s murder.

Now Trump confidante Roger Stone claims that Imran Awan, Florida Democrat Rep. Debbie Wasserman Schultz’s information technology (IT) administrator, was with Seth Rich before he was murdered.

“FACT - Wasserman-Schulz “IT consultant” Awan was partying with Seth Rich the night of his murder ! Eat it @TheAtlantic !” Stone tweeted.



Related: Debbie Wasserman Schultz “Absolute Wreck – Barely Able to Function” Since Imran Awan Arrest

Awan reportedly possessed the password to DNC Chair Debbie Wasserman Schultz’s iPad when the DNC emails were leaked to Wikileaks.

Despite the mainstream media continually insisting – with no evidence – that Russia was responsible for the DNC leak – Julian Assange appeared to indicate that the source was Seth Rich during an appearance on Dutch television.

Hard drives recovered from Awan’s home were found to be smashed up with a hammer. Wasserman Schultz later threatened the chief of the U.S. Capitol Police with “consequences” for holding equipment related to the investigation into Awan.

Awan, who got paid 3 times the average Congressional I.T. employee salary, was arrested at Dulles airport after wiring $300,000 to Pakistan and attempting to flee the country.

According to Lt. Col. Anthony Shaffer, Awan was working with and wiring money to the Muslim Brotherhood, a Sunni Islamist organization that is allied with terrorist groups and advocates Shariah law.

Meanwhile in a related development, a lawsuit filed against Fox News by Rod Wheeler claims that, “The Fox News Channel and a wealthy supporter of President Trump worked in concert under the watchful eye of the White House to concoct a story” about the murder of Seth Rich.


Related Articles:

Bombshell from close friend Claudia Kash: 'I know why Seth Rich had to die'

Awan Arrested At Airport As Democrats In Panic

Seth Rich Attended Party with Numerous DC IT Workers the Night He Was Murdered

White House Petition to Investigate Seth Rich Murder Goes Viral as Reward Tops $345K


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Pineal Gland: How To Detox The Part Of Your Brain That Controls Sleep, Aging And Your State Of Mind
August 4 2017 | From: HealthyCures / Various

The importance of the detoxification of the pineal gland is he, even though you might not be aware of it.



This little gland is located in the middle of the brain, and its function is related to our physical and mental well-being, due to which it is often called “the third eye”.

Related: Is The Pineal Gland The Gateway To A Spiritual Awakening?

Unfortunately, this gland is bombarded with numerous toxins due to the modern lifestyles we lead, the unhealthy foods we consume, and the stress we are daily exposed to. Therefore, it becomes hardened, calcified, and its function is impeded.

However, if you detoxify it, you will restore its function completely.

The pineal gland has the size of a pea and is located in the center of the brain. Its shape is similar to a small Pinecone. Its role is to secrete Melatonin, a chemical whose function is to regulate our sleeping patterns.

Yet, this strong antioxidant also slows down aging. Additionally, the pineal gland also secretes another hormone, serotonin, which is a neurotransmitter which maintains a balance of the mind and keeps us happy.



Related: The Pineal Gland: How To Take Care Of Yours

Scientists have still not confirmed this, but people claim that melatonin supplements create elevated feelings of empathy. Also, it has been hypothesized that the pineal gland produces DMT, a chemical linked to creativity, dreams, and hallucination. This explains its nickname “Third Eye”.


Decalcify the Pineal Gland

The pineal gland gets calcified as a result of the accumulation of toxins. The main culprit is Sodium Fluoride, which is found in most drinking water, and many kinds of toothpaste.


Other causes of calcification of the pineal gland include:

Refined sugar

Most processed foods

Alcohol

Caffeine

Dietary hormones

Mercury (found in most fish)

Tobacco


Yet, these are the most effective ways to detoxify the pineal gland:


Activator X (Vitamin K1/K2)

This vitamin is manifested in two ways- K1 and K2. The first one is found in green leafy vegetables, while K2 is created by microflora in the intestines, and is found in foods like eggs yolks, chicken or goose livers, dairy from organically reared cows, fish roe, sauerkraut, fish oils (omega 3), and shellfish.



In a combination with vitamins A and D3, it eliminates calcium from arteries and the pineal gland and transfers it into the bones instead.


Iodine

Studies have shown that iodine eliminates sodium fluoride through the urine. Yet, many people are deficient in it, so you should eat more iodine-rich foods, like seaweed, Yet, make sure you also consume calcium as it lowers its levels.


Garlic

Garlic is one of the most powerful natural antibiotics, and it also detoxifies the pineal gland by dissolving calcium.



You should consume half a bulb every 2 days, and if its odor is too strong for you, soak it in some freshly squeezed lemon juice, or apple cider vinegar.



Apple Cider Vinegar

Raw apple cider vinegar is high in malic acid which detoxifies this gland, so you can add it to salads and enjoy its benefits.


Boron

Boron is another potent pineal gland detoxifier, and It removes fluoride from the body system, preventing further calcification.


Distilled Water

Distilled water is the purest water form, so it washes away toxins and calcium deposits.



Yet, make sure you also consume minerals during this method.


Tamarind

Tamarind is commonly used in the Ayurveda, and it is made from the bark of the Tamarind Tree. It effectively eliminates fluoride through the urine. Tamarind is often added to some curries for its sweet/sour flavor and used in the preparation of teas and tinctures by steeping in hot water for 2/3 minutes.

The health of the pineal gland is of high importance for the overall health, as it improves the feelings of well-being and the sleep patterns.

You should perform a 4-5 day detox to cleanse it and support its function and make sure you reduce the intake of fluoride as much as possible.





The Secrets of the Pineal Gland






Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

UK Court Decides That Children Belong To The State, Not Their Parents
August 3 2017 | From: TheFederalistPapers

By now, everyone around the world has probably heard of the tragic story of Charlie Gard.



It’s a case where a family in the U.K. was told their son was terminally ill and there was nothing that could be done to save his life; that was, until doctors in the U.S. thought they could save him with experimental treatment.

Related: Walking Your Children Home From School And Driving While Caffeinated Are Now Felony Crimes In Police State America

Charlie’s parents wanted to do everything to save their baby so they raised the money to be able to bring him to the U.S. for that treatment.

And that’s when things got ugly. The government told Charlie’s parents that they couldn’t take their own child from the U.K. to seek experimental treatment elsewhere.

The case was brought to court and the courts refused to order the child be released into his parents’ custody, thus preventing him from receiving any of the care which was offered.



Related: The Violence-Inducing Effects Of Psychiatric Medication & The Psychiatric Agenda Destroys Creative Children

Just this week, Charlie Gard’s parents removed their petition to take Charlie abroad when they realized the “window of opportunity” to treat him had already closed.

What’s most disturbing about this case is that the State believes they know better than parents on what’s best for their own child. What’s even more disturbing is those on the left believe the same thing. As discussed at NewsBusters:


"In a piece for The Guardian entitled “Despite Charlie Gard’s Tragic Story, We Must Respect The Process Of Our Courts,” UCL health professor, Ian Kennedy, expressed sympathy for the plight of Charlie, but ultimately justified it on the basis that “children do not belong to their parents.”

…As a society, we must choose how to decide such heartbreaking cases. Of course each child is different, but do we accept that there should be principles and rules, whatever the circumstances, that guide us as we try to work out what’s best?

These are the steps. The first is to recognise that children do not belong to their parents. Second, when a claim is made that parents have rights over their children, it is important to step back and examine the language used.

We need to remind ourselves that parents do not have rights regarding their children, they only have duties, the principal duty being to act in their children’s best interests.

This has been part of the fabric of our law and our society for a long time. Third, if we are concerned with the language of rights, it is, of course, children who have rights; any rights that parents have exist only to protect their children’s rights."

In other words, parents have no actual rights to make decisions for their children if the State doesn’t agree with those decisions.

Parents are simply guardians of their own children and the State knows better.

This is the society we live in today. The left believes parents aren’t the best “deciders” for their children; rather, the “experts” and the all-knowing bureaucrats know exactly what children really need. And this line of thinking isn’t just in Europe.



Related: Fluoride Officially Classified As A Neurotoxin In World’s Top Medical Journals & Former EPA Senior Scientist
Confirms Fluoride Lowers Children’s IQ


Many on the left do everything possible to interfere with parental rights. You see that in public education on a regular basis when parents have to fight to make decisions they believe are best for their own children, against the ideas of the State.

Until more parents fight back against this outrageous belief, the left will keep pushing this demented view until it becomes more prevalent.

Related: Kennedy, De Niro Challenge: $100,000 To The first Person Who Can Find A Scientific Study Proving Thimerosal (Mercury) Is Safe To Inject Into Children


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

IDF Chief Says Israel Is Becoming Like Nazi Germany, Refuses To Back Down
August 3 2017 | From: GlobalResearch / Various

The outgoing IDF chief has doubled down on his highly controversial comments he made comparing modern-day Israel with that of 1930's Nazi Germany.




Last year, a top Israeli general’s comments during the country’s annual Holocaust Remembrance Day address sparked controversy when he likened the atmosphere in modern day Israel to 1930’s Nazi Germany.

Related: Top Israeli General Speaks Out Against Israel’s Crimes Against Palestinians + Parallels Between Israel & 1930's Germany & Ten Facts Why Netanyahu Is A Criminal And That Israel Is A “Rogue State”


“If there is anything that frightens me in the remembrance of the Holocaust, it is discerning nauseating processes that took place in Europe in general, and in Germany specifically back then, 70, 80 and 90 years ago, and seeing evidence of them here among us in the year 2016,”
Maj. Gen. Yair Golan, the Israeli army’s deputy chief of staff said.

Now, the outgoing IDF Deputy Chief has doubled down on his remarks and in an interview this week, defended his controversial speech.



Related: U.S. Lawmakers Seek to Criminally Outlaw Support for Boycott Campaign Against Israel

As the Times of Israel reports, Golan, speaking in a new video interview produced by the military, said he “didn’t realize it would go to the very political place that it went,” but added that he “doesn’t take back the remarks.”

Golan went on to note that Israel  - “as a light unto the nations” - has a responsibility to maintain “moral superiority.”


“Morality is you compared to you. You compared to your standards, not to those around you. Around [Israel], there are murderous people who don’t hesitate to kill one another in fear-inducing quantities. That should give us no repose,”
he said.

“On this issue, we shouldn’t cut ourselves any slack,” Golan added.

The reaction from Israeli hardliners to Golan’s comments highlighted the deep divisions within Israeli society on what is one of the country’s most solemnly revered days.

Nationalist Jewish home party leader and Israeli Education Minister Naftali Bennett called on Golan to revise his comments or be seen as comparing Israeli soldiers to Nazis. However, he refused and stood strong for over a year - in spite of the backlash.



Related: US Senator Ben Cardin Tries to Make Criticism of Israel a Felony

Sadly, Bennett fails to understand that’s precisely what Maj. Gen. Golan was implying in 2016, as he implored those in power “to fundamentally rethink how we, here and now, behave towards the other.”


“The Holocaust, in my view, must lead us to deep soul-searching about the nature of man,” 
Golan said.

“It must bring us to conduct some soul-searching as to the responsibility of leadership and the quality of our society. It must lead us to fundamentally rethink how we, here and now, behave towards the other.”

“There is nothing easier and simpler than fear-mongering and threatening. There is nothing easier and simpler than in behaving like beasts, becoming morally corrupt, and sanctimoniousness.”

“On Holocaust Remembrance Day, it is worthwhile to ponder our capacity to uproot the first signs of intolerance, violence, and self-destruction that arise on the path to moral degradation,” Golan said

During his original speech, Golan referenced the Hebron incident, in which an IDF soldier was filmed executing an already incapacitated Palestinian assailant that was lying on the ground defenseless.

The soldier in question, Sgt. Elor Azaria, was arrested and brought up on manslaughter charges by a military tribunal for the killing - a move that has been met with ferocious opposition by Zionists who claim that the brazen execution was somehow justified.

Hard-liners accused the military of abandoning the soldier by indicting him for manslaughter, and polls showed most Jewish Israelis shared the sentiment. Many Israeli Jews also now openly oppose the equal rights of the one-fifth of the country’s 8 million citizens who are Arabs - who, in turn, are growing increasingly alienated from the Jewish state, according to the AP.



Related: Will the Federal Government Make It Illegal to Protest Israel?

Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu called his defense minister, Moshe Yaalon, after Golan’s speech to express displeasure, according to The Haaretz daily.

The Israeli military then issued a clarification, claiming Golan did not intend to compare Israel and its army to “the horrors” of Nazi Germany.


“This is an absurd and baseless comparison that he never would have made and it was never his intention to criticize the Israeli government,” 
the Israeli military said.

Regardless of how the Israeli government spun Golan’s words or pressured him to rebuke his comments, they clearly reveal a grave concern about the increasingly callous manner in which Palestinians are being treated and the path that these actions will ultimately lead Israeli society down.

Having such rationale and logic, Golan said he was surprised that the political leaders and large chunk of the population reacted the way they did.


“I thought I was saying things that were clear, that every reasonable person would say, ‘Hey, he said what had to be said.’ I didn’t think I was saying something that was blatantly controversial,”
he said

As the Times of Israel reports, eloquent in both Hebrew and English, Golan holds a master’s degree from Harvard University. He was wounded but continued to command during a shootout with Hezbollah fighters in 1997 and is a well-regarded officer in the IDF, holding a number of top positions in his 37-year career.

From ISIS to America, the state is able to convince their enforcers to commit horrid acts in their name - all the while their subjects cheering it on as patriotism. In spite of Golan’s dedication to the IDF, he is still able to see the potential for such destruction and his words should be considered by all countries.



Related: Israel Above All & Gaza Near Collapse

Throughout history, very small groups of humans have been able to convince very large groups of humans to carry out evil and immoral acts of murder and abuse. It’s time to stop this.

While the citizens bash each other over silly issues of right vs. left or Islam vs. Christianity, those at the top get richer, more powerful and more tyrannical.

Race has disconnected us, religion has separated us, politics has divided us, and wealth has classified us. It is time we shatter this paradigm and see each other as humans - not flags, crosses, or classes.

If we don’t, humanity’s short time on this planet will inevitably be brought to a violent end.



Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

July 20, 1977: CIA Mind Control Project MK Ultra Documents Released For The First Time
August 2 2017 | From: Sputnik / Various

"Project MK Ultra" was the name given to an illegal program of human experimentation conducted by the US Central Intelligence Agency, which investigated mind control. The 1975 Church Committee hearings exposed the operation - and on July 20, 1977 a Freedom of Information Act request uncovered a cache of 20,000 documents relating to it.



The origins of MK Ultra lie in 1945, and Operation Paperclip - the secret transfer of top Nazi scientists to the US. Armed with extensive documentation on unethical Nazi human experimentation, including research into mind control, a clutch of military programs related to mental manipulation and behavioral modification were launched - including Projects CHATTER, BLUEBIRD and ARTICHOKE.

Related: What The History Channel Left Out About The Declassified CIA Program: “History Of MK-Ultra”

Headed by former chemist Dr. Sidney Gottlieb, MKUltra began in April 1953 on the orders of then-CIA Director Allen Welsh Dulles.

Officially - albeit behind closed doors - the CIA claimed the program was pursued in response to perceived instances of mind control techniques employed by Chinese, North Korean and Soviet forces on Allied prisoners of war in the Korean War.

In truth, the agency - including the control of foreign leaders, and assassination.

For the next 20 years, the CIA - in conjunction with the Special Operations Division of the US Army Chemical Corps - engaged in a panoply of illegal activities.



Related: It's Official: Psychedelic Drugs Really Do Produce Higher State of Consciousness

Most controversially, unwitting test subjects were subject to a number of techniques to manipulate their mental state and brain functions, including the administration of drugs such as LSD, hypnosis, sensory deprivation, isolation, verbal and sexual abuse, as well as a variety of torture techniques.

A 1955 document describing the substances used in the experiments gives some indication of the sheer scope of the project.

This includes drugs that will; "promote illogical thinking and impulsiveness to the point where the recipient would be discredited in public"; cause victims to age faster; recreate the effects of alcohol; emulate the symptoms of recognized diseases; induce temporary / permanent brain damage and loss of memory; produce amnesia of particular events; provoke shock and confusion over extended periods of time; create physical disablement (such as paralysis); alter personality structure; cause mental confusion; promote weakness or distortion of eyesight and hearing.



MK ULTRA Documentary CIA Mind Control Research Human Experiments in the United States




However, LSD came to dominate the program. Typically administered without informed consent to mental patients - a violation of the Nuremberg Code - prisoners, drug addicts and prostitutes ("people who could not fight back" one CIA officer said) in order to study their reactions.

LSD was also administered to CIA employees, military personnel, doctors and other government agents.


LSD Experiment - "Schizophrenia Psychosis Induced by LSD25" 1955 CIA Funded




In one case, the hallucinogenic drug was administered to a mental patient in Kentucky for 174 straight days.

In another, the CIA set up several brothels in San Francisco, California, dosed customers, and watched and filmed proceedings via one-way mirrors. Brothels were chosen as a surefire means of ensuring victims would not discuss their experience with others.

Most commonly however, test subjects were interrogated under bright lights while doctors took notes. It has been said being spiked with LSD became an "occupational hazard" for CIA agents during this time.

Several deaths reportedly resulted from these actions - most infamously, army scientist Dr. Frank Olson went into deep depression after being unwittingly dosed, later falling to his death from the thirteenth story window of New York City's Hotel Pennsylvania.



Related: LSD Makes the Brain More 'Complete': Researchers Praise Landmark Study

While officially ruled a suicide, a 1994 autopsy concluded the circumstances of his death and state prior to the plunge were "rankly and starkly" suggestive of homicide.

Despite such travesties, Dr. Gottlieb continued on with LSD experiments, convinced its volatile nature in fact made it ideal for use in covert operations. As its effects were temporary, he theorized it could be given to high-ranking officials to affect the course of important meetings, speeches and the like.

LSD was eventually jettisoned by MK Ultra's research team for being too unpredictable - an alleged turning point was the secret dosing of an agent that sent the individual running across Washington, seeing monsters in every car he passed.

In any event, by 1962 the CIA and the army had developed a series of superhallucinogens, such as BZ - said to be 100 times more powerful than LSD.


Psychoactive Agents Research Chemical Warfare Edgewood Maryland 1950's US Army

Beginning in the mid-1950s, the U.S. Army conducted research involving thousands of human subjects on various chemical agents, including LSD, BZ and marijuana derivatives, to assess their utility for chemical warfare applications.

Army doctors gave soldier volunteers synthetic marijuana, LSD, BZ and other psychoactive drugs during experiments aimed at developing chemical weapons that could incapacitate enemy soldiers.



Related: What It's Like To Live With Multiple Personality Disorder

The program, which ran at the Army's Edgewood, Md., arsenal from 1955 until about 1972, concluded that counterculture staples such as acid and pot were either too unpredictable or too mellow to be useful as weapons. One of the leading participants in that enterprise, Dr. James S. Ketchum, has published a memoir entitled "Chemical Warfare: Secrets Almost Forgotten."

(www.forgottensecrets.net), a detailed autobiographical reconstruction of the Edgewood Arsenal program of evaluating possible incapacitating agents in human volunteers (enlisted men) during the 1960s.

This clip is from the 1950s episode, the Unseen Weapon, from the The Big Picture documentary television program which ran on the American Broadcasting Company from 1953 to 1959. The program consisted of documentary films produced by the United States Army Signal Corps Army Pictorial Service.






The operation continued on until 1973, when CIA Director Richard Helms abruptly ordered all experiments halted, and all relevant files destroyed.

He was motivated by the Watergate scandal - fearing subsequent scrutiny of the US secret state's activities, he wished to ensure any subsequent investigation of such clandestine CIA operations would be impossible.

Helms subsequently admitted to the existence of the program during the 1975 Church Committee investigation - although due to the bonfire of relevant documentation, the Committee could only base their investigation on the sworn testimony of participants.



Related: CIA mind control morphed into psychiatry?

Nonetheless, a 1977 a Freedom of Information Act requ est unearthed a cache of 20,000 documents relating to the project, which had been mistakenly filed in a financial records building. These documents were fully investigated in Senate Hearings later that year.

While the remaining documents largely recorded the program's catastrophic failure, Miles Copeland - former CIA agent and father of Police drummer Stewart Copeland - subsequently suggested the tranche was but a "smokescreen" that offered "the barest glimpse" of the scope of the project.

Moreover, he suspected the project wasn't genuinely terminated in 1973. It may well persist, in even more covert forms, to this very day.

Two Key Things That Got Overlooked About Project MK Ultra

Not only is the MK Ultra program still operational, albeit under a different name, but a key branch of this mind control program that is being imposed upon the world is the CIA's research into the electromagnetic field and how to control the mind through radar microwave.





Related: R Kelly Dubbed a “Master of Mind Control” as Allegations Claim He is Holding Women Against Their Will in “Cult”


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Are There Patents To Manipulate The Human Nervous System Using Electromagnetic Frequencies?
August 2 2017 | From: ActivistPost

With all the “fake news,” propaganda and scares to taint impressionable minds with, one has to wonder is there any real news fit to print, to know or to do something with or about?



Well, I just happen to have been “gifted” with a website link “Justia Patents,” which details some of the patents and patents pending for inventions by Hendricus G. Loos that deal with manipulating the human nervous system by the use of electromagnetic fields!

Related: Pentagon Studies Weapons That Can Read Users’ Mind

Who is Hendricus G. Loos? According to the website “Quora,”  Loos may be a fictitious name that does not belong to a person!  Since 1978, Dr. Henry Loos, or Dr. Hank Loos, has been awarded 11 U.S. patents for devices that aim to manipulate the human nervous system.  Some of the patents include:

USP# 3009080- Apparatus and method for generating and containing plasma having ultra high temperatures.

USP# 4245909- An optical instrument for measurement of particle size distribution.

USP# 6238333- Remote magnetic manipulation of nervous systems.

USP# 6091994- Pulsative manipulation f nervous systems.

USP# 5782874- Method and apparatus for manipulating nervous system.

USP# 6017302- Subliminal acoustic manipulation of nervous system.

USP# 6506148-Nervous system manipulation by electromagnetic fields from monitor.

All devices are used for Mind Control projects run by CIA or other intelligence agencies. A group of researchers (under the name Dr H Loos) were actually a group of hired professionals for researching and inventing such devices which could be developed and used for mass mind control, PSYOPS, behaviour modification later by CIA. [1] [CJF emphasis]

Another website, “Patent Buddy,” talks about Loos having the address 3019 Cresta Way, Laguna Beach, California 92651, while yet another website claims Loos to be a “Master of Mind Control.”



Related: The US Military Says That Human Beings Actually Have A Sixth Sense

So, what’s this all about: fake news or real science?  Who knows what the facts really are when vested interests probably want to keep confusion rank. 

However, I revert back to the Justia website with its extensive listing of patents and patents pending, which indicate someone has patents for something that borders upon non-thermal radiation at low levels that can and does effectuate the human nervous system upon application of certain techniques granted under U.S. patents.

Here are some of the patents and information relating to Hendricus G. Loos as published at Justica:

Nervous system manipulation by electromagnetic fields from monitors
Patent number: 6506148

Remote magnetic manipulation of nervous systems
Patent number: 6238333

Pulse variability in electric field manipulation of nervous systems
Patent number: 6167304

Pulsative manipulation of nervous systems
Patent number: 6091994

Electric fringe field generator for manipulating nervous systems
Patent number: 6081744

Subliminal acoustic manipulation of nervous systems
Patent number: 6017302

Method and apparatus for associative memory
Patent number: 5995954

Magnetic excitation of sensory resonances
Patent number: 5935054

Thermal excitation of sensory resonances
Patent number: 5800481 - Note this patent includes microwave radiation inducements

Bipolar fog abatement system
Patent number: 4475927

Multiple wavelength instrument for measurement of particle size distribution
Patent number: 4361403

In reading the above information, one has to question whether some of the patents are being used in various microwave technologies, smart gadgets and appliances, and possibly even with weather geoengineering.

Those patents confirm scientific information and applications, I think, which ought to be brought to the attention of all fifty state public utility commissions regarding electromagnetic frequencies; how their applications at various low hertz levels function; and their effects on the human organism especially since utility companies are exposing customers to electromagnetic frequencies from smart meters, which are making people sick, disoriented and electromagnetically hypersensitive at frequencies thousands times faster than the frequencies in the patents granted above.

If those patent low frequencies can cause various human biological reactions, what’s going on from EMFs in the gigahertz ranges, which AMI Smart Meters operate at?

One Hertz (Hz) equals one cycle per second.  One kilohertz (KHz) is equivalent to one thousand cycles per second. One megahertz (MHz) equals one million cycles per second.  A Gigahertz (GHz) is a frequency equal to one billion hertz or cycles per second.  See what I mean?

One has to keep in mind the human body’s electromagnetic frequency range is 7.83 Hz!

Where’s the science proving AMI Smart Meters are safe for human exposure 24/7/365?

Related: A Smart Home Mega Sensor Can Track What Goes On In A Room + EKG Evidence That Smart Meters Negatively Affect The Human Heart


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Significant Ongoing Decline In Sperm Counts Of Western Men & The Astounding Drop In Global Fertility Rates Between 1970 And 2014
August 1 2017 | From: ScienceDaily / BrilliantMaps / Various

A rigorous and comprehensive meta-analysis of data collected between 1973 and 2011 finds that among men from Western countries, sperm concentration declined by more than 50 percent, with no evidence of a 'leveling off' in recent years.



These findings strongly suggest a significant decline in male reproductive health that has serious implications beyond fertility and reproduction, given recent evidence linking poor semen quality with higher risk of hospitalization and death.

Related: Review: Project Human Extinction – The Ultimate Conspiracy

A rigorous and comprehensive meta-analysis of data collected between 1973 and 2011 finds that among men from Western countries, sperm concentration declined by more than 50%, with no evidence of a 'leveling off' in recent years.





These findings strongly suggest a significant decline in male reproductive health that has serious implications beyond fertility and reproduction, given recent evidence linking poor semen quality with higher risk of hospitalization and death.

In the first systematic review and meta-analysis of trends in sperm count, researchers from the Hebrew University-Hadassah Braun School of Public Health and Community Medicine and the Icahn School of Medicine at Mount Sinai report a significant decline in sperm concentration and total sperm count among men from Western countries.

The study is published today in Human Reproduction Update, a leading journal in the fields of Reproductive Biology and Obstetrics & Gynecology.

By screening 7,500 studies and conducting a meta-regression analysis on 185 studies between 1973 and 2011, the researchers found a 52.4 percent decline in sperm concentration, and a 59.3 percent decline in total sperm count, among men from North America, Europe, Australia and New Zealand who were not selected based on their fertility status. In contrast, no significant decline was seen in South America, Asia and Africa, where far fewer studies have been conducted.

The study also indicates the rate of decline among Western men is not decreasing: the slope was steep and significant even when analysis was restricted to studies with sample collection between 1996 and 2011.




Sperm & Males Dying In Western Countries

The elite are trying to destroy the fertility of western men.

 We’ve been told that it was choice, careers and societal reasons behind the falling birth rates in Western Countries. The UN justified massive immigration 17 years ago in their plan to replace the people, the culture, the laws of Western Civilization with the third world.

Today, a massive study shows that in Western countries (alone) sperm rates have plunged — and men are also sicker and dying sooner.






The research was led by Dr. Hagai Levine, Head of the Environmental Health Track at the Hebrew University-Hadassah Braun School of Public Health and Community Medicine, Jerusalem, with Dr. Shanna H Swan, Professor in the Department of Environmental Medicine and Public Health at the Icahn School of Medicine at Mount Sinai, New York, and an international team of researchers from Brazil, Denmark, Israel, Spain and the United States.

While declines in sperm count have been reported since 1992, the question has remained controversial because of limitations in past studies. However, the current study uses a broader scope and rigorous meta-regression methods, conservatively addresses the reliability of study estimates, and controls for factors that might help explain the decline such as age, abstinence time, and selection of the study population.


"Given the importance of sperm counts for male fertility and human health, this study is an urgent wake-up call for researchers and health authorities around the world to investigate the causes of the sharp ongoing drop in sperm count, with the goal of prevention,"
said Dr. Hagai Levine, the lead author and Head of the Environmental Health Track at the Hebrew University-Hadassah Braun School of Public Health and Community Medicine, in the Hebrew University of Jerusalem's Faculty of Medicine.

The findings have important public health implications. First, these data demonstrate that the proportion of men with sperm counts below the threshold for subfertility or infertility is increasing. Moreover, given the findings from recent studies that reduced sperm count is related to increased morbidity and mortality, the ongoing decline points to serious risks to male fertility and health.


"Decreasing sperm count has been of great concern since it was first reported twenty-five years ago. This definitive study shows, for the first time, that this decline is strong and continuing.

The fact that the decline is seen in Western countries strongly suggests that chemicals in commerce are playing a causal role in this trend,"
Dr. Shanna H Swan, a professor in the Department of Environmental Medicine and Public Health at the Icahn School of Medicine at Mount Sinai, New York.

While the current study did not examine causes of the observed declines, sperm count has previously been plausibly associated with environmental and lifestyle influences, including prenatal chemical exposure, adult pesticide exposure, smoking, stress and obesity.

Therefore, sperm count may sensitively reflect the impact of the modern environment on male health across the lifespan and serve as a "canary in the coal mine" signaling broader risks to male health.


Have Sperm Counts Declined? Definitely Yes, Says First-Ever Meta-Analysis on Trends in Sperm Count

In the first systematic review and meta-analysis of trends in sperm count, researchers from the Hebrew University of Jerusalem's Faculty of Medicine and the Icahn School of Medicine at Mount Sinai report a significant decline in sperm concentration and total sperm count among men from Western countries.

A rigorous and comprehensive meta-analysis of data collected between 1973 and 2011 finds that among men from Western countries who were not selected on the basis of their fertility status, sperm concentration declined by more than 50%, with no evidence of a “leveling off” in recent years.

These findings strongly suggest a significant decline in male reproductive health that has serious implications beyond fertility and reproduction, given recent evidence linking poor semen quality with higher risk of hospitalization and death. Research on causes of this ongoing decline and their prevention is urgently needed.







The Astounding Drop In Global Fertility Rates Between 1970 And 2014


The map below shows one of history’s most astounding global shifts; the drop in fertility rate between 1970 and 2014. The total fertility rate (TFR) is the average number of children born to each woman in a country. It’s important because, it’s an easy way to tell if a country is growing or not, excluding immigration/emigration.



A country’s population is stable when TFR is equal to replacement rates. These vary by country but globally work out to around 2.1 children per woman. The reason the replacement rate is slightly higher than 2 is not only do women need to replace themselves and the father but also to factor in children who die before reaching adulthood and women who die before the end of their child bearing years.

With that in mind, you can see that many countries in the world (all in dark blue) are now below replacement level including 3 of the 4 BRIC countries (China, Russia and Brazil), all of Europe (except France, Ireland and Turkey) along with Japan, Canada and Australia, among others.

This means that without immigration all these countries will see long term population decreases.

Globally the TFR has dropped from 4.45 in 1970 to around 2.5 in 2014. If the rate keeps falling, the world population will eventually stop growing and may actually start shrinking towards the end of the 21st century.

Here are several other interesting facts:


The Democratic Republic of the Congo, Central African Republic, Niger, Chad and South Sudan all experienced TFR increases between 1970 and 2014.

In 1970, only Finland and Sweden had TFR rates below 2.0 (Czech Republic and Croatia did as well, but were part of Czechoslovakia and Yugoslavia respectively). By 2014 that number had risen to at least 72 countries.

The lowest TFR rate in 1970 was Finland at 1.8, but by 2014 Singapore had the lowest rate at just 0.8!

The highest rate in 1970 was Rwanda which had a TFR of 8.2. In 2014, Niger had the highest rate with 6.89 (Rwanda’s has fallen to 4.62).

In terms of absolute decreases the biggest drops have happened in Libya, Maldives, Kuwait, Qatar and Bangladesh.

In terms of relative decreases the biggest drops have occurred in St. Lucia, South Korea, United Arab Emirates, Brunei and Iran.

Finally the world’s two most populous countries have both seen their TFR drop significantly between 1970 and 2014. India’s dropped from 5.5 to 2.4 a 56% decrease, while China’s dropped from 5.5 to 1.6 a 71% decrease and well below replacement.

For more stats see the Population Reference Bureau and Wikipedia.

To learn more have a look at the following books:

Fertility Rates and Population Decline: No Time for Children?

No Ordinary Disruption: The Four Global Forces Breaking All the Trends

The Birth of the Pill: How Four Crusaders Reinvented Sex and Launched a Revolution


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Fourteen Ways To Protect Yourself From The New World Order (NWO) Agenda
August 1 2017 | From: WakeUpWorld

Desperate measures are indeed needed for desperate times. Big black totalitarian clouds loom on the horizon.




The price of ignorance towards the New World Order (NWO) agenda could be very costly. The psychopathic ruling elite own the banks, weapons, gold, drugs and oil, while having the politicians, police, military and mass media etc. in their pockets, and are further tightening that unrelenting grip on the control of our money, health, food, water, air, and all the related science and technology, for complete domination over the human populace. 

Related: The Death Throws Of The Cabal

Fall for any of its carefully cultivated illusions and you could end up broke, losing property, seriously ill, or even end up dead.

In response, this is my heartfelt advice on how to prepare for your survival in the unpredictable, not too distant (potential) future. Here are 14 ways to protect you, your family and friends from the escalating NWO agenda.


14 Ways to Protect Youself from the NWO Agenda

1. Stop Giving Attention to Corporate Sponsored  News

Switch off the TV (Tel-Lie-Vision). Turn to select alternative media sources instead for the truth.



Learn to research and discern the differences between disinformation and the truth
, especially in the case of the internet.

2. Stop Voting For Any of the Major Political Parties

By voting for one of the major political parties, you’re only giving your power away to help the ruling criminals further advance their NWO agenda.

Stop believing the left/right sock puppet campaigning shows, all of which are backed and financed by T.H.E.Y (The Hierarchy Enslaving You). 

It doesn’t matter who gets voted in
 - they’re all funded and backed by the ruling elite. Whomever wins, the politicians who sit in office will only be there to serve their lords and masters, the ruling elite, instead of the wishes of we-the-people.

Yes, there are a growing number of people who know this, but many still don’t fully understand: Any advantages of selecting one party over the other because of say, a policy in your favour or advantage, such as a tax cut, will only be a short-term payoff.

In the end, if you vote for one of the major parties then you’ll only have to suffer the far greater long-term cost of having chosen a party or so-called representative with connections to the ruling elite’s agenda.


3. Detoxify Yourself

Use specific foods as well as supplements to detoxify yourself of lifelong body pollution. Restore health and protect the body by removing fluoride, chloride, bromide, heavy metals (including toxins from chemtrails/geoengineering), EMFs, radiation and other noxious substances.

4. Drink Good Clean or Filtered Water

Avoid chemically-impregnated tap water and plastic bottled water.



Use filters such as those using reverse osmosis to filter the water. Drink adequate amounts and keep your body well hydrated.

5. Eat Organic Food

Eat plenty of organic fruit and vegetables, seeds and nuts. Don’t begrudge the extra cost. In the long run it’s worth it, because you will be ingesting nutrient-dense food without the toxins.

For more information please see:

Buying Organic Food on a Budget – How to Go Organic without Going Broke

Here’s What Happens When You Eat a 100% Organic Diet


6. Avoid Junk Food!

Avoid junk food with its high sugar, salt and cheap/nasty trans-fats and chemical flavor enhancers which will not only not protect you from disease states — it will add to them, even causing depression!

Chemical laden, processed, irradiated or GMO foods should be avoided. (For more information, please see: Video: What Happens In Your Body When You Eat Processed Foods.)

Avoid cooking with a microwave oven, and with non-stick coated or aluminium utensils, which in effect turns the food into junk food and could lead to health problems through toxic contaminants.

Also, don’t cook food using high temperatures for too long. Extreme temperatures cause the nutritional value (vitamins and enzymes in particular) to denature and greatly reduces the food value. Keep the heat down!

7. Use Natural or Organic Home and Personal Care Products

By uing organic products in your home and on your body, you avoid absorbing the toxic chemicals often found in non-organic personal care products.

For more information please see:

Skin Science – Debunking Cosmetic Industry Propaganda

Loving Your Skin – 10 Essential Natural Topical Treatments

Toxic Products to Ban From Your Home – Plus Healthier Alternatives to Help You Do It

8. Avoid Low Frequency EMF’s (Electromagnetic Frequencies) Radiation

Common sources of EMF radiation include power grid lines, cell phones and towers, Wi-Fi sources, laptops, microwaves, breast cancer mammograms, body scanner x-ray detectors (such as those at airports), and compact fluorescent lighting (use clear or white LED lighting instead).

Don’t fall for the corporate sponsored junk science brigade claiming that these EMF sources and their applications are okay. Anyone with a couple of investigative brain cells to rub together will find out that frequent long-term use has been known to cause a range of serious illnesses related to cancer, nervous, hormonal and behavioural problems.

For more information, please see: 

It’s True: You Really Can Protect Yourself Against Electromagnetic Radiation – Here’s How

9. Avoid Vaccines and Vaccinations

Vaccines are NOT safe and are known to be ineffective. As countless examples have proven, you could end up seriously ill, brain-damaged or even dead from these fraudulent big pharma money spinners about which the revenue-raking government and their paid-off media are only too happy to spread their related disinformation and lies.

For more information, please see: 

Vaccination’s Dilemma: “Unavoidably Unsafe” at Any Dose

Independent Journalist Ben Swann Blows the Lid on CDC Vaccine Cover-Up

Herd Immunity vs. Viral Shedding: Who’s Infecting Whom?


10. Don’t Fall for Joining the Military

Don’t become a sucker for the ruling elite’s wars, which are secretly manufactured for power, profit, political gain, and a planned population reduction agenda.



I know, like other things mentioned in my list, this may come as quite a shock to some people.

For more information, please see:

The Conspiracy of War - Power, Profit, Propaganda and Imperialism

Top 10 Indications That ISIS is a US/Israeli Creation

The Real Terrorists: The 0.01%

11. Have Toxic Amalgam Fillings Removed

Mercury amalgam fillings have been known to cause brain damage, lower IQ, contribute to depression and harbour disease-causing bacteria. See a biologic or holistic dentist to get them removed and replaced by safe alternatives such as Zirconium Implants (don’t use metal based or plastic BPA resins). Don’t support dentists who use mercury amalgam or fluoride.

Dental decay can be prevented with good nutrition, like for example using coconut oil as a mouthwash since it contains the antibacterial lauric acid.

12. Maintain Well-Stocked Supplies of Food and Water

In case of a crisis stock up with a few weeks’ supply of food and water in the hope that, by then, things would have died down with normal supply somewhat resumed.



Such a crisis could be a financial one, like a currency collapse, or a fake war, a staged attack (fake alien invasion perhaps, you never know?) or a HAARP (High Frequency Auroral Research Project) secret weather modification… etc used for inducing chaos by the ruling elite and their associates as an excuse to declare martial war on citizens.

In most cases, within three days of a ‘lock down’ (likely less if panic and rioting sets in) all purchasable food supplies will be gone.

13. Maintain Self-Sufficiency

In line with point #12, grow your own food. There are indeed many excellent websites advising how this can be done. I have been saying that self-sufficiency, especially in the way of home-grown food, is a major factor in workable communities. Discernment and unity are other major factors.

Have sufficient physical cash on standby in case of emergency: You may want to consider converting some of your hard earned cash into gold or silver coins as a good investment.

Try looking at non-power grid alternative energy supplies to power up your home. How about solar panels or batteries or supplemental wind generators… etc? Electric vehicles would also not be a bad idea.

For more information, please visit Wake Up World’s Survival and Disaster Preparation page, or check out the following articles:

Survival Basics: 12 Tips for Families with Children

The Greenhouse of the Future - Grow Your Own Food Year-Round With This Revolutionary System

14. Spread the Word!


"Those who have the privilege to know, have the duty to act.”

- Albert Einstein

Wake up! Use this and other similar articles to spread the word to your family and friends. Get active. If you do nothing, you’ll be unprepared and risk suffering the awful consequences of the escalating NWO agenda.


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Chemotherapy May Spread Cancer And Trigger More Aggressive Tumors, Says New Research / Chemotherapy Found To Spread Cancer Throughout The Body, Warn Scientists
July 31 2017 | From: WakingTimes / NaturalNews

The world spent over $100 billion a year on cancer drugs in 2015, a year in which the world’s highest paid CEO made his killing from cancer patients. Much of this is spent on chemotherapy, which is well-known to weaken patients, sacrifice their immune systems and make them susceptible to co-infections, diseases and other complications.



In addition to these side-effects, it has now been discovered that while chemotherapy does kill cancer cells, it can also trigger cancer cells to disperse throughout the body triggering more aggressive tumors to develop in the lungs and other vital bodily systems.

Related: Top 7 Natural Cures for Cancer that Have Been Buried by the FDA, AMA, CDC

A new research study conducted by Dr. George Karagiannis of the Albert Einstein College of Medicine of Yeshiva University in New York explains how this works. Entitled, Neoadjuvant chemotherapy induces breast cancer metastasis through a TMEM-mediated mechanism, Dr. Karagiannis’ study focused on breast cancer patients, looking at the unintended consequences of chemo.


"Many are given chemotherapy before surgery, but the new research suggests that, although it shrinks tumours in the short term, it could trigger the spread of cancer cells around the body.

It is thought the toxic medication switches on a repair mechanism in the body which ultimately allows tumours to grow back stronger. It also increases the number of ‘doorways’ on blood vessels which allow cancer to spread throughout the body."

- Source

In short, chemotherapy is now shown to in some cases increase the likelihood that cancer will spread throughout the patient’s body. The cancer cells are reacting to chemotherapy by dispersing throughout the body to look for new hosts.


"By studying the process of intravasation or entry of cells into the vasculature, Karagiannis et al. discovered that, in addition to killing tumor cells, chemotherapy treatment can also increase intravasation.

Groups of cells collectively known as tumor microenvironment of metastasis (TMEM) can serve as gateways for tumor cells entering the vasculature, and the authors discovered that several types of chemotherapy can increase the amounts of TMEM complexes and circulating tumor cells in the bloodstream."

-
Source

Karagiannis discovered that mice exposed to chemotherapy saw an increase the number of cancer cells circulating throughout the body and lungs. This research finally offers a scientific explanation of why so many patients see their cancer spread into other parts of their bodies once chemo/radiation treatment begins.



Related: Cancer Industry Now Admits That Chemo And Radiation Treatments Generate Huge Repeat Business & Repeat Profits

Having isolated this effect in breast cancer cases only, the research opens the door to examine the possibility of this happening in patients with other types of cancer who choose chemotherapy.


"In this study we only investigated chemotherapy-induced cancer cell dissemination in breast cancer. We are currently working on other types of cancer to see if similar effects are elicited."

-
Dr. George Karagiannis


Final Thoughts

There are many approaches to treating cancer, and shockingly many of the natural approaches which require few if any drugs are actually illegal in our society.

Furthermore, regarding breast cancer, mammograms are known to be dangerous, the number of false positive cancer test results is shockingly high, and in many cases women are being treated for cancer when they don’t even have it.



Related: Chemotherapy Backfires - Causes Healthy Cells To Feed Growth Of Cancer Tumours

The preferred mainstream cancer treatment has become a means of capitalizing on human suffering, and while it has long been suspected that chemo can do more harm than good, we now have research indicating that this is indeed the case. 

Dr. Karagiannis’ study adds a very significant piece of the puzzle of why the contemporary model of cancer care should be abandoned in favor of natural treatments.




Chemotherapy Found To Spread Cancer Throughout The Body, Warn Scientists

Though conventional medicine claims to be winning the war against cancer, along with the holistic health community, we at Natural News have consistently been trying to expose one of the biggest frauds known in human history: CHEMOTHERAPY.



Brainwashed by doctors, oncologists, and the mainstream media, most cancer patients think their only hope for survival is chemotherapy. In America, treating cancer is BIG business. Since the cancer industry makes billions of dollars each year, a cure is not what they are after.

Related: Berkeley Doctor Claims People Die From Chemotherapy, Not Cancer + Cancer Researchers Discover How High-Dose Vitamin C Kills Cancer Cells

Did you know that the number one side effect of chemotherapy is cancer? Conventional cancer treatments not only fail miserably, they are also designed to make cancer patients sicker. Though chemotherapy may shrink the initial tumor(s), what is happening in the background is far more important. It is the one dark and criminal truth nobody seems to knows about.

A new study published in the journal Science Translational Medicine earlier this month proved what we have been saying for decades; conventional cancer treatments cause more cancer. A team of scientists at New York’s Albert Einstein College of Medicine has found compelling evidence that chemotherapy is only a short-term solution.

Eventually, the drugs will make you sick again, pushing patients towards a second round of expensive treatments. Clever money generating trick: Instead of helping patients to get rid of the disease, they temporarily put it on hold so they can take the dollars twice.


Chemotherapy Kills More Patients than Cancer Itself

In 2017, an estimated 1,688,780 new cancer cases are expected to be diagnosed and about 600,920 people will die from the disease in the United States, according to the annual report by the American Cancer Society.



Related: Doctor Glidden Exposes The 97% Failure Rate Of Chemotherapy Along With Pharmaceutical Co. Kickbacks To Prescribing Doctors - It's All About The Money

The New York scientists explained that while shrinking the tumors, chemotherapy simultaneously opens new doorways for tumors to spread into the blood system, triggering more aggressive tumors which often result in death.

The researchers believe toxic chemo drugs switch on repair mechanisms in the body that allow tumors to grow back faster.

Furthermore, Dr. George Karagiannis, lead author of the study, and his team found that two common chemo drugs increased the number of “doorways” on blood vessels which allowed cancer cells to spread to other parts of the body.

The team also discovered that chemotherapy increased the number of cancer cells circulating the body and lungs of mice.

Though this study only investigated the effects of chemotherapy on breast cancer, the researchers are currently experimenting with other types of cancer to see if similar effects occur, reported The Telegraph.

Dr. Karagiannis noted that women receiving preoperative chemotherapy to treat breast cancer should be monitored to check if the cancer isn’t circulating or creating more possibilities to spread. He recommends taking a small amount of tumor tissue after a few doses of preoperative chemotherapy. If the markers are increased, the therapy should be terminated immediately.



Related: Chemotherapy found to spread cancer

This study is not the first to demonstrate the ways in which chemotherapy can trigger secondary or metastatic cancers. In 2010, researchers at the University of Alabama at Birmingham (UAB) Comprehensive Cancer Center and UAB Department of Chemistry were awarded a $805,000 grant from the U.S. Department of Defense Breast Cancer Research Program to investigate the question whether chemo encourages cancer to spread throughout the body.

Many studies later, we can no longer ignore the answer to that question. YES, patients are dying from chemotherapy, not cancer itself. It has been shown to not only cause secondary cancers but also accelerates tumor growth and causes cancer cells to become resistant to treatment.


Seventy Five Percent of Physicians and Scientists Would Refuse Chemotherapy for Themselves or Their Family

What does this number say about the effectiveness and risks of therapy? Do these people know more? And what is the mainstream media hiding from us?

Due to the devastating effects on the entire body and the immune system, and an extremely low success rate, three of every four doctors and scientists would refuse chemotherapy, according to polls taken by the McGill Cancer Center.

Additionally, an estimated 97 percent of cancers don’t respond to chemotherapy, yet it remains the go-to treatment for nearly every cancer type.





It Was No Accident That Western Medicine Has Been Twisted Into A Tool Of The Mega Corporations

The American medical system is purposely used to keep the people sick and in debt.







Think about it. When your body is fighting cancer, the last thing it needs is more cancer-inducing, immune suppressing chemicals, right?

Though all scientists and doctors know that chemotherapy is pure poison and can make things worse, the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) outlaws doctors from choosing non-chemical routes, such as vitamins, supplements, herbs, superfoods, and other natural cancer solutions, for their patients.

Over the past few years, one study after another has been coming out, linking chemotherapy to cancer. Yet authorities fail to make the healthy call. How much more proof do they need before they start to acknowledge that there are far better, less expensive real cures out there?


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Priebus Out, General Kelly In: Swamp Draining May Start Soon & Is The US Congress Engaged In A Controlled Demolition Of The US?
July 31 2017 | From: Geopolitics / Geopolitics

You’re fired! The Donald just said this to Apprentice Reince Priebus, who was suspected of leaking White House secrets to the Deep State media and Congress.



The latter’s replacement is Homeland Security Chief John Kelly, who is expected to start draining the swamp in earnest.

Related: Pastor: Senior Republican Told Me of Plan to ‘Take Out’ Trump

What this means is that, Trump is officially severing ties with the Republicans who rejected his Obama Repeal bill, rammed the anti-Russian sanctions on his desk, and keep him from fulfilling his campaign and inauguration commitments.

Add to this is both the Bannon and Kushner camps like Gen. Kelly.

Let’s see where this is all going then.


Related Articles:

If No Healthcare Bill Approved Soon – Bailouts for Congress and Insurance Companies will End Soon

POTUS Considering Firing H.R. McMaster, Bringing CIA Director Pompeo Into White House

Obama Operating ‘Secret War Room’ 2 Miles From WH To Destroy POTUS Trump



Is The US Congress Engaged In A Controlled Demolition Of The US?

When you have  nothing else to offer, offer nothing by playing the sanction card – this seems to be the formula that is persistently used by the Deep State-controlled US Congress.



The problem is: the rest of the world can survive without depending on the US economy. If that’s the case, then why are the US legislators behaving in such a way, if not to destroy America itself?

Related: Don't blame Trump, blame Wall Street - Zhirinovsky on Russian Sanctions

So the American bully wants to slap more sanctions on Russia over alleged misdeeds. This is blatant temper tantrums by a frustrated US trying to get “its way or no way."

It’s so absurd. The biggest rogue nation on Earth, illegally bombing and killing civilians in several countries simultaneously, covertly arming terrorist proxies in the Middle East, and a rampant subversive interferer in foreign elections around the world, has the audacity to lecture others about probity, resorting to financial arm twisting that makes a mockery of international laws and trade rules.

Well, after all, the Americans do always declare themselves to be exceptional. Never a truer word was spoken, albeit inadvertently.

This week, the US House of Representatives voted overwhelming to approve tougher new sanctions on Russia. The Senate is expected to rubber-stamp the bill and then President Trump will most probably sign into law. He is becoming a lame duck president due to the rampant Russophobia in the US.



Related: McMaster Caught Privately Communicating WH Internal Politics to Deep State McCabe

Russia’s deputy foreign minister Sergey Ryabkov deplored the latest move to tighten punitive measures on the country’s energy, banking and defense sectors, among others. He said it was a calculated step to destroy any prospect of normalizing ties between the US and Russia.


"It is beyond common sense,”
said Ryabkov, adding that American legislators “know no restraint in their anti-Russia zeal” and that they are “out of control”. In short, collectively insane.

Few sane people – apart from US politicians and media pundits – would welcome a further deterioration in relations between the world’s two nuclear superpowers. And truth be told, Moscow has up to now shown great patience and amenability to try to improve bilateral ties.

But the US political class has shown no interest whatsoever in pursuing any reconciliation. It’s like it has a death-wish.

American lawmakers endorsing the latest sanctions were almost foaming at the mouth, labelling Russia an enemy and citing unhinged accusations against Moscow for meddling in last year’s presidential elections, also for destabilizing Ukraine and, wait for it, “propping up the Assad regime in Syria” – the country where the American CIA has been propping up head-chopping jihadist terrorists for the past six years.



Related: Transgender Surgeries Would Cost Pentagon $1.3 Billion

However, let’s step back a moment. Another way of looking at this geopolitical impasse fomented by the US is that it is actually a good thing. US politicians and large sections of the media are so deranged with anti-Russia hysteria and irrational views on international matters, there is simply no chance of engaging them with normal dialogue.

Better to let the American political class consume itself with its own toxic paranoia and delusions about the world, and toward Russia in particular. Let them destroy themselves politically in their isolated paranoid state and endless duplicity.

A sign of the impending American political self-destruction is the furious reaction from Europe over the latest sanctions. The Europeans are at last waking up to the fact – long overdue – that Washington is acting brazenly for its own selfish interests and is prepared to inflict pain on Europe, if needs be.

The European Commission, which oversees EU trade policy, as well as Germany and Austria have expressed outrage over Washington’s “hidden agenda” which is disguised in the self-righteous and disingenuous rhetoric of sanctioning Russia.

Germany’s foreign ministry sharply criticized America of undermining European energy security and using sanctions as “a tool to advance US industrial interests”.

It’s not Russia being sanctioned so much as America sanctioning its own allies.



Of course, this is what the whole American brouhaha over sanctions on Russia is all about. It’s got nothing to do with “disciplining” Russia over alleged misdeeds. How could such pious rhetoric be taken seriously from the planet’s biggest rogue state?

No, it’s all about foisting American energy gas supplies on to a new European market by displacing Russian exports. When Donald Trump was visiting Poland last month, he made an unvarnished sales pitch to the Poles and other Central European countries to buy American gas. Even though the US supply would be much more expensive than Russia’s.

That’s why Trump will likely sign off on the new anti-Russia sanctions. While the president has at times expressed an interest in normalizing ties with Russian leader Vladimir Putin, Trump’s top priority is to promote American trade interests. He wants to reduce the yawning US trade deficit with Europe by forcing the latter to buy American gas, instead of Russian.

So much for American capitalism obeying the rules of “supply and demand”. And so much for the Americans declaring to be an “ally” of Europe acting always “to protect” it from “Russian aggression”.



Related: Obama Aides Umasked Hundreds During Election Without Justification

The delusional, paranoid Americans would be happy to see Europe freeze to death, being cut off from affordable Russian gas. Washington in its short-sighted stupidity would plunge Europe into economic recession, industrial failure and rising unemployment just to sell the continent more of its own expensive gas.

America’s sanctions policy against Russia is a thermometer of grave political ill-health among its politicians and media. If the Americans want to conduct their government business and foreign policy based on delusional hysteria, then let it be. Sooner or later, a nation driven by such crazed thinking will destroy itself and its supposed allies.

The outbreak of anger among European nations toward American self-entitlement to damage European interests is also a temperature reading indicating fever pitch out of control. It is an astounding display of arrogance when Washington is, in effect, attempting to overhaul European energy and trade policy for the naked benefit of US interests.

American sanctions against Russia are more a cry of desperation by the US political class whose economy is tanking and whose standing in the world is sliding to unprecedented low levels. Scrabbling to offset the historical demise, the idiotic American “leaders” are lashing out with anti-Russia hysteria and damaging blows to even their own supposed allies in Europe.



Related: Al Gore Ominously Warns Americans To Prepare For “Challenging” Event Happening Soon

The much-vaunted “transatlantic bond” between the US and Europe was always an over-rated cover for the Americans to lord it over what they considered to be their European vassals.

Russia, unfortunately, has been vilified to provide an excuse for this hegemony.

But so arrogant, so desperate are the American rulers today that the charade of US-European “partnership” is in danger of unraveling. If such sanctions help cast a light on the decay of America’s once formidable global empire then bring them on.

There’s a big multi-polar world out there. Russia, Iran, China and the Europeans, if the latter get their act together, must learn to walk away from the American sulking bully and let it fester in its own decadence.

The bankrupt US – morally, politically, economically – has nothing worthwhile to offer the world. Its so-called leadership is a lost cause. Attempting to engage with this parasitic wreckage is only a drain on resources.

The US has just approved the bill 98-2, the two being Rand Paul of Kentucky and Bernie Sanders of Vermont.

This means that Donald Trump can sign, or veto, the bill. Let’s see if the incumbent president of the US has the backbone to take on the Deep State directly.


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Geoengineering And Weather Modification Exposed
June 30 2017 | From: ClimateViewer / Various

The most extensive research on Geoengineering and Weather Modification experiments worldwide, with articles, maps, and timelines to fully expose the hidden world of Weather Control.


This page is a table of contents for Jim Lee’s research on Geoengineering. All of the information on this page is backed up by references, feared by trolls and geoengineering lobbyists alike, and is the most accurate literature on who’s controlling your weather, why they are doing it, and where.

Related: Chemtrails & Geoengineering

For the uninitiated, prepare yourself to be shocked.  For you veterans of the Climate Engineering activism world, our articles, maps, and timelines will answer many of your burning questions and help you connect the dots.

As the media distributes pro-geoengineering propaganda in a political climate ruled by fear, the Lord’s of Weather (geoengineering lobbyist’s) are suggesting coating our skies with sulfur, aluminum, titanium, and diamond dust to block the sun and cool our planet.

While acknowledging that Geoengineering Solar Radiation Management will alter rainfall patterns worldwide and likely kill people, the Lord’s of Weather ignore the cold hard facts: after 60 years of cloud-seeding, nobody has ever produced any proof of its efficacy.



Related: Epic Video: Three Chemtrail Tankers Filmed Spraying From Above, Air-To-Air & Legal And Governmental
Representatives Speak Out About Geoengineering


Billions of dollars are spent worldwide altering clouds with silver iodide and other chemical nano-particles despite the fact that cloud seeding likely does not work. Even worse, all of the separate cloud seeding programs worldwide could be altering our weather in dangerous ways where the butterfly effects of aggravated clouds destroy property and end lives, even the CIA is worried about weather warfare.

Despite numerous lawsuits over weather modification activities, most losses are blamed on “nature” as there is little transparency or accountability.  With a cloud-seeding’s terrible track record, how could anyone support geoengineering SRM’s uncontrolled global weather manipulations. To make matters worse, Bill Gate’s geoengineering money is also funding Hurricane Hacking efforts blurring the lines between Geoengineering and Weather Modification.

Geoengineering the sky has been a worldwide phenomenon since the start of commercial aviation. Ships and jet aircraft are covering our skies in man-made clouds.  



Related: What Are Chemtrails And How Are They Harming Our Food And Water? + Nuclear Chemist Publishes Paper
Detailing: “Aluminum Poisoning Of Humanity Via Geoengineering”


Despite 60 years of jet planes making clouds, aviation-induced cloudiness, persistent contrails, contrail cirrus, and aerosol-cloud interaction are barely understood with today’s best supercomputers and are not properly accounted for in IPCC models.  

The aviation industry knows this, and jet aircraft-produced contrail cirrus clouds are now being actively experimented on using two main concepts: doping jet fuel with sulfur and cirrus cloud seeding to melt these clouds away.  Contrail cirrus clouds trap heat and likely are a greater threat than CO2 so scientists are experimenting with jet biofuels and flight routing to engineer clouds that cool the planet.

This active experiment goes on everyday, over your heads, with over 100,000 flights a day worldwide and zero accountability.

Space Weather Modification is also gaining more publicity.  When upper atmospheric nuclear explosions were banned back in the 1950’s, the U.S. military still hell bent on replacing our fickle ionosphere with something more reliable decided to dump millions of needles in space to create their own.  



Related: What Is This GWEN Tower Really For? + ELF, GWEN Towers, And HAARP Connection

The West Ford Needles project failed, and to this day millions of needles can be found floating in space or buried in ice at our poles.  Next the military began using sounding rockets and satellites to create heavy ion clouds in space by dumping Barium, Strontium, and Sulfur Hexaflouride into our ionosphere.  

Military radio technicians could heat these chemical releases in space with the ionospheric heater at Arecibo, Puerto Rico and “see” our ionosphere.

 Today, the top ionospheric heater worldwide HAARP fires electromagnetic missiles into our Van Allen belts and scrapes out radiation using the “Christofilos Effect” learned back in the 1950’s nuclear blasts.

Dubbed “radiation belt remediation” ionospheric heaters are sold to politicians and the public as a back up plan for Solar Flares or High Altitude Electromagnetic Pulse attacks, however foreign governments are very concerned about the military capabilities of these ionospheric heaters, with the Russian government going as far as to say HAARP could “have a negative impact on the mental health of people populating entire regions.”



Related: Nurse Testimony On Chemtrail Health Consequences - Cathy Gable Global Chemtrail Summit

Despite these dire warnings, the practice of heating chemical releases in space is just “a conspiracy theory.”

This page is an effort to raise awareness of atmospheric experimentation and to lobby for transparency in the geoengineering and weather modification industries, and hopefully to see an end to weather control efforts, both intentional and unintentional, in hopes that one day my child will see natural weather.

Let one thing in nature stay natural, hand’s off our sky.


Learn the history of weather modification with our Interactive Timeline

Learn about current geoengineering projects check out our map.

Get involved in Ken Caldeira’s Geoengineering Group like I have: read my comments

Tell people about this page and share with your friends!

Spread the word about our solution, “The Clarity Clause” and help us make this law a reality!


Please watch and download the PowerPoint of my explosive presentation given at the Freedom Force International’s 3rd Congress in Phoenix, Arizona. December 3, 2016:


Geoengineering, Weather Modification, and Weaponizing Nature





Who’s Pushing Geoengineering SRM?

Check out ETC Group’s World of Geoengineering spreadsheet.

See this Google Fusion Table



Click on the image above to view a larger version in a new window

Related: Geoengineering Programs


Geoengineering SRM Sponsors & Authors



Related: Geoengineering programs, proposals, experiments, field trials, and weather modification programs worldwide

Oldham P, Szerszynski B, Stilgoe J, Brown C, Eacott B, Yuille A. 2014. Mapping the landscape of climate engineering. Phil. Trans. R. Soc. A 372, 20140065 (doi:10.1098/rsta.2014.0065) [PMC free article] [PubMed]


Weather Modification and Geoengineering Fact Sheets



Related: Geoengineering researchers, universities, companies, and weather modification derivatives trading


Geoengineer Ken Caldeira Gets Caught Lying *Loses Temper*

After lying about weaponizing the weather, has audio played back to him to prove it, then lies again. After being confronted yet again about this fact, he completely loses it and tells the interviewer to shut the f*** up!




Related Articles:

Climate Change and Geoengineering: Artificially Cooling Planet Earth by Thinning Cirrus Clouds

The Clarity Clause: A Solution

Geoengineering with Cirrus Cloud Seeding

A stunning admission from the scientific community

Chemtrails From SPACE! The Past (1950-1978) part 1

Climate change scientists launch geoengineering experiment that may accidentally cause global famine


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

"Shrinkflation" - How Food Companies Implement Massive Price Hikes Without You Ever Noticing
June 30 2017 | From: ZeroHedge

Do you ever get the sense that your favorite steak at that Quick Service Restaurant of your choice keeps getting thinner and thinner all while your check size at the end of the night continues getting larger and larger.  Well, it is. 



How else are publicly traded chains going to continue to deliver margin growth to wall street in the midst of rising labor costs, rising commodity costs and shrinking customer traffic?

Related: Shrinkflation - Real Inflation Much Higher Than Reported

As a new study in the U.K. just revealed, shrinking portion sizes among food manufacturers is actually way more common than you might think and you probably never even noticed it.  In fact, according to data from the Office for National Statistics, over 2,500 consumer products in the U.K. shrunk in size over the past five years despite being sold for the same price.

But it's not just food manufacturers that are shrinking portions while maintaining price as many consumers goods items from chocolate to coffee to toilet paper are all experiencing the same trends. 



Related: Shrinkflation Hits The UK: Toblerone Shrinks By 10%, Price Stays The Same

Known in grocery circles as 'liar packs', shrinking portion sizes became an attractive alternative to simply raising prices back during the great recession when consumers became particularly sensitive to price. 

Of course, the net effect is exactly the same but it's much more difficult to notice that fine print on the bottom corner of the packaging than it is the price tag at check out.  Per The Telegraph:


"Mark Jones, a food and drink solicitor at Gordons law firm, said: “Shrinkflation was borne out of the recession and has gathered staggering pace since 2009. The ONS’s report confirms this. Against the back drop of a weak economy, commodity prices have been rising over the last five years.

The recession made people very price sensitive and you can see the evidence of that by looking at the impressive growth of discount retailers in the last five years, no retail sector has grown faster.

Suppliers and retailers do not want to raise the ‘on the shelf’ price, but both have had to adapt to increasing commodity prices.

Shrinking the size of the products being sold, whether that is toilet paper, chocolate or cleaning products, is just another way of pushing through a price increase, but in a more subtle way.

How many of us noticed Andrex reduce the number of sheets on a toilet roll from 240 to 221?”



Related: 'Shrinkflation' has hit over 2,500 consumer products over the past five years 

And here is the breakdown by month over the past 5 years:

But it's not just British consumers getting duped by "shrinkflation" as all the same games are played in the U.S. markets as well. 

For example, who is actually going to notice that 10 sheets of paper are missing from the Bounty rolls on the right versus those on the left?  Yet, assuming that both packages are sold at the same price this small reduction in size equates to a substantial 9% price hike on a per sheet basis.



Meanwhile, these containers are completely identical aside from some tiny print in the bottom right hand corner.



Conclusion: Caveat emptor (buyer beware] - there is a whole army of Harvard MBAs working in consumer goods companies all around the world whose sole mission in life is to get you to pay more for less without ever noticing.


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
News Archives



 

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi


Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

This website is optimised for viewing in Mozilla Firefox

Fair Dealing Notice

These pages / videos may contain copyrighted (©) material the use of which has not always been specifically authorised by the copyright owner. Such material is made available to advance understanding of ecological, political, human rights, economic, democratic, scientific, moral, ethical, and social justice issues, etc. With reference to The New Zealand Copyright Act 1994 such material is made available for critical, review, educational purposes and the reporting of current events. In accordance with The New Zealand Copyright Act 1994, this material is distributed without profit to those with a general interest in such information for research and education.

Fair Use Notice

These pages / videos may contain copyrighted (©) material the use of which has not always been specifically authorised by the copyright owner. Such material is made available to advance understanding of ecological, political, human rights, economic, democratic, scientific, moral, ethical, and social justice issues, etc. It is believed that this constitutes a 'fair use' of any such copyrighted material as provided for in section 107 of the US Copyright Law. In accordance with Title 17 U.S.C. Section 107, this material is distributed without profit to those with a general interest in such information for research and education.

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi

Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
 
 
Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi
Wake Up Kiwi
Wake Up Kiwi
Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi Wake Up Kiwi